Skip to main content

Full text of "The American Bible society and the Baptists; or, The question discussed, Shall the whole word of God be given to the heathen?... With a preface, by Rev. R. Babcock, jr."

See other formats


JHE 

AMERICAN  BIBLE   SOCIETY 


AND    THE 

BAPTISTS; 

OR, 

THE  QUESTION  DISCUSSED, 

SHALL     THE    WHOLE    WORD     OF    GOD    BE    GIVEN    TO    THE 
HEATHKN  ! 

CONSISTING    OF    FOUR    PARTS, 

With  a  Preface,  by  Rev.  R.  Babcock,  Jr.,  D.D. 

I.  The  Proceedings  of  tho  American  Bible  Society  in  relation  to 
the  Baptists,  drawn  from  Official  Documents  by  one  of  the  Corres- 
ponding Secretaries. 

II.  The  Circular  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  giving  their 
reasons  for  rejecting  the  Baptist  versions  of  the  Scriptures  in  India. 

III.  An  Examination  of  the  Circular. 

IV.  Appendix — A  Summary  account  of  Ancient  and.  Modern 
Versions  of  Scripture,  with  reference  to  their  treatment  of  fiaTrrtfui 
and  it»  Cognates. 


IT    W.    II.    WYCKOFF,    A.    M. 


NEW- YORK: 

JOHN  BARKER,  122  NASSAU-STREET, 

BENNETT,    BACKUS    &     HAWLEY,    UTICA  :    GOULD,     KEN- 
DALL   tt    LINCOLN,    BOSTON. 

1841. 


PREFACE. 


Ii  another  publication  needed  on  thin  vexed  question, 
— the  controversy  between  the  American  Bible  Society  and 
the  Baptists  ?  Thin  will  naturally  enough  be  the  inquiry, 
of  friends  and  enemies — and  we  proceed  very  briefly  to 
answer  it.  For  three  distinct  classes  of  the  community, 
namely — the  advocates  of  the  Bible  Society  as  now  con- 
ducted,— the  impartial  public, — and  the  Baptists  them- 
selves, some  farther  exhibition  of  the  principal  points  of 
this  controversy  is  needful. 

When  the  moments  of  excitement  incident  to  the  par- 
tisan nature  of  this  movement  have  passed  away  and  cool 
retrospection  hag  exerted  its  purifying  influence,  it  can 
scarce  fail  to  occasion  regret  at  least,  that  a  large  deno- 
mination of  Christians — the  early  and  steadfast  friends  of 
the  Bible  cause — have  been  driven  from  the  Society  by 
a  new  and  unexpected  measure,  adapted  and  intended  to 
restrain  them  from  the  conscientious  discharge  of  an  im- 
perative and  most  important  duty,  or  cut  them  oft'  from 
accustomed  participation  in  the  benefits  of  the  Associa- 
tion. If  there  be  a  tithe  of  the  genuine  liberality  and  real 
brotherliness  among  Pedo-baptists  which  is  professed,  if 
'  exclusiveness,"  and  "  barriers  to  a  more  perfect  union," 
be  aught  with  them  but  party  watch-words,  used  against 
Others  for  a  sectarian  and  sinister  purpose,  then  assuredly 
there  will  come  a  time  when  those  who  have  done  this 
thing,  and  those  who  are  responsible  for  its  continuance, 


IV  PREFACE. 

will  feel  constrained  with  anxious  solicitude  to  review  the 
whole  ground  of  this  procedure.  Then  at  least  will  all 
the  material  facts  in  the  case,  and  the  arguments  on  both 
sides  of  the  question  be  in  requisition  by  the  present  domi- 
nant party. 

The  disinterested  public  will  also  be  disposed  to  learn 
something  of  the  manner  in  which  important  trusts  of  a 
very  delicate  and  sacred  character  are  discharged  by  those 
to  whose  hands  they  had  been  confided.  Our  great  bene- 
volent institutions  are  deservedly  attracting  a  lai-ge  share 
of  public  attention,  and  they  require  to  be  watched,  if  not 
with  suspicion,  at  least  with  sleepless  vigilance.  But 
they  cannot  be  watched  without  light.  The  amplest  in- 
formation is  requisite.  That  colossal  form  of  religious 
perversion  and  despotism,  the  pontifical  power  of  the  Ro- 
mish church,  grew  up  gradually,  and  from  small  begin- 
nings. The  first  wrong  step  may  have  been  regarded  as 
insignificant,  certainly  not  more  alarming,  than  forbidding 
to  translate  a  few  words  of  the  Bible  into  the  language 
of  the  people.  But  it  went  on — and  why  should  it  not 
by  the  same  principle — to  a  practical  denial  of  the  whole 
word  of  God  to  the  people.  The  only  safe  course  is,  to 
resist  evil  in   the  beginning, — at    the   very    threshold. 

Furthermore,  the  public  will  naturally  inquire  whether 
engaging  in  this  holy  work  has  been  productive  of  the 
pure,  expansive,  unselfish  spirit,  which  the  founders  of  the 
American  Bible  Society  exulted  in  contemplating  ns  its 
sure  result.  Whether  in  its  management,  all  practical  mea- 
sures have  been  resorted  to,  for  preventing  a  rupture  in 
au  enterprise  which  ought  to  concentrate  upon  itself  the 
Love  and  activity  of  all  who  prize  the  Bible.  They  will 
wish  to  hear  the  Managers'  defence  of  a  course  of  pro- 
ceedings  so  untoward  in  its  influence,  and  they  will  also, 


PREFACE.  V 

it  if  hoped,  evince  the  commendable  candour  to  examine 
that  defence,  and  adjust  its  merits  by  the  scale  of  facts 
and  sound  arguments. 

But  a  work  like  this  ia  certainly  needed  among  the 
Baptists  th<  They  have"  a  right  and  claim  to  be 

put  in  possession  of  all  the  facts  which  have  a  bearing  so 
direct  and  aattensive  on  their  own  vital  interests.  To  a 
very  wide  extent  they  yet  remain  uninformed  on  this  subject. 
This  may  Been  a  direct  contradiction  of  the  implication 
by  the  Managers  in  their  sneer  at  us,  as  "the  professed 
sons  of  peace/'  while  in  reality  engaged  in  raising  an  un- 
common amount  of  opposition  to  them  and  their  institu- 
So  far  is  this  from  being  true,  that  instances  aio 
constantly  occurring,  where  decided  Baptists,  unconscious 
of  the  obnoxious  resolutions  which  cut  us  off  from  an 
r-pial  participation  in  the  societies'  appropriations,  are 
still  giving  large  sums  to  its  treasury.* 

Under  these  circumstances,  Baptist  pastors,  not  defi- 
cient in  zeal  for  their  own  institutions,  have  been  so  truly 
as  well  as  "  professedly  sons  of  peace,"  as  to  have  entire- 
ly abstained  from  all  public  exhibition  or  discussion  of 
what  they  regard  as  the  flagrant  wrong  inflicted  on  them 
by  the  American  Bible  Society.     This  volume  will  there- 

*  One  case  of  this  kind  recently  occurred  not  a  hundred  miles 
from  New-Yrork  city,  where  a  venerable  and  generous  Baptist  bro- 
ther  ga\e  $1000  dollars  tojthe  American  Bible  Society,  fully  sup- 
posing that  bia  own  brethren  were  allowed  to  share,  as  formerly, 
its  appropriations  in  aid  of  their  endeavours  to  give  the  Bible 

fully  and   faithfully   translated    to    heathen   nations.     He  intended 

to  follow  tins  >um  with  another  <>f  twice  the  amount.  Whether 
the  Managers'  circular  haiyet  reached  him,  and  opened  his  eyes,  is 
uncertain;  but  assured]]  this  volume  ought  to  he  put  into  his 
hands.  Can  Baptists  ho  blamed  for  thus  protecting  their  owii 
interests? 


VI  PREFACE. 

fore  be  to  them  a  desideratum,  and  ought  to  be  circulated 
so  widely  as  to  reach  every  intelligent  family  and  indivi- 
dual among  the  millions  of  Baptists  in  this  country. 

Another  important  service  will  be  indirectly  accom- 
plished by  it,  in  assisting  to  disabuse  the  minds  of  our 
neighbours  with  respect  to  the  real  intention  and  opera- 
tion of  the  American  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  With 
almost  unprecedented  unanimity  the  voice  of  the  denomi- 
nation called  for  the  formation  of  this  institution,  when  the 
American  Bible  Society  made  itself  sectarian  by  changing 
its  original  policy.  In  every  part  of  the  country  they  have 
responded  to  the  call  made  upon  them  to  aid  the  Ameri- 
can and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  to  give  the  Bible  translat- 
ed to  the  world. 

In  four  or  five  years  they  have  thus  accomplished  four 
times  as  much  for  this  great  enterprise,  as  they  had  re- 
ceived from  the  American  Bible  Society,  during  the  whole 
period  of  their  connexion  with  it.  But  while  thus  lauda- 
bly and  with  singleness  of  purpose,  engaged  in  this  great 
work,  (in  order  to  accomplish  which,  be  it  remembered, 
they  had  been  driven  into  this  separate  organization)  they 
have  been  constantly  assailed  and  grossly  misrepresented, 
as  having  entered  into  some  foul  conspiracy  against  the 
integrity  of  the  Scriptures.  Thousands  of  the  less  intel- 
ligent among  our  neighbours,  the  Pedo-baptists,  seem  to 
believe,  (it  is  presumed,  as  they  have  been  taught  by  those 
who  ought  to  know  better)  that  the  Baptists  are  endea- 
vouring to  introduce  anew  Bible,  and  to  corrupt  the  word 
of  God.  This  volume  will  help  to  undeceive  them,  by 
showing  the  necessity  laid  upon  us  for  originating  another 
society. 

Having  shown  the  desirableness  of  the  present  publica- 
tion, it  only  remains  to  consider  the  manner  in  which  the 


PREFACE.  Vll 

service  of  preparing  it  has  been  porformed.     This  volume 
will  be  found  to  combine  the  following  excellencies  : 

1.  It  presents  in  a  convenient  and  cheap  form  for  easy 
r.frrince  and  wide  distribution,  all  the  material  facts  and 
arguments  in  this  controversy;  not  garbled  and  misrepre- 
sented, but  otlicial  and  unmutilated.  The  commendable 
candour  of  furnishing  entire  the  defence  put  forth  by  the 
American  Bible  Society's  Managers,  furnishes  an  example 
which  ought  to  be  imitated  on  the  other  side. 

2.  The  examination  of  this  defence,  while  thorough, 
searching  and  conclusive,  is  throughout  conducted  with  a 
decorum  and  Christian  urbanity  that  cannot  fail  to  produce 
a  happy  effect  on  the  reader.  In  this  respect  it  may  be 
regarded  as  an  uncommonly  faultless  specimen  of  the  pro- 
per manner  of  conducting  a  religious  controversy. 

3.  The  learned  reader  will  find  in  the  Appendix  an 
array  of  facts  from  unquestionable  sources  which  will 
greatly  facilitate  the  wise,  faithful,  and  we  hope,  speedy 
adjustment  of  this  controversy.  Had  the  facts  there  im- 
bodied  been  present  to  the  minds  of  the  Managers,  could 
they  in  1S36  have  passed  these  restrictive  resolutions,  and 
in  1841,  attempted  to  defend  them  ?  We  commend  the 
Appendix  as  well  as  the  examination  of  their  defence,  to 
the  special  consideration  of  the  Managers. 

4.  It  may  be  reasonably  hoped,  that  so  far  as  contro- 
ls concerned,  this  volume  will  be  final.  The  Mana- 
gers have  chosen  their  own  ground  after  a  long  time  for 
preparation ;  and  their  full  defence  is  here  given  to  those 
who  have  not  before  had  opportunity  to  read  it,  accom- 
panied with  such  a  rejoinder  as  will  probably  satisfy  those 
whom  it  defends.  May  it  not  be  reasonably  hoped  that 
strife  and  contention  will  henceforth  cease  ?     That  buth 


Vlll  PREFACE. 

parties  in  this  controversy  will  turn  their  thoughts  to  some 
feasible  plan  of  adjusting  this  painful  difficulty  ?  Or  if 
that  cannot  be  secured,  that  like  Abraham  and  Lot,  with 
their  respective  servants,  the  two  institutions  may  hence- 
forth choose  their  respective  spheres,  and  prosecute  their 
high  purposes  with  no  strife  between  them. 

R.  B. 
Poughkeepsie,  2d  October,  1841. 


Note.— A  portion  of  the  Third  Part  of  this  volume  has  been 
published  in  consecutive  numbers  of  the  periodical  edited  by  the 
author.  This  circumstance  is  mentioned  to  account  for  peculiari- 
ties of  phraseology,  which  may  be  deemed  more  suitable  to  a  pe- 
riodical than  to  a  book.  We  would  also  mention  that  we  are  in- 
debted to  Mr.  John  F.  Trow,  Printer,  of  this  city,  for  the  Syriac, 
Arabic,  Persic  aDd  Ethiopic  type  used  in  the  Appendix. 


AMERICAN  BIBLE  SOCIETY 


THE    BAPTISTS. 


The  following  brief  sketch  of  the  proceedings  of  tho 
Board  of  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  rela- 
tive to  the  Baptist  versions  of  the  Scriptures  in  Asia,  may 
be  regarded  as  official.  It  was  prepared  by  the  Rev. 
Spencer  H.  Cone,  who  at  the  time  was  one  of  the  Cor- 
responding Secretaries  of  the  institution,  and  the  docu- 
ments which  it  embraces  were  copied  from  the  records 
of  the  Society. 

PROCEEDINGS,  dec. 
Am.  Bib.  Society's  House,  New-York,  Aug.  Gth,  1835. 

At  the  regular  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Managers,  Mr. 
Brigham  presented  a  letter  from  F.  A.  Packard,  dated 
Philadelphia,  July  28,  1835,  sending  an  extract  from  a 
letter  addressed  to  him  by  Mr.  Pearce,  of  Calcutta,  Bap- 
tist Missionary,  asking  whether  aid  could  be  had  from  the 
American  Bible  Society,  in  printing  the  Bengalee  Scrip- 
tures, translated  on  the  principle  adopted  by  the  Ameri- 
can Baptist  Missionaries  in  Burmah. 

The  letter  was  referred  to  the  Committee  on  distribution. 
1 


AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

Bible  Society's  House,  September  3,  1£3j. 

The  Committee  on  distribution  reported  the  following 
resolution,  as  the  result  of  their  deliberations  upon  the 
subject  referred  to  them  at  the  last  meeting  of  the  Board, 
viz  : 

"  Resolved,  That  the  Committee  do  not  deem  it  expe- 
dient to  recommend  an  appropriation,  until  the  Board 
settle  a  principle  in  relation  to  the  translation  of  the  Greek 
word  Baptizo." 

After  discussion,  the  resolution  was  passed,  and  the 
subject  referred  to  a  special  committee  of  seven,  one  from 
each  denomination  represented  in  the  Board  of  Mana- 
gers, viz : 

THOMAS  MACAULEY,  Chairman. 
Spencer  H.  Cone,  Francis  Hall, 

James  Milnor,  Wm.  H.  Van  Vleck, 

Thos.  Dewitt,  Thomas  Cock. 

Bible  Society's  House,  October  1, 1835. 

The  Special  Committee  presented  the  following  Re- 
jKirt : 

The  Committee  to  whom  was  referred  the  report  of  the 
Distributing  Committee  on  the  application  of  Messrs. 
Pearce  and  Yates,  of  Calcutta,  for  aid  to  print  the  New 
Testament  in  the  Bengalee  language,  beg  leave  to  report, 
that  they  have  attended  to  the  important  subject  commit- 
ted to  them,  and  that  in  the  investigation  of  it,  the  follow- 
ing facts  have  come  before  them. 

1.  The  Rev.  -Messrs.  Pcarcc  and  Yates,  Baptist.  Mis- 
sionaries in  or  near  Calcutta,  have  made  application  to 
this  Board,  for  aid  in  publishing  the  New  Testament  in  the 
:   which  version  the  Greek  words 


AND    Tin:    BAPTISTS.  •> 

JBaptizo,  Baptisma,  and  their  cognates,  arc  translated  by 
word-;  signifying  immt 

2.  In  the  Burmese  version  of  the  New  Testament,  and 
in  oti.  -  and  dialects  of  India, 

these  words  are  translated  in  like  manner. 

r;.  Application  has  been  made  to  the  Calcutta  Bible 

Society.  ;iad  to  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  for 
aid  to  print  and  circulate  the  Bengalee  New  Testament, 
trans!  resaid,  which  aid  has  been  refused  on  the 

ground  of  its  containing  said  translations;  and 

4.  Your  Committee  were  not  aware  until  now,  that 
such  translations  were  made  and  approved  by  any  deno- 
mination of  Christians  i:i  India,  or  other  heathen  countries. 

.!•  Committee  would  therefore  most  respectful 
mit,  whether  it  is  not  highly  inexpedient  to  aid  in  pri 
or  (  irculating  any  version  of  the  Scriptures  containing  the 
above  or  any  similar  translations,  differing  from  the 
of  the  authorized  versions,  for  the  following  reasons  : 

1.  The  words  Baptizo  and  Baptisma,  and  the':: 
nates,  being  left  untranslated,  as  in  the  English  and  I 
other  excellent  versions,  imposes  no  difficulty  on  any  de- 
nomination of  Christians,  as  it  leaves  every  minister,  or 
missionary,  at  perfect  liberty  to  explain  them  according 
to  the  peculiar  views  of  his  particular  denomination. 

2.  The  words  Bajidzo,  Baptisma,  &c.,  being  translated 
immci  •will  rily  embarrass,  it' 
not  wholly  exclude  the  operations  of  .Missionaries  of  [be 
Methodist,  Moravian,  Reformed  Dutch,  Episcopalian, 
l'rcsb;  itional,  or  other  Christian  denomi- 
nations, who  maj  jpej  in 
India,  or  where  the  saiil  translation  may  obtain.      And 

'.).  It  i-  nol  competent  for  the  American  Bible  S 

Larian  attitude  by  favouring  the  deoomi- 


4  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

national  views  of  any  particular  church  either  at  home  or 
abroad. 

With  these  views  of  the  subject,  your  Committee  most 
respectfully  submit  tbe  following-  resolutions : 

1.  Resolved,  That  the  Board  of  Managers  deem  it  in- 
expedient to  appropriate  any  funds  belonging  to  the  So- 
ciety, in  aid  of  translating  or  distributing  tbe  aforesaid 
Bengalee  New  Testament,  or  any  other  version  containing 
the  aforesaid  translations,  or  any  similar  translations. 

2.  Resolved,  That  the  Board  of  Managers  on  receiving 
satisfactory  evidence  of  such  corrections  having  been  made 
in  the  aforesaid  translation  of  the  Bengalee  New  Testa- 
ment, or  other  versions  in  other  languages,  or  dialects,  as 
will  comport  with  the  known  views  of  other  Christian  de- 
nominations ;  or,  in  other  words,  with  the  obvious  inten- 
tion of  the  authorized  English  version,  will  most  cheer- 
fully aid  in  the  printing  and  circulation  of  said  version  or 
versions  as  heretofore. 

3.  Resolved,  That  all  persons  interested  in  the  fore- 
going  resolutions  be  informed  of  their  purport  forthwith. 

All  which  is  most  respectfully  submitted. 

THOMAS  MACAULEY,  Chairman. 
James  Milnor,  Thomas  Dewitt, 

Thomas  Cock,  Francis  Hall, 

Wm.  H.  Van  Vleck. 


COUNTER  RErORT. 

The  Committee  to  whom  was  referred  the  application 
of  Messrs.  Pearce  and  Yates,  of  Calcutta,  for  aid  to  print 
and  circulate  the  New  Testament  in  the  Bengalee  lan- 
guage, have  not  been  so  happy  as  to  unite  in  their  views 


AXD    THE    BAPTISTS.  0 

upon  the  subject;  and  the  subscriber  deems  it  a  duty  he 
owes  both  to  the  American  Bible  Society,  and  to  the  Bap- 
tist denomination,  briefly  to  state  some  of  the  considera- 
tions which  have  constrained  him  to  dissent  from  the  re- 
port presented  by  the  majority  of  the  Committee. 

At  the  anniversary  in  May,  1834,  the  American  Bible 
Society  resolved  to  distribute  the  Bible  among  all  the  ac- 
rte  population  of  the  globe,  within  the  shortest  prac- 
ticable period  ;  and  by  direction  of  the  Board  of  Mana- 
gers, a  circular  was  addressed  to  missionaries  and  mis- 
sionary societies  of  different  religious  denominations,  en- 
iging  them  to  expect,  that  whenever  the  Old  Testa- 
ment or  the  New,  or  any  one  entire  Gospel  or  other  book  of 
the  Bible,  should  be  correctly  translated  and  ready  (with- 
out note  or  comment)  for  the  press,  they  should  receive 
the  aid  requisite  for  the  publication  of  the  same.  The 
application  of  Messrs.  1'earce  and  Yates  is  but  a  response 
to  this  circular,  and  it  is  manifestly  unjust  to  refuse  their 
request,  on  the  ground  of  their  having  rendered  the  words 
-o,  Baptism  a,  and  their  cognates,  by  words  signi- 
fying Immerse,  Immersion,  <$-c,  until  it  is  first  proved 
thai  the  translations  are  unfaithful  and  inaccurate  ;  and 
this  it  is  confidently  believed  never  can  be 

"When  missionaries  are  sent  among  the  heathen,  it  is 
that  they  may  make  themselves  thoroughly  acquainted 
with  their  I  .  1  with  as  little  delay  as  possible, 

give  them  the  Bible  in  appropriate  vernacular  terms,  thai 
they  may  read  in  their  own  tongue  wherein  they  were 
bom,  the  wonderful  works  of  God.  They  must  neither 
obscure,  nor  bike  from,  nor  add  to,  the  words  of  the  Holy 
Book.  The  question,  therefore,  is  most  respectfully  sub- 
mitted, whether  it  is  competent  for  the  American  Bible 
Society  to  control  the  consciences  of  well  qualified  evan 
1* 


G  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

gelical  missionaries  in  this  matter,  and  decide  tchat  words 
they  shall  transfer,  and  what  words  they  may  translate. 
It  is  conceived  that  the  principle  reported  by  the  ma- 
jority of  the  Committee  on  this  point,  is  radically  wrong ; 
if  so,  the  Board  of  Managers  have  no  right  to  forbid  the 
translation  of  Baptizo,  or  of  any  other  word,  the  meaning 
of  which  is  satisfactorily  ascertained  ;  but  if  the  principle 
objected  to  be  correct,  then  their  authoritative  dictation 
may  embrace  whatever  words  to  them  shall  seem  good ; 
and  the  missionary  hereafter  in  the  work  of  translation, 
instead  of  making  it  his  single  aim  to  please  God,  must 
consult  primarily  tbe  views  and  wishes  of  earthly  patrons. 
It  is  a  source  of  deep  regret  that  the  pervading  senti- 
ment of  the  report  of  the  majority,  appears  to  be  so  entirely 
inconsistent  with  the  spirit  of  benevolence  and  brotherly 
kindness  which  first  called  into  existence  the  American 
Bible  Society.  Seven  or  eight  different  denominations 
of  Christians  associated  themselves  together  for  the  pur- 
pose of  supplying  not  only  their  own  land  with  the  Scrip- 
tures, but  of  extending  their  influence  to  other  countries 
whether  Christian,  Mahommedan  or  Pagan.  In  the  prose- 
cution of  their  common  object,  no  one  of  the  constituent 
members  was  either  required  or  expected  to  abandon  his 
own  peculiar  tenets.  Baptists  were  received  as  Baptists, 
and  as  such  have  laboured  with  you  from  the  beginning. 

Must  it  not  occasion  surprise  as  well  as  grief  that  now, 
after  an  harmonious  co-operation  in  the  Bible  cause  of 
more  than  eighteen  years,  it  is  proposed  to  pass  the 
sweeping  uncompromising  resolution,  "  that  it  is  hicxpc' 
dicnt  to  appropriate  any  funds  belonging  to  the  Society 
in  aid  of  translating  or  distributing  any  versions  of  the 
Sacred  Scriptures  as  now  made  by  the  Baptist  Missiona- 
ries."    Arc  we  by  this  single  vote  to  be  cut  off  for  ever 


AND    THE    IUPTISTS.  7 

from  all  participation  in  your  funds,  a  largo  portion  of 
which  haa  accrued  from  the  subscriptions  and  liberal  be- 
-  of  our  denomination  ?  And  are  Baptist  missiona- 
ries of  all  others  to  he  singled  out  as  unworthy  to  share  in 
the  labours  and  successes  of  the  American  Bible  Society 
in  her  noble  enterprise  to  szipply  the  world  with  Dibles  7 
to  he  told  in  so  many  words,  that  the  only 
condition  upon  which  you  can  countenance  our  eflbrts  is 
the  preparation  of  such  versions  as  will  comport  with  the 
known  views  of  other  Christian  denominations  7  a  condi- 
tion which  involves  in  it  the  impracticable  alternative  of 
forbearing  to  do  that  which  in  our  hearts  we  believe  God 
has  required  at  our  hands. 

The  idea  suggested  that  versions  to  be  approved  must 

not  materially  differ  from  the  "sense  of  the  authorized 

English  version,11  is  most  strange.     We  have  been  taught 

to  believe  that  the  sense  of  the  Holy  Ghost  is  to  be  inva- 

and  most  critically  preserved.     The  sentiment  may 

be  very  gratifying  in  its  adaptation  to  a  special  case,  but 

the  majority  of  the  Committee  would  scarcely  advocate  it, 

■!  principle  applicable  to  Biblical  translations. 

The  man  who  should  translate  mcta  to  pascha,  Acts  xii. 

•1.  by  a  phrase  signifying  after  Easter,  would  give  the 

I     gljsh  version!  but,  ala-; !  he  would  not 

convey  the  sense  of  the  Spirit  o&inspiration. 

The  words  Baptizo,  Sac,,  h  i  ndered  by  words 

signifying  to  Imn  .  i  .,  :,i  the  Syriac,  Arabic,  Abyssi- 
nian, Egyptian,  Ethiopic,  Coptic,  German,  Dutch,  Danish, 
and  many  other  languages.  Is  it  just,  is  it  fair  then,  to 
stigmatize,  our  translations  as  sectarian,  when  similar 
translations  have  been  long  in  use  in  almost  all  the 
churches  of  tin'  Eastern  world,  and  in  most  of  the  churches 
of  Northern  Europe  ?     The  American  Bible  Society  has 


8  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

circulated  many  copies  of  the  Bible  "  containing  the  afore- 
said translations ;"  she  has  circulated  many  more  in  the 
versions  of  Roman  Catholic  Priests.  She  has  voted 
within  two  years  pa3t  a  larger  sum  for  the  Chinese  Scrip- 
tures, than  for  any  other  foreign  object,  and  yet  Dr.  Mor- 
rison has  neither  transferred  Baptizo  nor  translated  it, 
but  has  introduced  into  his  Chinese  version  a  paraphrase 
signifying  "  a  water  Ceremony."* 

In  connexion  with  these  facts  let  it  be  remembered,  that 
the  American  Christian  public  expect  us  speedily  to  send 
the  Bible  throughout  the  earth  ;  that  they  are  generously 
furnishing  us  with  the  means  to  accomplish  this  desirable 
object !  that  our  Treasury  is  overflowing,  and  the  ma- 
nagers are  at  a  loss  to  know  how  their  surplus  funds  may 
be  wisely  and  beneficially  expended;  that  the  Baptist  mis- 
sionaries have  translated  the  Scriptures  into  the  languages 
-of  India,  as  well  as  of  other  Asiatic  nations ;  that  to  re- 
fuse them  aid,  will  at  least  be  greatly  to  retard,  if  not  to 
render  impracticable  for  a  long  time  to  come,  the  supply 
of  the  reading  population  of  the  Globe  with  the  written 
word?  and,  oh!  let  it  not  be  forgotten,  that  millions  of 
our  fellow  men  arc  perishing  for  the  bread  of  life,  and 
stretching  out  their  hands,  are  crying,  "  Come  over  and 
help  us!"  In  view  of  these  facts  let  it  be  asked,  is  this 
the  time,  and  are  these  the  circumstances,  which  the 
Board  will  choose,  to  announce  to  the  Saints  of  the  Most 
their  rejection  of  the  application  of  those  men  of 
who  for  more  than  twenty  years  under  the  burning 

In  a  letter  received,  since  the  presentation  of  this  Counter  Re- 
port, from  Mr.  Dyer,  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  English  Bap- 
tist Missionary  Society,  he  says,  "I  have  understood  that  Dr. 
Morrison  has  rendered  Baptizo  l>y  a  word  signifying  to  7cet,  to 
rpoisU  >< . " 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  9 

rays  of  an  Indian  sun,  have  been  praying-,  and  toiling-,  and 
agonizing,  for  the  souls  of  men  ?  we  hope  not  ;  and  under 
the  influence  of  this  hope,  venture  to  propose  the  following 
resolutions,  viz: 

1.  Resolved,  That  this  Board  is  impressed  with  feel- 
ings of  devout  gratitude  to  Almighty  God,  for  the  signal 
protection  he  has  afforded  to  Baptist  missionaries  in  hea- 
then lands,  and  for  the  ability  given  them  to  translate  tho 
Bible  into  the  living  languages  of  so  large  a  portion  of  the 
human  family. 

2.  As  satisfactory  evidence  has  been  furnished  from  tho 
principal  professors  in  the  College  of  Fort  William,  India, 
and  from  the  mo>t  learned  Pundits  and  Teachers  in  Cal- 
cutta and  its  vicinity,  that  the  improved  version  of  the 
Bengalee  New  Testament  by  Messrs.  Pearce  and  Yates, 
Baptist  missionaries,  is  by  far  the  most  intelligible,  idio- 
matic, and  perfect  translation,  which  has  yet  appeared  in 
that  dialect;  therefore, 

Resolved,  That  the  sum  of  $  be  appropriated  and 

paid   to   the  Baptist  General  Convention  of  the   United 
for  Foreign  Missions,  to  aid  in  printing  and  circu- 
lating the  Sacred  Scriptures  in  the  Bengalee  language. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

SPENCER  II.  CONE. 

Society's  House,  November  5,  1S35. 

The  Board  proceeded  to  consider  the  reports  of  tho 
Committee  presented  at  the  last  meeting. 

Mr.  Brigham  read  a  letter  from  Dr.  Wayland,  dated 
Providence,  October  2G,  1835,  submitting  a  resolution? 
Dr.  Milnor  also  presented  a  series  of  resolutions.  After 
some  discussion,  the  letter  of  Dr.  Wayland,  the  resolutions 


10  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

of  Dr.  Milnor,  and  the  original  reports,  were  all  referred 
back  to  the  same  Committee  for  further  consideration  and 
report. 

Society's  House,  November  19,  1835. 

The  following  Report  and  Counter  Report  were  pre- 
sented : 

The  Committee  to  whom  was  recommitted  the  deter- 
mining of  a  principle  upon  which  the  American  Bible  So- 
ciety will  aid  in  printing  and  distributing  the  Bible  in 
foreign  languages,  beg  leave  to  report : 

That  they  are  of  the  opinion,  that  it  is  expedient  to 
withdraw  their  former  report  on  the  particular  case,  and 
to  present  the  following  one  on  the  general  principle. 

By  the  constitution  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  its 
Managers  are,  in  the  circulating  of  the  Holy  Scriptures, 
restricted  to  such  copies  as  are  without  note  or  comment, 
and  in  the  English  language,  to  the  version  in  common 
use.  The  design  of  these  restrictions  clearly  seems  to 
have  been  to  simplify  and  mark  out  the  duties  of  the  So- 
ciety; so  that  all  the  religious  denominations,  of  which  it 
is  composed,  might  harmoniously  unite  in  performing  those 
duties. 

As  the  Managers  are  now  called  to  aid  extensively  in 
circulating  the  Sacred  Scriptures  in  languages  other  than 
the  English,  they  deem  it  their  duty,  in  conformity  with 
the  obvious  spirit  of  their  compact,  to  adopt  the  following 
resolution  as  the  rule  of  their  conduct  in  making  appropri- 
ations for  the  circulation  of  the  Scriptures  in  all  foreign 
tongut 

1.  Resolved,  That  in  appropriating  money  for  the 
translating,  printing,  or  distributing,  of  the  Sacred  Scrip- 
ture-; in  foreign  languages,  the  Managers  feel  at  liberty  to 


THE    BAPTI8T8.  1  I 

irage  only  such  versions  as  conform  in  the  prii 
of  their  tran  common  English  version ;  at 

least  so  far  as  that  all  I  itions  repre- 

sented in  this  Socii  ty,  t<  atly  use  and  cir 

.  schools  rind  communil 
2.   /',  ve  preamble  unci 

resolution  ;  the   Missionary  Boards  ac- 

I  So  iiety, 

with  a  request  that  the  same  may  be  transmitted  to  their 

.   where  the  Scriptures  arc  in 

i •on;   and  also  that  the  said  several  Mis- 

i  that  their  application  i'ur  aid  must 

ompanied  with  a  declaration  that  the  versions  which 

ircolate,  arc  executed  in  accordance  with 

the  above  resolution. 

THOS.  MACAULEY,  Chairman. 
J  oiks  MrXMOB,  Wm.  II.  Van  Vleck, 

Thos.  Dewitt,  Francis.  Hall, 

Tugs.  Cock. 


COUNTER  REPORT. 

The  subscriber  as  a  member  of  the  Committ- 

ipplicatJon  of  Messrs.  Pearce  and 
for  aid  in  the  circulation  of  the  Bei  tnent, 

iwing  consid 

1.  The  Baptist   Board  <>f  Foreign   Mis-ions  have  not 
been  under  the  impression  that  tl 

ciety  was  organizi  d  upon  the  neutral  principle  that  Bup- 
lizo   and  it  were    never  to  be  translated,   but 

always  transferred,  in  of  the  Scriptures  pa- 

tronised by  them.    Had  this  principle  been  candidly  stated 


12  AMERICAN    BIELE    SOCIETY 

and  uniformly  acted  upon  by  the  Society  in  the  appropria- 
tion of  its  funds  for  foreign  distribution,  the  Baptists  never 
could  have  been  guilty  of  the  folly  or  duplicity  of  soliciting 
aid  for  translations  made  by  their  missionaries. 

2.  As  there  is  now  a  large  balance  in  the  treasury  of 
the  American  Bible  Society,  as  many  liberal  bequests  and 
donations  have  been  made  by  Baptists,  and  as  these  were 
made  in  the  full  confidence  that  the  Society  could  consti- 
tutionally assist  their  own  denomination,  as  well  as  the 
other  evangelical  denominations  composing  the  National 
Institution,  in  giving  the  Bible  to  the  heathen  world ; 
therefore, 

Resolved,  That  $  be  appropriated  and  paid  to  the 

Baptist  General  Convention  of  the  United  States  for  Fo- 
reign Missions,  to  aid  them  in  the  work  of  supplying  the 
perishing  millions  of  the  East  with  the  Sacred  Scriptures. 
SPENCER  H.  CONE. 

After  debate,  the  further  consideration  of  the  subject 
was  postponed  to  the  next  regular  meeting  of  the  Board. 

Society's  House,  December  3, 1S35. 

The  Board  proceeded  to  consider  the  first  resolution 
reported  by  the  Committee ;  a  motion  to  lay  the  resolution 
on  the  table  having  prevailed,  the  Hon.  William  Jay  sub- 
mitted resolutions  proposing  to  give  the  subject  to  a  new 
Committee.  After  a  long  and  animated  discussion,  the 
whole  subject  was  laid  upon  the  table. 

Society's  House,  February  4, 1836, 

The  Report  of  the  Committee  presented  November  19, 
1335,  was  taken  up,  and  after  debating  the  first  resolu- 


AND    TIIK    BAPTISTS.  13 

tion,  the  Board  adjourned  to  February  17,  183G,  at  four 
o'clock,  P.  M. 

Society's  House,  February  17,  183G. 

The  Bo:\rd  met  pursuant  to  adjournment. 

The  Report  of  the  Committee,  submitted  to  the  Board 
November  19,  1C35,  was  again  discussed  at  great  length. 
Motions  to  lay  it  upon  the  table,  to  raise  a  new  committee, 
and  to  postpone  indefinitely,  having  been  successively  lost, 
THE   REPORT  WAS  FINALLY  PASSED  EY  A  VOTE  OF  THIRTY 

to  fourteen  ;  and  the  Board  adjourned. 


14  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 


BIBLE  TRANSLATION. 

A  Brief  Statement  as  to  the  Principles  and  Practice  of 
the  American  Bible  Society  in  relation  to  versions  of 
the  Scriptures  patronized  by  it,  together  with  a  Reply 
to  certain  complaints  against  the  course  pursued.  Pub- 
lished by  the  Managers. 

(1.)  The  Society  above  named  was  organized  in  1816, 
by  delegates  of  several  denominations  from  various  sec- 
tions of  the  country.  It  was  a  novel  spectacle  to  see  so 
many  ministers  and  laymen  of  different  creeds  uniting  for 
a  common  religious  object,  and  that  so  noble  as  the  cir- 
culation of  the  revealed  Word  of  God.  The  occasion  was 
evidently  one  of  uncommon  satisfaction  to  all  concerned. 
The  Address  of  the  Convention  to  the  People  of  the 
United  States  (drawn  up  by  the  late  Rev.  Dr.  John  M. 
Mason)  is  replete  with  joyful  expectation,  and  breathes 
throughout  a  spirit  of  fraternal  concord  and  charity.  "If," 
says  the  Address,  "  there  be  a  single  measure  which  can 
overrule  objection,  subdue  opposition,  and  command  ex- 
ertion, this  is  the  measure.  That  all  our  voices,  all  our 
affections,  all  our  hands  should  be  joined  in  the  grand 
design  of  promoting  peace  on  earth  and  good  will  to  man 
— that  they  should  resist  the  advance  of  misery,  should 
carry  the  light  of  instruction  into  the  dominions  of  igno- 
rance, and  the  balm  of  joy  to  the  soul  of  anguish,  and  all 
this  by  diffusing  the  oracles  of  God — addresses  to  the  un- 
derstanding an  argument  which  cannot  be  encountered, 
and  to  the  heart  an  appeal  which  its  holiest  emotions  rise 
up  to  second." 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  15 

"  Under  such  impressions,  and  with  such  views,  fathers, 
brethren  and  ftdlow-citizens,  the  American  Bible  Society 
has  been  formed.  Local  feelings,  party  prejudices,  secta- 
rian jealousies  are  excluded  by  its  very  nature.  Its  mem- 
bers are  leagued  in  that,  and  that  alone,  which  calls  up 
every  hallowed,  and  puts  down  every  unhallowed  princi- 
ple— the  dissemination  of  the  Scriptures  in  the  received 
versions,  where  they  exist,  and  in  the  most  faithful  where 
they  may  be  required.  In  such  a  work,  whatever  is  dig- 
nified, kind,  venerable,  true,  has  ample  scope,  while  sec- 
tarian littleness  and  virulence  can  find  no  avenues  of  ad- 
mission." Such  was  the  frank,  impartial,  catholic  spirit 
which  called  this  sacred  Association  into  being. 

(2.)  In  preparing  the  present  statement  in  relation  to 
versions,  the  Managers  have  not  attempted  to  settle  or 
touch  any  question  as  to  philology  or  religious  ordinances, 
but  simply  to  inquire  what  was  the  design  of  those  who 
founded  the  Institution  as  to  the  character  of  the  Scrip- 
tures which  were  to  be  circulated  ?  In  obtaining  the  an- 
swer to  this  inquiry,  they  have  the  verbal  opinions  of  some 
who  were  a  part  of  the  first  Convention ;  they  have  the 
constitution  then  prepared,  the  address  issued  in  connex- 
ion with  it,  and  the  uniform  policy  of  the  Board  from  the 
beginning  down  to  the  present  time.  From  all  these 
sources  it  appears  as  one  of  the  clearest  of  truths  in  rela- 
ion  to  the  Society,  that  it  was  to  have  no  sectarian  cha- 
racter, and  could  perform  no  sectarian  work.  Whatever 
was  to  be  done  by  it  was  evidently  that,  and  that  alone, 
which  all  could  unite  in  doing.*     Whatever  was  denomi- 

*  Is  it  the  practice  in  any  Society,  where  different  denomina- 
tions unite,  to  allow  one  part  of  the  union  to  make  sectarian  books  ] 
How  is  it  with  the  Sunday  School  or  the  Tract  Society  1    Are  any 


16  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

national,  however  important  in  other  circumstances,  was 
here  to  be  excluded.  The  Scriptures  to  be  circulated  were 
to  be  "without  note  or  comment."  These  all  the  deno- 
minations brought  together  could  unite  in  circulating, 
while  they  could  never  hope  to  agree  as  to  the  character 
of  any  explanatory  appendages.  Those  distributed  in  the 
English  tongue  were  to  be  of  the  "  version  in  common 
use."  This  version  all  the  members  of  the  compact  used 
and  appealed  to  as  authority.  All,  therefore,  could  unite 
in  its  distribution.  The  motive  of  this  is  apparent,  name- 
ly, to  perpetuate  harmony,  and  while  doing  a  great  united 
work,  to  avoid  the  possibility  of  denominational  collision. 
Thus  far  the  wants  of  our  own  country  are  contemplated. 
(3.)  But  the  founders  of  the  Society,  after  providing  for 
these  domestic  wants,  looked  abroad  to  the  destitute  in 
other  countries.  They  looked  first  to  nominally  Christian 
nations,  such  as  France,  Spain,  Portugal,  Italy,  Greece, 
Syria,  &c,  where  they  saw  the  great  mass  of  the  popula- 
tion without  the  Scriptures,  yet  possessing  in  their 
churches  and  among  their  priesthood  ancient  versions  in 
their  respective  tongues,  long  since  translated,  many  of 
them  from  the  Latin  vulgate.  These  ancient  versions 
were  held  in  high  repute,  while  new  versions  would  be 
viewed  with  suspicion  and  rejected.  What  was  to  be 
done  in  such  circumstances  by  the  founders  in  their  at- 
tempts to  extend  their  distributions  ?  Their  address  to 
the  public,  already  referred  to,  shows  beyond  doubt  that 
this  was  a  matter  of  distinct  contemplation  and  provision 
by  that  venerable  body.  Distributions  were  in  such  cases 
to  be  made   in  the  "received  version."     There  was  no 

of  their  common  funds  used  to  make  such  books,  at  home  or 
abroad,  as  only  one  sect  can  use  ?  We  believe  uo  such  privilege 
is  ask*d  or  thought  of. 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  17 

hope  that  those  old,  venerated  translations  could  at  once 
be  laid  aside,  and  new  ones  introduced  by  foreigners.  Nor 
could  new  ones  be  prepared  until  many  years  should  pass 
away. 

As  these  "  received  versions"  even  now  can  alone  be 
circulated  in  those  old  Christian  communities,  as  their  de- 
fects are  not  numerous,  (not  more  so,  probably,  than  were 
those  of  the  septuagint  translation  which  the  apostles 
used,)  as  they  are  of  the  same  character  as  those  which 
opened  the  eyes  of  Luther  and  other  reformers,  as  they 
are  still  useful  in  papal  countries,  the  present  Managers, 
like  their  predecessors,  have  felt  it  their  duty  (the  Apo- 
crypha and  all  notes  being  excluded)  to  circulate  them, 
fully  assured  that  in  so  doing  they  carry  out  the  well-stu- 
died designs  of  those  who  gave  the  Society  its  existence 
and  marked  out  its  course  of  action.  They  would,  at  the 
same  time,  add,  that  while  fully  authorized  to  circulate 
these  versions,  they  would  gladly  exchange  them  for  those 
of  a  more  perfect  character,  and  shall  so  exchange  them 
as  fast  and  as  far  as  this  is  found  practicable. 

(4.)  But  the  framers  of  the  Society  looked  further  still, 
to  a  third  class  of  their  fellow-men  who  were  to  be  sup- 
plied with  the  Scriptures,  namely,  to  the  pagan  nations. 
Here  new  versions  were  to  be  prepared,  for  none  existed. 
P>nt  un  what  principles  were  they  to  be  made?  The  ad- 
dress referred  to,  in  treating  of  this  class  of  versions  which 
•'  may  be  required," — which  are  yet  to  be  made — modern 
versions,  says  that  they  must  be  "  the  most  faithful."  Now, 
what  versions,  in  view  of  such  a  body,  composed  of  six  or 
eight  denominations,  can  be  viewed  as  "most  faithful?" 
They  are  mainly  to  be  prepared  by  protestant  missiona- 
ries, whose  patrons  are  a  part  of  the  Bible  compact,  and 
the  churches  to  be  gathered  are  to  become,  in  a  sense, 

Q    * 


5.8  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

branches  of  churches  here  at  home.  Frequently  the  trans- 
lations are  made  at  the  sole  expens  .  of  the  Bible  Society, 
The  terms  "most  faithful,"  in  these  circumstances  ob- 
viously signify  those  versions  which  convey  the  inspired 
meaning  of  the  originals,  in  view  of  those  who  support 
and  direct  the  great  Bible  cause.  But  what  is  the  in- 
spired meaning  in  their  view  ?  Not  that  certainly  which 
conveys  the  peculiar  tenets  of  this  or  that  denomination, 
while  it  misstates  the  views  of  others  interested,  and  is  in 
their  judgment  unfaithful.  Faithful  versions,  in  view  of 
a  Bible  Association,  must  be  such  as  all  consider  faithful 
•*-such  as  convey,  in  view  of  all,  the  true  Divine  meaning. 
In  the  English  Bible  adopted  by  the  Society,  the  Divine 
meaning  is  thus  conveyed.  It  is  a  faithful  version,  as  all 
admit;  and  others  should  be  equally  faithful  when  put 
forth  by  those  connected  with  this  Association  and  so- 
lemnly bound  by  its  pledges. 

These  are  views  and  principles  which  the  Managers 
have  always  understood  as  belonging  to  this  Society.  Nor 
were  they  aware  that  any  of  their  fellow  labourers  could 
entertain  different  views  until  the  year  1835.  In  the 
course  of  that  year  was  an  occurrence  which  has  caused 
no  little  perplexity,  and  which  will  now  be  presented  in 
detail. 

(5.)  In  July,  1835,  a  letter  was  received,  through  a 
friend  in  Philadelphia,  from  the  Rev.  William  H.  Pearce, 
an  English  Baptist  missionary  at  Bengal,  in  India.  In 
this  letter  information  was  given  that  the  Writer,  together 
with  the  Rev.  Mr.  Vates,  a  brother  missionary,  had  pre- 
pared a  new  version  of  the  Bengalee  Scriptures,  which 
they  were  desirous  of  having  published.  With  Christian 
frankness  it  was  stated  that  in  this  version  they  had  trans- 
lated the  Greek  terms  baptize   and  baptism  by  words 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  19 

which  signify  immerge  and  immersion,  and  that  the  Bible 
Society  at  Calcutta  had,  on  this  account,  refused  to  pa- 
tronize it.  Had  this  letter  contained  nothing-  further,  the 
Board  could  easily  have  dismissed  the  whole  matter,  as 
they  had  no  responsibilities  connected  with  that  version. 
But  it  was  further  stated  that  this  new  Bengalee  transla- 
tion was  made  on  the  same  principles  as  those  which  ob- 
tained in  the  Burmese  translation,  which  it  was  under- 
stood the  American  Bible  Society  patronized.  Here  was 
a  new  and  startling  announcement.  The  Board  had,  in- 
deed, granted,  at  different  times,  many  thousand  dollars 
towards  the  publication  of  this  Burmese  version,  but  with- 
out information  from  any  quarter,  or  the  least  suspicion 
that  it  was  of  the  character  described  by  Mr.  Pearce.' 
They  knew  the  Rev.  Dr.  Judson,  the  translator,  to  be  a 
learned  and  pious  man,  and  therefore  felt  a  confidence 
that  he  had  made  what  they  considered  a  faithful  ver- 
sion, i.  e.  one  which  conveyed  the  inspired  meaning — the 
only  point  to  which  they  thought  of  directing  attention—* 
presuming  every  friend  of  the  Bible  Society  to  be  aware 
that  its  Board  could  not  appropriate  moneys  for  any  version 
of  a  marked  denominational  character.  On  inquiring  of 
the  Rev.  S.  H.  Cone,  (one  of  the  Standing  Committee  on 
Distribution,)  who  had  repeatedly  solicited  funds  for  the 
Burmese  version,  whether  that  version  was  prepared  as 
described  by  Mr.  Pearce,  he  for  the  first  time  informed 
them  that  such  was  the  fact.  Although  this  letter  from 
India  had  o  Committee  on  Distribution, 

the  Hoard  at  its  meeting  in  August  referred  it  to  the  same 
again  for  further  consideration.  The  Committee,  after 
frequent  meetings,  were  unable  to  recommend  any  course 
which  would  satisfy  all  concerned.  In  order  to  give  this 
subject   the   most   full  and   impartial   investigation,  the 


20  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETV 

Board  now  appointed  a  Special  Committee  of  seven,  a 
Presbyterian,  an  Episcopalian,  a  Baptist,  a  Methodist,  a 
Moravian,  one  of  the  Reformed  Dutch  Church,  and  one 
from  the  Society  of  Friends.  After  repeated  meetings  of 
this  Select  Committee,  and  much  inquiry,  they  brought  in 
a  Report  with  sundry  Resolutions.  The  R.ev.  S.  H.  Cone, 
one  of  the  number,  also  presented  a  minority  Report.  The 
whole  subject  was  now  postponed  for  a  further  and  careful 
consideration.  The  Managers  were  not  yet  disposed  to 
adopt  the  resolutions  submitted,  as  they  hoped,  by  a  pru- 
dent delay,  for  the  adjustment  of  the  difficulty  which  had 
arisen,  in  a  way  satisfactory  to  all  who  were  interested. 

Before  the  next  meeting  of  the  Board,  in  September, 
several  letters  were  received  from  Baptist  clergymen,  in 
whose  judgment  they  had  great  regard,  expressing  the 
hope  that  no  hasty  measures  would  be  adopted,  and  sug- 
gested some  changes  and  additions  in  relation  to  the  pend- 
ing resolutions  which  they  had  seen  in  a  Baptist  paper. 

These  letters  were  laid  before  the  Board,  and  the  pro- 
posed changes  were  made.  After  frequent  postponements 
and  much  deliberation,  (more,  probably,  than  they  ever 
before  bestowed  on  any  one  topic,)  at  a  special  meeting 
in  February,  1836,  they  adopted  the  following  preamble 
and  resolutions  which  had  been  prepared,  or  modified,  and 
approved  of  by  some  of  the  most  intelligent  worthy  Bap- 
tist clergymen  in  America : 

By  the  Constitution  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  its 
Managers  are,  in  the  circulation  of  the  Holy  Scriptures, 
restricted  to  such  copies  as  are  "without  note  or  com- 
ment;" and  in  the  English  language,  to  the  "version  in 
common  use."  The  design  of  these  restrictions  clearly 
seems  to  have  been  to  simplify  and  mark  out  the  duties  of 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  21 

the  Society,  so  that  all  religious  denominations  of  which  it 
is  composed  might  harmoniously  unite  in  performing  these 
duties. 

As  the  Managers  are  now  called  to  aid  extensively  in 
circulating  the  Sacred  Scriptures  in  languages  other  than 
the  English,  they  deem  it  their  duty,  in  conformity  with 
the  ohvious  spirit  of  their  compact,  to  adopt  the  following 
resolutions  as  the  rule  of  their  conduct  in  making  appro- 
priations for  the  circulation  of  the  Scriptures  in  all  foreign 
tongxies. 

Resolved,  That  in  appropriating  money  for  the  trans- 
lating, printing,  or  distributing  the  Sacred  Scriptures  in  fo- 
reign languages,  the  Managers  feel  at  liberty  to  encourage 
only  such  versions  as  conform  in  the  principles  of  their 
translations  to  the  common  English  version,  at  least  so  far 
as  that  all  the  religious  denominations  represented  in  this 
Society  can  consistently  use  and  circulate  said  versions  in 
their  several  schools  and  communities. 

Resolved,  That  a  copy  of  the  above  preamble  and  reso- 
lutions be  sent  to  each  of  the  missionary  boards  accustomed 
lo  receive  pecuniary  grants  from  this  Society,  with  a  re- 
quest that  the  same  may  be  transmitted  to  their  respec- 
tive mission  stations  where  the  Scriptures  are  in  process  of 
translation,  and  also  that  the  said  several  missionary 
boards  be  informed  that  their  applications  for  aid  be  ac- 
companied with  a  declaration  that  the  versions  which  they 
propose  to  circulate  are  executed  in  accordance  with  the 
above  resolution. 

(6.)  Such  was  the  course  adopted  by  the  Managers  after 
more  than  six  months  of  candid  deliberation.  No  resolu- 
tions, it  is  believed,  were  ever  adopted  with  a  more  con- 
scientious conviction  of  duty,  or  with  more  kind  feelings 
towards  those  who  dissented.    It  was  the  aim  in  preparing 


22  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

these  rules  to  be  impartial,  to  withhold  patronage  from  all 
versions  of  a  sectarian  nature,  and  to  encourage  all  which 
are  faithfully  translated,  and  yet  in  such  a  way  that  the 
different  branches  of  the  compact  can  unite  in  using  them 
as  they  so  cordially  unite  in  using  the  English  version. 

The  Managers  have  now  stated  what  they  believe  to 
have  been  the  purpose  of  the  founders  in  relation  to  ver- 
sions, and  also  what  has  been  the  intentional  practice  of 
those  who  have  since  conducted  its  affairs.  They  have 
furthermore  given  a  concise  history  of  their  doings  in  re- 
gard to  a  denominational  version  in  India  which  will  satisfy 
most  of  those  connected  with  the  Society,  that  a  just  and 
constitutional  course  has  been  pursued,  and  that  no  other 
course  could  have  been  adopted,  particularly  in  relation  to 
the  latter  topic,  without  putting  the  very  existence  of  the 
Society  in  jeopardy.  But  the  Managers  regret  that  not- 
withstanding the  resolutions  in  question  were  prepared  in 
their  present  shape,  by  wise,  conscientious  Baptists,  who 
viewed  and  still  view  them  as  coincident  with  the  consti- 
tution ;  notwithstanding  they  received  the  full  sanction  of 
the  Society  in  May,  1836,  and  have  been  approved  of  by 
all  the  Auxiliaries,  so  far  as  known,  they  have  yet  failed  to 
satisfy  many  of  the  Baptist  denomination,  and  have  called 
forth  an  amount  of  opposition  not  very  common  among  the 
professed  sons  of  peace.  Charges  in  various  forms  have 
been  made  against  the  doings  of  the  Board,  some  of  which 
demand  a  brief  reply. 

First. — The  Managers  are  charged  icith  having  changed 
their  policy,  noxo  objecting  to  and  withholding  aid  from 
versions  of  such  a  character  as  they  once  'patronized 
ivithout  hesitation. 

The  reply  of  the  Board  here  is,  that  they  never,  in  a 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  23 

single  case,  granted  aid  to  a  version  which  they  knew  at 
the  time  to  be  of  such  a  character  that  only  a  part  of  their 
associates  could  consistently  use  it.  Taking  it  for  granted 
that  none  would  ask  them  to  aid  denominational  versions, 
they  now  find  that  in  two  instances  they  aided  such,  though 
in  honest  ignorance.  It  appears  that  a  small  edition  of 
an  Indian  Gospel  was  once  printed  by  them,  where  baptizo 
was  translated  by  a  word  which  signifies  to  sprinkle,  or 
pour ;  and  that  one  version  in  India  had  been  aided  where 
the  same  Greek  word  has  been  translated  by  a  term  signi- 
fying immerse.  Had  the  peculiarity  of  these  translations 
in  either  case  been  known  at  the  time,  they  would  by  no 
means  have  been  encouraged. 

Secondly. —  The  Managers  arc  charged  with  partiality,  by 
allowing  other  denominations  to  make  such  foreign  ver- 
sions as  they  choose,  while  Baptists  have  not  this  privi- 
lege. 

This  charge  can  have  no  foundation,  unless  other  deno- 
minations choose  to  make  versions  of  such  a  character  that 
all  the  members  of  the  Bible  Society  can  use  them,  while 
those  who  complain  make  such  versions  as  their  denomi- 
nation alone  can  consistently  use.  The  Managers  can  have 
no  motive  to  partiality  towards  any  of  their  associates,  and 
are  conscious  of  none,  provided  all  lay  aside  denomina- 
tional work,  and  adhere  alike  to  the  spirit  and  rules  of  this 
Association,  when  co-operating  with  it. 

Thirdly. —  The  Managers  are  charged  with  laying  down 
rules  in  regard  to  versions  which  Baptist  translators 
cannot  conscientiously  follow. 

The   reply  is,  that  the  Managers   lay  down  no  rules 


24  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

which  they  do  not  consider  as  enjoined  on  them  by  the 
conditions  of  their  union,  by  the  framers  of  the  Society. 
If  these  rules  bear  with  undue  pressure  on  any  portion  of  the 
compact,  it  is  for  those  who  appoint  the  Board,  and  who 
have  control  of  the  constitution,  to  alter  that  instrument  so 
that  men  of  every  creed  and  sentiment  may  prepare  such 
foreign  versions  as  they  please,  with  the  expectation 
that  they  will  be  published  out  of  the  common  Bible  fund  ! 
At  present  such  license  would  be  deemed  a  violation  of 
what  the  constitution  requires.  But  the  Board  (while 
they  would  not  judge  for  others)  are  unable  to  see  why 
these  rules,  which  the  complainants  themselves  cheerfully 
observe  in  relation  to  the  English,  French,  and  other  old 
versions,  cannot  be  also  followed  in  preparing  new  ver- 
sions; that  is,  by  domesticating-  in  them  the  Greek  word 
baptizo  and  baptisma,  so  that  other  missionaries  can  use 
them  as  well  as  Baptist.*  It  cannot  be  affirmed  that 
errors  will  be  taught  by  these  transferred  words,  nor  can 
they  be  more  unintelligible  to  the  heathen  than  any  other 
words  which  it  is  well  known  are  transferred  from  the 
originals  into  the  Bengalee  and  Burmese  versions,  and 
must  be  into  all  versions  made  in  limited  pagan  tongues. 
Some  of  these  words,  it  is  true,  must  be  explained  by  the 
dictionary,  or  the  living  teacher,  before  the  common  reader 
will  understand  them.     So  must  many,  very  many  words 

*  The  Rev.  Joseph  Hughes,  a  Baptist,  and  long  a  Secretary  of 
the  British  and  Foreigu  Bible  Society,  had  no  scruple  against 
transferring  baptizo ;  nor  has  Rev.  Mr.  Sutton,  now  a  missionary 
in  India.  Two  able  pamphlets,  by  Baptists  in  Enjdand,  have  just 
been  published  in  favour  of  such  a  course.  The  Chippewa  New 
Testament,  prepared  by  Dr.  James,  a  Baptist,  and  printed  in  1833 
at  Albany,  has  the  word  baptizo  transferred. 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  25 

in  the  English  Bible,  and  in  every  other,  which  the  illite- 
rate reader  does  not  comprehend  until  instructed  by  some 
foreign  aid  ?  Where  is  there  a  modern  tongue  which  does 
not  abound  in  transferred  words  1  The  very  name  of  most 
religious  denominations  is  derived  from  the  Greek. 

Fourthly. — The  Managers  are  charged  with  the  inconsis- 
tency of  patronizing  German  and,  Dutch  Bibles,  where 
baptizo  is  translated  by  words  which  signify  immerse, 
and  yet  withholding  aid  from  the  Bengalee  and  Bur- 
mese Bibles  translated  in  the  same  way. 

The  reply  is,  in  the  first  place,  that  the  former  versions 
are  ancient  "  received  versions,"  such  as  the  founders  of 
the  Society  promised  to  patronize.  In  the  next  place, 
those  translated  words  alluded  to,  though  they  once  signi- 
fied immerse,  have  (like  many  words  in  the  English  Bible) 
lost  their  first  meaning,  and  are  now  of  as  general  import 
as  the  English  word  Baptize.  They  are  versions  which 
both  Baptists  and  Paedo-baptists  can  and  do  use  continu- 
ally without  objection.  Should  the  versions  referred  to  in 
India,  as  they  are  in  the  main  good,  undergo  a  similar 
change  as  to  the  import  of  a  few  words,  so  that  different 
denominations  can  use  them,  the  Managers  will  feel  no 
scruple  in  granting  them  patronage.  They  will  be  viewed 
and  treated  as  faithful  versions  when  there  is  evidence  that 
they  convey  to  all  the  component  parts  of  this  Society,  like 
the  English  and  German  Bibles,  the  mind  of  the  Spirit. 
Let  the  Divine  meaning  be  actually  conveyed  to  the  various 
readers,  and  it  seems  to  the  Board  a  matter  of  little  mo- 
ment whether  this  is  effected  through  one  tongue  or  another, 
or  through  a  combination  of  several. 
3 


26  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

Fifthly. — Another  charge  is,  that  the  Managers  have  set 
up  the  English  Bible  as  a  sta?idard  to  which  all  trans- 
lations must  be  conformed,  thus  abridging  the  liberty  of 
the  translator. 

This  is  a  mistake,  as  any  reader  of  the  foregoing  reso- 
lutions will  see.  It  is  expected  that  missionaries,  or  others, 
who  prepare  new  versions,  will  translate,  as  they  do  in 
fact,  from  the  original  tongues  with  great  care,  imitating 
the  English  no  farther  than  hy  transferring  a  few  words, 
which  either  cannot  be  translated  or  are  of  disputed  mean- 
ing; and  even  these  transfers  are  not  required,  provided 
the  various  members  of  the  Society  can  unite  in  using  the 
versions  as  they  use  the  English.  This  certainly  is  im- 
posing no  severe  restraint  on  the  conscience  of  the  trans- 
lator, far  less,  it  is  apprehended,  than  the  complainants 
(who  have  taken  the  English  Bible,  and  appended  to  it  a 
glossary,  telling  us  precisely  what  certain  Greek  words 
signify)  will  require  of  their  translators.  How  much  liberty 
will  the  latter  have  to  prepare  versions  which  are  not 
thoroughly  denominational  ? 

Sixthly. — Another  grave  charge  is,  that  the  American 
Bible  Society  has  received  a  large  amount  of  money 
from  Baptists  ;  particularly  that  it  has  received  forty 
or  fifty  thousand  dollars  in  the  way  of  legacies,  while  it 
has  made  to  the  denomination,  as  such,  but  very  partial 
appropriations,  and  now  refuse  to  refund  what  is  still 
due. 

The  reply  here  is,  that  while  a  part,  perhaps  a  large 
part,  of  the  denomination  who  aid  the  Bible  cause  in  any 
form,  have  seceded  from  the  American  Bible  Society  and 


AXD    THE    BAPTISTS'.  27 

formed  one  under  denominational  control,  (its  Managers 
being  necessarily  Baptists,)  yet  a  highly  respected  and 
valuable  portion  are  still  coadjutors  with  the  National  In- 
stitution. More  or  less  of  the  latter  class  are  still  found 
in  the  eastern,  middle,  southern  and  western  states,  co- 
operating with  the  local  Auxiliaries.  It  would  be  im- 
proper, then,  by  returning  Baptist  funds,  even  if  the  alleged 
amount  were  correct,  to  treat  the  denomination  as  if  it 
were  no  longer  a  part  of  the  Bible  compact.  But  the 
charge  as  to  the  amount  is  not  correct.  The  aggregate 
of  legacies  received  from  Baptists,  so  far  as  known  to  the 
Board,  is  no  more  than  $18,000  ;  namely,  from  the  estate 
of  John  Fleetwood  Marsh,  deceased,  of  East  Chester, 
New-York,  $10,000  ;  from?  that  of  John  Withington,  of 
New-York,  $7,000  ;  and  from  that  of  Josiah  Penfield,  of 
Georgia,  $1,000. 

And  how  were  these  legacies  expended  ?  The  two  first 
were  received  into  the  treasury  in  1830,  the  latter  in  1S31, 
the  very  year  when  the  Managers  were  endeavouring 
to  supply  the  entire  United  States  with  the  Bible,  and 
which  funds  were  wholly  expended  in  that  enterprise. 
Yes,  they  were  all  used  in  preparing  and  circulating 
English,  German  and  French  Bibles  for  the  good  of  our 
own  common  country ;  and  a  large  debt  remained  after 
they  were  expended.  No  portion  went  to  aid  the  missions 
of  other  denominations  in  preparing  the  Scriptures  in  any 
form.  It  cannot  be  asked,  then,  of  course,  that  these 
funds  should  be  paid  back  to  the  complainants. 

It  appears,  on  examining  the  Society's  books,  that  while 
no  more  than  $18,000  have  been  received  from  Baptist 
legacies,  and  that  these  were  all  expended  at  home  for  a 
common  object,  the  Baptist  Foreign  Mission  Society  has 


28  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

since  been  furnished  (that  is,  between  the  years  1831  and 
1338)  with  no  less  than  $27,000  for  the  exclusive  use  of 
that  denomination  in  preparing  and  circulating  the  Scrip- 
tures in  France,  Germany,  Bengal  and  Burmah.  In  ad- 
dition to  these  grants  of  money,  the  Managers  have  made 
numerous  donations  of  English  and  other  Scriptures  for  the 
exclusive  use  of  Baptist  missions.  During  the  years  1833 
and  1839  Messrs.  Pasco  and  Love,  Baptist  missionaries 
in  Greece,  were  furnished  by  the  Society's  agent  in  the 
Levant  (and  with  great  pleasure)  with  no  less  than  12,933 
portions  of  the  Scriptures,  amounting  in  value  to  some 
$5,000.  It  appears,  then,  that  more  than  $30,000,  in 
money  and  books,  have  been  furnished  by  the  Board  to 
aid  Baptist  missionaries  in  circulating  the  Scriptures, 
while  little  more  than  half  of  that  sum  has  been  received 
from  Baptist  legacies;  and  these  were  received  under 
such  circumstances  as  to  pay  no  part  of  such  grants. 

But  it  is  said  that  although  the  $40,000  or  $50,000  of 
legacies  spoken  of  as  furnished  to  the  Society  may  not  as 
yet  be  actually  paid  over,  still  that  sum  will  be  paid  from 
the  residuum  of  the  estate  of  Mr.  Marsh,  according  to  the 
provisions  of  his  will.  The  American  Bible  Society,  it  is 
true,  is  one  of  the  residuary  legatees  of  said  estate.  How 
far  there  is  a  prospect  of  any  speedy  avails  from  this  quar- 
ter will  be  seen  after  reading  the  following  letter  from  the 
executor.  This  letter  was  procured  in  consequence  of  a 
statement  in  the  Baptist  Advocate  in  relation  to  this  resi- 
duum, that  "  a  simple  legal  process  is  alone  necessary  to 
transfer  it  to  their  (American  Bible  Society's)  coffers — a 
process  which  the  Board  can  at  its  own  option  pursue." 


AXD    THE    BAPTISTS.  20 

Hackensack,  ISth  December,  1840. 

Dear  Sir, — In  reply  to  your  letter  of  the  15th  instant, 
respecting  information  of  the  present  condition  of  the 
legacy  lefl  by  the  late  Mr,  Marsh,  the  Society,  in  addition 
to  the  legacy  of  $10,000  which  has  been  paid,  are  resi- 
duary legatees  in  common  with  the  grand  children  and 
their  children  of  the  eight  uncles  of  the  testator,  the  So- 
ciety to  receive  one-third — the  aforesaid  children  the  other 
two-thirds.  These  residuary  legatees  are  very  numerous, 
and  scattered  throughout  England.  We  have  ascertained 
about  one  hundred,  and,  from  information  received,  there 
are  at  least  as  many  more,  whose  names  we  have  not  been 
able  to  ascertain.  Proceedings  have  been  instituted  in 
the  Court  of  Chancery  to  have  the  estate  settled,  but  from 
various  causes  it  has  not  been  brought  to  a  close,  and  when 
it  will  be,  it  is  impossible  for  me  to  say.  I  am  advised 
that  I  cannot  safely  pay  any  of  the  residuary  legatees 
without  having  them  all  brought,  in  some  way,  into  court, 
so  as  to  be  bound  by  a  decree,  in  order  to  a  final  settle- 
ment of  the  estate. 

Very  respectfully,  yours,  &c, 

James  Hague. 

It  is  obvious  that  a  long  period  must  intervene  before 
this  residuum  (if  it  ever  comes)  will  reach  the  treasury. 
Should  it  ere  long  be  received,  it  can  with  every  propriety 
be  employed  as  was  the  $10,000  already  realized  from  the 
same  estate,  in  furnishing  English,  German,  and  French 
Bibles  to  the  mixed  population  of  our  own  country. 

But  it  is  contended,  that  in  addition  to  the  legacies  in 
question,  a  large  amount  has  been  furnished  by  Baptists 
in  the  way  of  Life  Directorships,  Life  Memberships,  &c 
3* 


30  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

Some  have  placed  the  amount  of  payments  of  this  kind  at 
$40,000  or  $50,000,  equal  to  that  of  the  legacies  received 
and  prospective. 

Now,  while  the  Managers  are  greatly  averse  to  compa- 
risons as  to  the  contributions  of  different  denominations, 
they  have  been  led,  by  the  repeated  charges  referred  to, 
to  examine  with  some  care  as  to  their  accuracy.  They 
find,  in  the  first  place,  in  relation  to  Life  Directors,  that 
out  of  a  list  of  more  than  400  belonging  to  the  Society, 
only  13  were  of  the  Baptist  denomination.  Of  these  thir- 
teen, two  were  constituted  Directors  on  account  of  having 
been  members  of  the  Convention  which  formed  the  So- 
ciety. Four  others  were  made  Directors  in  consequence 
of  having  been  executors  where  legacies  were  left  it.  Two 
others  were  made  Directors  by  contributions  furnished  by 
men  of  other  denominations,  and  one  of  the  remainder  is 
still  a  friend  of  the  American  Bible  Society.  It  does  not 
appear,  then,  that  there  are,  in  any  view  of  the  matter, 
more  than  the  value  of  four  Directorships  to  be  returned. 

In  relation  to  Life  Members,  it  is  not  easy  to  determine 
the  precise  number  belonging  to  the  Baptist  persuasion. 
In  looking  over  a  list  of  more  than  4,000  names,  not  more 
than  about  100  can  be  thus  identified,  while  several  of 
these  were  constituted  members  by  those  of  other  creeds, 
and  several  more  are  still  friendly  to  the  Society.  But 
allowing  there  were  150  Life  members,  each  of  which  has 
contributed  $30,  the  total  would  amount  to  no  more  than 
$4,500,  to  be  added  to  the  $600  for  Life  Directorships. 

The  Board  have  next  looked  over  the  names  of  the  120 
citizens  in  New-York  who  aided  the  erection  of  the  So- 
ciety's House,  at  an  expense  of  more  than  22,000  dollars. 
While  they  find  subscriptions  from  almost  every  other  de- 
nomination, they  find  but  one  (Dr.  Luke  Barker's)  be- 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  31 

longing  to  that  from  which  these  charges  now  come. 
This  contribution  was  $30,  to  be  added  to  the  $5,100 
above  named. 

They  look  then  at  donations  made  specifically  to  aid 
distributions  in  Burmah.  Presuming  these  to  have  been 
made  by  Baptists,  they  find  them  to  amount  in  all  to  less 
than  $1,000.  As  to  contributions  made  through  Auxilia- 
ries, there  are  no  means  for  determining  definitely  what 
amount  has  been  thus  received.  From  the  large  Auxilia- 
ries in  New-England,  New-York,  and  a  few  at  the  South, 
whence  most  of  the  free  donations  come,  it  is  clear  to  the 
Board,  from  inquiries  and  statements  of  agents,  that  a 
small  amount,  comparatively,  (as  in  the  case  of  Life  Di- 
rectorships, Memberships,  and  the  Building  Fund,)  has 
ever  been  furnished  by  the  Baptists — particularly  by  those 
who  have  seceded.* 

In  the  newly  settled  states,  those  of  that  denomination 
have  often  united  with  others  in  procuring  and  distributing 
Bibles  in  their  respective  counties.  But  here  the  value 
was  returned  in  books,  and  in  many  instances  large  gra- 
tuitous supplies  in  addition.  Not  a  few  of  their  number 
continue  still  to  aid  in  these  domestic  distributions,  both 
to  the  gratification  of  the  Auxiliaries  and  the  Farent  So- 
ciety. Funds  thus  paid  in  for  books,  however,  add  nothing 
to  the  capital  of  the  Institution,  and  can  furnish  no  ground 
for  a  demand  on  those  which  come  as  free  donations. 
While,  then,  it  cannot  be  determined  with  minute  accu- 
racy what  amount  of  money  has  been  furnished  by  Bap- 
tists gratuitously,  or  so  that  it  can  be  used  by  other  deno- 

*  Let  any  one  inquire  of  the  large  Societies  what  portion  of 
their  free  contribution  ever  came  from  Baptists  who  arc  not  ail! 
with  them. 


32  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

minations,  the  Board  have  no  belief  that  it  can  surpass  or 
equal  the  more  than  $30,000  which  they  as  a  sect  have 
received  from  the  Institution.  Aside  from  the  $18,000 
of  legacies,  (used  at  home  and  not  to  be  counted,)  there 
is  no  evidence  of  their  having  contributed  to  the  treasury 
one  half  the  amount  which  they  have  received  from  it. 
Under  such  circumstances,  the  Managers  cannot,  of  course, 
feel  the  obligation  of  making  further  returns  to  those  who 
have  chosen  to  leave  the  Society,  and  to  assert  in  so  many 
ways  its  wrong  doings. 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  33 


AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY. 

"Such  reasoning  falls,  like  an  inverted  cone, 
Wanting  its  proper  base  to  stand  upon." 

The  foregoing  document  was  published  anonymously 
sometime  in  the  early  part  of  February  of  the  present 
year.  It  was  republished  in  the  "  Extracts  from  Corres- 
pondence" of  the  American  Bible  Society  for  March,  and 
acknowledged  as  issued  by  the  authority  of  the  Board.  It 
has  thus  become  the  duly  accredited  publication  of  an 
honoured  institution,  and  both  in  that  character  and  on 
other  important  accounts,  is  to  be  regarded  as  deserving 
a  careful  perusal  and  a  most  critical  examination.  This 
is  the  first  public  attempt  of  the  American  Board  to  vindi- 
cate their  conduct  towards  the  Baptist  denomination. 
Their  annual  reports  have  alluded  in  such  guarded  terms 
to  the  points  at  issue,  as  left  those  who  had  no  other 
means  of  intelligence  in  a  state  of  extreme  doubt,  if  not  of 
total  ignorance,  even  of  what  had  been  done,  aside  from 
the  arguments  in  favour  of  the  acts  of  the  Board. 

Mr.  Brigham's  letter  was  a  private  affair,  and  was 
never  acknowledged  as  official.  Four  years  were  per- 
mitted to  glide  away  before  the  Board  were  prepared  to 
justify  a  course  of  conduct  which  has  separated  from  con- 
nexion with  them  more  than  half  a  million  of  communi- 
cants, with  adherents  numbering  several  millions.  Under 
such  circumstances,  the  document  preceding  must  be  re- 
garded as  exhibiting  the  calm,  well  weighed,  and  penna- 


34  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

nently  decided  opinions  of  men,  -who  have  not  needed 
time  for  deliberation,  or  opportunity  for  acquiring  informa- 
tion. 

To  treat  such  a  document  with  disi'espect — to  answer 
argument  with  ridicule,  or  statements  of  fact  with  conjec- 
ture and  surmise,  is  as  far  removed  from  our  duty  as  a 
Christian,  as  it  would  be  opposed  to  the  character  which 
we  have  ever  endeavoured  to  maintain  as  the  conductor  of 
a  respectable  public  journal.  Before  entering  upon  the 
examination,  we  wish  to  state  one  or  two  principles  which 
shall  guide  us. 

If  we  should  be  under  the  necessity  of  disproving  a  state- 
ment of  fact,  we  wish  not  to  be  understood  to  imply  that 
the  Board  meant  to  deceive.  If  we  attempt  to  refute  an 
argument,  we  attribute  no  evil  purpose  to  those  who  have 
advanced  it.  Should  we  ever  employ  the  legitimate  mode 
of  reasoning,  called  by  the  schools  reductio  ad  absurdum, 
we  here,  once  for  all,  abjure  every  intention  to  cast  ridi- 
cule upon  the  American  Bible  Society,  and  declare  our 
purpose  merely  to  expose  the  weakness  of  the  weapons 
which  it  has  employed  in  its  defence. 

We  have,  for  convenience  of  reference,  numbered  cer- 
tain sections,  and  shall  discuss  them  in  the  order  in  which 
they  appear. 

1.  The  first  is  a  narrative  of  historical  fact,  and  de- 
serves to  be  read  and  pondered  with  deep  attention.  The 
extract  from  the  Address  of  the  Convention  which  it  con- 
tains, is  justly  entitled  to  the  encomium  bestowed  Upon  it, 
as  all  must  admit  that  it  breathes  a  "  frank,  impartial, 
catholic  spirit."  In  order  to  connect  this  history  with  the 
proceedings  regarding  our  denomination,  a  few  additional 
particulars  are  necessary.  These  we  will  endeavour  to 
supply. 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  35 

The  Baptist  Missions  were  commenced  in  1793,  and 
the  translation  of  |3airn£a>  and  its  cognates  immediately 
followed.  The  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  was 
founded  in  1804,  and  the  Calcutta  Auxiliary  was  organized 
in  1807.  The  Baptist  missionaries  were  invited  to  co-ope- 
rate, and  their  versions  of  the  Scriptures,  with  l3airTi^u) 
and  its  cognates  translated,  were  taken  under  the  pa- 
tronage of  the  Auxiliary  and  of  the  Parent  Institution. 
The  latter  aided  the  versions  without  the  intimation  of 
any  objection. 

In  1813  its  Corresponding  Secretary  addressed  an  offi- 
cial letter  to  the  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  English 
Baptist  Missionary  Society,  to  inquire  whether  fia-KTi& 
and  its  cognates  were  transferred  or  translated.  The 
official  reply  was  that  they  were  translated*  No  action 
was  taken  thereupon  by  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  So- 
ciety, but  it  continued  to  aid  the  Baptist  translations. 
Under  these  circumstances,  the  American  Bible  Society 
was  formed  in  1816,  and  Baptists  were  invited  to  co-ope- 
rate with  the  assurance  that  its  only  object  was,  "  the  dis- 
semination of  the  Scriptures  in  the  received  versions  where 
they  exist,  and  in  the  most  faithful  where  they  may  be  re- 
quired." Some  of  the  Baptist  versions  had  been  in  ex- 
istence sixteen  years,  and  many  thousand  copies  had  been 
received  by  the  benighted  heathen.  These  versions  had 
received  aid  from  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society 
with  the  full  knowledge  that  j3airrL^cj  and  its  cognates  were 
translated.  These  facts  were  matters  of  public  record, 
and   although  now  in  1841,  a  Board  of  Managers  may 

*  Hinton's  Letter  to  Lord  Bexlcy,  President  of  the  British  and 
Foreign  Bible  Society. 


36  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

declare,  that  they  did  not  know  them,  it  will  require  more 
than  their  conjecture  to  convince  posterity  that  a  man  of 
such  intelligence  as  the  Rev.  Dr.  John  M.  Mason,  who 
drew  up  the  Address  of  the  Convention,  was  equally  igno- 
rant. The  question  is  not  what  Mr.  Brigham  and  his  co- 
managers  in  1839  or  in  1341  knew.  Suppose  that  they 
should  declare  themselves  ignorant  that  there  were  any 
Baptists  in  the  world,  that  there  were  any  Baptist  mission 
in  India,  or  even  that  there  was  such  an  institution  as  the 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  which  assisted  the  Bap- 
tist translations.  We  appeal  to  any  court  of  law,  or  of 
equity,  or  to  any  man  of  plain,  unsophisticated  sense,  what 
would  be  the  effect  of  such  a  plea  of  ignorance  ?  Would 
it  affect  the  facts  of  the  case,  or  alter  in  the  least  the  po- 
sition of  the  Baptists,  and  their  relation  to  other  denomi- 
nations in  forming  the  American  Bible  Society?  Or  would 
the  plea  recoil  against  a  body  of  men,  who  were  intrusted 
with  the  interests  of  such  an  institution,  and  when  their 
professions  and  actions  had  led  into  error  a  large  denomi- 
nation of  Christians,  excuse  themselves  on  account  of 
their  ignorance  of  recorded  and  well  known  facts  ?  This 
point  is  one  of  great  importance,  and  will  be  examined  at 
length  when  we  come  to  the  fifth  section.  We  will  there 
endeavour  to  show  the  means  of  acquiring  the  requisite 
information  possessed  by  the  Board  of  Managers. 

We  will  not  then  detract  from  the  reputation  of  the  in- 
telligent and  noble-minded  men,  who,  with  Dr.  Mason  at 
their  head,  prepared  and  published  the  Address  of  the 
Convention,  by  believing  them  ignorant  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  and  of  the  his- 
tory of  the  Baptist  translations  in  India.  But  supposing 
them  so  culpably  ignorant,  still  their  professions  were  per- 
fectly "frank,  impartial  and  catholic."     They  supposed 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS. 


37 


that  in  the  work  which  they  commenced,  "  sectarian  little- 
ness and  virulence"  could  "find  no  avenue  of  admission." 
It  will  be  our  business  to  ascertain  how  unflinchingly  their 
successors  have  maintained  these  sentiments. 

2.  The  first  sentence  of  the  second  section  cannot  pro- 
perly be  considered  by  itself.  It  has  a  most  intimate  con- 
nexion with  two  or  three  sentences  in  a  subsequent  sec- 
tion.    We  will  place  them  in  juxtaposition. 


In  preparing  the  present 
statement  in  relation  to  ver- 
sions, the  Managers  have 
not  attempted  to  settle  or 
touch  any  question  as  to 
philology  or  religious  ordi- 
nances, but  simply  to  in- 
quire what  was  the  design 
of  those  who  founded  the 
Institution,  as  to  the  charac- 
ter of  tbe  Scriptures  which 
were  to  be  circulated  ? 


The  terms  "  most  faith- 
ful," in  these  circumstances 
obviously  signify  those  ver- 
sions which  convey  the  in- 
spired meaning  of  the  ori- 
ginals, in  view  of  those  who 
support  and  direct  the  great 
Bible  cause.  But  what  is 
the  inspired  meaning  in 
their  view  ?  Not  that  cer- 
tainly which  couveys  the 
peculiar  tenets  of  this  or 
that  denomination,  while  it 
misstates  the  views  of  others 
interested,   and  is  in  their 

judgment    unfaithful. • 

Faithful  versions,  in  view 
of  a  Bible  Association,  must 
be  such  as  all  consider  faith- 
ful— such  as  convey,  in  view 
of  all,  the  true  Divizie  mean- 
ing. In  the  English  Bible 
adopted  by  the  Society,  the 
Divine  meaning  is  thus  con- 
veyed. It  is  a  faithful  ver- 
sion, as  all  admit;  and  others 
should  be  equally  faithful 
when  put  forth  by  those  con- 
nected with  this  Association 
and  solemnly  bound  by  its 
pledges. 


38  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

The  Managers  "  have  not  attempted  to  settle  or  touch 
any  question  as  to  philology  or  religious  ordinances, "  and 
yet  decide  that  the  Baptist  translations  are  "  in  their  judg- 
ment unfaithful." 

The  discrepancies  between  deciding  that  the  transla- 
tion of  fiaTTTL^oj  is  unfaithful,  and  not  settling  any  question 
as  to  philology;  between  determining  that  immersion  is 
wrong  and  not  touching  any  question  as  to  religious  ordi- 
nances ;  are  too  glaring  to  escape  the  observation  of  any 
reader.  The  full  consideration  of  these  extracts  would 
lead  us  directly  to  the  true  issue  between  the  American 
Bible  Society  and  the  Baptists.  This  we  prefer  to  post- 
pone till  we  reach  the  section  from  which  the  second  ex- 
tract was  made.  The  remainder  of  the  present  section  is 
designed  to  show  that  the  Society  were  bound  to  avoid 
every  thing  sectarian  in  its  aspect.  This  we  most  readily 
and  heartily  admit,  and  our  object  under  the  "  true  issue" 
will  be  to  show  that  their  course  has  been  sectarian,  since 
they  adopted  the  resolutions  of  1836.  Previously  to  that 
occurrence  we  acquit  them,  so  far  as  the  present  question 
is  concerned,  of  any  such  charge. 

3.  The  third  section  relates  to  the  ancient  versions  of 
the  Scriptures  in  Europe  founded  on  the  Latin  Vulgate. 
These  the  Managers  acknowledge  that  they  have  pa- 
tronized from  their  commencement  of  the  work  of  foreign 
distribution.  They  justify  this  procedure  on  the  ground 
that  the  "  defects"  of  these  versions  "  were  not  numerous, 
and  there  was  no  hope  that  those  old,  venerated  versions 
could  at  once  be  laid  aside,  and  new  ones  be  introduced 
by  foreigners.  Nor  could  new  ones  be  prepared  until 
many  years  should  pass  away." 

With  the  propriety  of  this  course  we  are  not  at  present 
concerned.     As  an  individual,  we  approve  it,  although  we 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  39 

know  that  in  this  \vc  differ  from  many  excellent  men,  and 
we  Jo  not  form  our  opinion  altogether  upon  the  reasons 
advanced  by  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society. 
But  we  would  have  been  better  pleased  had  the  Managers 
alluded  more  distinctly  and  more  accurately  to  the  cha- 
racter of  the  defects  of  which  they  speak.  The  Spanish 
Bible,  for  instance,  employs  "  Hacer  penitencia"  to  ex- 
press the  meaning  of  those  passages  in  which  repentance 
is  enjoined.  The  words  signify  "  to  do  penance,"  and  aro 
so  understood  by  Spaniards  themselves.  When  they  wish 
to  express  our  idea  of  "  repent,"  they  use  the  verb  "  arre- 
pentirse."  So  commonly  is  the  idea  of  doing  penance 
attached  to  "  hacer  penitencia,"  that  they  employ  the 
phrase  when  they  invite  a  friend  to  dine  with  them,  and 
to  submit  to  meagre  diet:  "  Come  and  do  penance  with 
me  to  day,"  that  is,  "  Do  not  expect  rich  fare,  but  be  con- 
tent with  whatever  we  happen  to  have."  Similar  defects 
exist  in  other  versions  founded  on  the  Latin  Vulgate,  and 
therefore  the  Papal  See  permits  them  to  be  used,  while 
it  is  mortally  opposed  to  Protestant  versions  of  the  Holy 
Scriptures. 

"When  Baptists  were  in  1816  invited  to  co-operate  in 
forming  the  American  Bible  Society,  with  the  assurance 
that  it  would  aid  "in  the  dissemination  of  received  ver- 
sions where  they  do  exist,"  theirs  had  existed  and  had 
been  extensively  received  by  heathen,  and  approved  by 
Christians  generally,  for  a  considerable  number  of  years. 
With  some  of  them  no  other  version  did  exist  to  compete. 
The  American  Bible  Society  began  to  extend  its  benefac- 
tions to  foreign  versions,  and  commenced  with  those 
founded  on  the  Vuljatc.  Could  Baptists  suppose  that  tho 
most  bigoted  Paedo-baptist  would  find  in  the  translation  of 
PaiTTifa  a  greater  defect  than  those  acknowledged  to  exist 


AO  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

in  the  Romanist  versions  ?  But,  say  the  Managers, 
'*  There  was  no  hope  that  those  old,  venerated  translations 
could  at  once  be  laid  aside,  and  new  ones  be  introduced 
by  foreigners.  Nor  could  one  be  prepared  till  many  years 
had  passed  away."  And  did  the  Board  then  suppose  the 
the  Baptists  would  lay  aside  their  versions  and  adopt  those 
^prepared  by  Pcedo-haptists  ?  And  did  they  suppose  that 
"new  ones  could  be  prepared"  before  "  many  years  should 
pass  away  1"  Either  supposition  indicates  far  less  intelli- 
gence and  less  judgment  than  we  are  ready  to  accord  to 
the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society.  But  "  the 
Managers  [first  resolution]  feel  at  liberty  to  encou- 
rage only  such  versions  as  conform  to  the  common  En- 
glish version,  at  least  so  far  that  all  the  religious  denomi- 
nations represented  in  this  Society  can  consistently  use 
and  circulate  said  versions  in  their  several  schools  and 
communities." 

Connecting  this  resolution  with  the  history  of  the  Ro- 
manist versions,  and  with  the  fact  that  the  Baptist  ver- 
sions are  excluded  under  this  resolution  because  they 
translate  Par-m^u  ,  it  becomes  an  indisputable  fact  that  the 
Managers  can  "  use  and  circulate"  Romanist  versions  in 
preference  to  Baptist,  can  sanction  the  "  doing  of  penance," 
for  repentance,  rather  than  allow  a  conscientious  body  of 
Christians,  who  in  no  other  respects  differ  from  them  in 
translating  Scripture,  to  translate  the  word  PanTifa  and  its 
cognates. 

To  obtain  a  complete  view  of  the  case  in  this  light,  it 
will  be  necessary  to  add,  that  the  Baptists  were  large 
contributors  to  the  funds  of  the  American  Bible  Society, 
and  zealous  co-operators  in  its  cause  :  that  Romanists  had 
no  connexion  with  it :  that  the  agents  of  the  American 
Bible    Society,    when    travelling    through   the    country, 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  41 

preaching  and  lecturing  in  behalf  of  foreign  distribution, 
frequently  referred  to  Carey,  and  Judson  and  Yates,  and 
others  of  our  translators,  and  wrought  upon  the  sympa- 
ties  of  their  audiences  by  the  necessity  of  assisting  such 
men  in  such  undertakings.  These,  with  other  circum- 
stances which  we  will  hereafter  develop,  will  conduce  to 
show  the  true  position  of  the  Board  in  relation  to  foreign 
versions. 

The  Managers  have  softened  the  character  of  the  Po- 
pish superstitions  and  will-worship  inculcated  in  the  Ro- 
manist versions,  by  calling  them  "  defects."  We  have 
mentioned  one  of  these  defects  that  prevail  throughout 
them.  Our  readers  will  perhaps  be  gratified  to  see  ano- 
ther to  enable  them  to  judge  of  the  meaning  of  the  word 
defect,  when  applied  to  a  translation  of  Holy  Scripture, 
and  also  to  understand  what  the  Managers  of  the  Ameri- 
can Bible  Society  believe  "  all  the  religious  denominations 
represented  in  this  Society  can  consistently  use  and  circu- 
late in  their  several  schools  and  communities,"  while  they 
recoil  with  horror  from  the  idea  that  a  version  which  trans- 
lates (iavTL^oi  should  be  circulated,  though  in  every  other 
respect,  even  to  them,  unexceptionable.  In  the  same 
Spanish  version  of  which  we  spoke,  printed  and  circulated 
by  the  American  Bible  Society,  the  twenty-first  verse  of 
the  eleventh  chapter  of  Hebrews  reads  thus : 

For  fe  Jacob,  Estando  para  morir,  rendijo  a 
cada  uno  de  los  hij0s  de  joseph  :  y  adoro  la  al- 
tura  de  su  vara. 

"  By  faith,  Jacob  being  about  to  die,  blessed  each  one 
of  the  sons  of  Joseph:  and  worshipped  the  top  of  his 
staffs 

The  worship  of  an  image  on  the  top  of  a  staff,  which  is 
the.  idea  that  a  common  Romanist  attaches  to  such  a 
4* 


42  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

passage,  is  a  venial  fault,  a  mere  defect  in  the  view  of  this 
circular  ;  but  the  immersion  of  a  believer  in  the  name  of 
the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  ac- 
cording' to  the  example  of  Christ  and  his  apostles,  is  an 
unpardonable  crime,  and  the  version  of  Scripture  that  in- 
culcates it,  is  unfaithful. 

Before  leaving  the  third  section  we  must  express  our 
regret  that  the  Managers  have  net  been  more  particular  in 
this  to  date  their  transactions.  This  defect  we  shall  en- 
deavour to  supply. 

From  the  circular  alone,  the  most  of  readers  would  draw 
the  inferences,  that  the  Society  laboured  for  some  time  in 
the  distribution  of  the  English  Scriptures  before  they  turned 
their  attention  to  existing  versions  in  foreign  tongues,  and 
that  at  a  more  distant  period  they  considered  the  question 
of  assisting  in  translating  into  heathen  languages.  We  do 
not  say  that  it  was  designed  to  convey  erroneous  ideas  in 
these  matters,  but  we  assert  that  the  circular  would  not 
give  the 'impression  that,  as  was  really  the  case,  in  the  very 
first  year  of  the  Society's  operations,  the  Managers  who 
then  had  charge  of  its  interests,  "  directed  their  attention  to 
the  translation  of  the  Scriptures  into  the  Indian  languages 
of  our  country,  and  the  publication  of  the  Spanish  New  Tes- 
tament, and  of  the  Scriptures  in  the  French."  First  Report, 
page  18.  The  next  year  we  find  them  ordering  an  edition  of 
the  Bible  in  the  language  of  the  Delaware  Indians,  andano- 
her  in  that  of  the  Mohawks.  Second  Report,  pages  IS 
and  19.  From  that  time  to  the  present  they  have  been 
engaged  in  the  distribution  of  foreign  versions  and  the  en- 
couragement of  new  translations,  so  that  from  the  com- 
mencement of  their  operations,  either  their  principles  in 
relation  to  such  matters  were  established,  or  they  were 
proceeding  in  affairs  of  the  utmost  importance,  and  zeal- 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  43 

ously  employing  tho  aid  of  our  denomination,  without 
fixed  principles.  This  maiter  of  dates  we  mention  now 
because  particularly  connected  with  the  second  and  third 
sections,  but  the  application  of  tho  argument  derived  from 
them  will  be  felt  most  forcibly  under  the  fifth. 

4.  The  Bubstance  of  the  fourth  section  is,  that  where 

us  did  not  exist,  but  were  to  be  made,  the  most 

faithful  were  to  be  patronized,  and  that  a  version  which 

expressed  views  in   which  all   the   denominations  reprc- 

1  in  the  Society  did  not  coincide,  is  therefore  in  tho 

ent  of  its  Managers  unfaithful. 

Should  these  statements  be  admitted,  they  do  not  apply 
to  the  case  of  the  Bengali  version.  Although  since  im~ 
.  it  existed  many  years  before  Hie  Ame- 
rican Bible  Society,  and  has  undergone  no  change  in 
the  particular  objected  to.  It  was  therefore  not  a  version 
about  to  be  made.  We  should  think  that  a  judicious  body 
of  men  like  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society 
would  see  this  discrepancy  in  their  argument.  But  leaving 
this,  we  discover  other  important  points  deserving  of  no- 
tice in  these  statements. 

In  the  first  place,  the  Managers  have  never  b  fore 
charged  that  the  Bengali  version  is  unfaithful.  A  re- 
solution to  thru  effect  was  once  started  in  committee,  but 
the  Rev.  Dr.  De  Witt  most  solemnly  abjured  the  idea  of 
ssing  such  an  opinion,  and  the  resolution  was  with- 
drawn. 

In  the  Board,  the  Baptist.  Managers  frequently  dial- 
lenged  any  assertion  of  unfaithfulness,  but  that  point  was 
never  •/  of  debate.     Now,  when  the  Bap- 

tists have  left  the  Society,  when  they  have  formed  another 
Institution,  and  have  continued  their  separate  organization 
for  four  years ;  when  there  is  no  one  to  vindicate  their 


44  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

cause  in  the  Board  of  the  American  Bible  Society,,  or  to 
expose  the  inconsistency  of  6uch  a  procedure,  the  Ma- 
nagers gravely  conclude  that  they  did  not  patronize  the 
Bengali  version  because  it  zoas  unfaithful ! 

We  will  acknowledge  that  there  is  a  boldness  about 
this  plea,  which,  had  it  been  assumed  in  an  earlier  part  of 
the  controversy,  would  have  implied  to  many  minds  a 
greater  degree  of  consistency  than  any  before  advanced. 
A  version  is  unfaithful,  because  it  expresses  views  con- 
trary to  those  entertained  by  a  portion  of  the  Society.  It 
must  be  evident  that  the  question  of  numbers  in  such  a 
matter  cannot  be  considered.  If  the  principle  be  correct, 
it  would  have  been  equally  applicable,  had  the  Baptists 
constituted  the  larger,  and  the  Paedo-baptists  the  smaller 
portion  of  the  Society.  Let  us  apply  the  principle  and  see 
how  it  will  work.  A  portion  of  the  Society  belong  to  the 
Old  School  in  doctrine,  and  another  to  the  New  School. 
The  missionaries  are  similarly  divided.  Some  are  re- 
garded by  those  who  differ  from  them  as  Pelagian,  and 
others  as  Antinomian.  Of  course  each  translates  certain 
disputed  passages  of  Scripture  bearing  upon  doctrine  ac- 
cording to  his  peculiar  views  of  their  meaning,  and  in  these 
expresses  views  differing  from  those  of  many  others 
equally  interested,  in  the  Society.  Will  the  Managers 
therefore  deem  such  translations  unfaithful  ?  If  the  prin- 
ciple be  correct,  surely  men  of  honourable  minds  will  not 
think  of  restricting  its  application  to  Baptists. 
The  latter  portion  of  this  section  thus  proceeds: 
"  Faithful  versions  in  view  of  a  Bible  Association,  must 
be  such  as  all  consider  faithful — such  as  convey,  in  view 
of  all,  the  true  Divine  meaning.  In  the  English  Bible 
adopted  by  the  Society,  the  Divine  meaning  is  thus  con. 
veyed.     It  is  a  faithful  version,  as  all  admit ;  and  others 


AXD    THE    TUPTTSTS.  45 

should  bo  equally  faithful  when  put  forth  by  those  con- 
nected with  this  Association  and  solemnly  bound  by  its 
pledgi 

In  order  fully  to  understand  the  meaning  of  these  sen- 
borne  in  mind,  that  the  Bengali  version 
ected,  became  in  a  Bingieword  and  its  cognates, 
it  did  not  confoftn  to  the  English  version  :  m  oth 
its  faithfulness  i-;  not  disputed.     The  Board  of  Manager* 
not  attt'in]  ted  to  settle  or  touch  any  question  as  to 
philology,"  and  yet  decide  that  if  a  conscientiovs  philolo- 
gist translates  a  word  which  is  not  translated  in  the 
glisfa  version,  his  whole  book,  though  unexceptionable  in 
other  particular,  /,  and  cannot  be  pa- 

tronized. Thus  the  English  version  is  made  a  Procustean 
bed,  to  the  Length  and  breadth  of  which  the  consciem 

lator  must  be  stretched  or  contracted  as  the 
case  may  require. 

"  It  is  a  faithful  version,  as  all  admit."  Gratuito7is  as- 
sumption is  not  argument  or  matter  of  fact.  T) 'e  do 
admit  it  to  be  faithful  in  the  sense  which  the  Managers 
imply  by  their  reasoning'.  Nay,  we  doubt  whether  in  this 
D  ten  thousand  of  our  countrymen,  exclusi 
opalians,  will  venture,  upon  deliberation,  to  declare 
it  faithful.  We  will  adduce  one  instance.  In  Acts  xii.  4, 
the  '  Ireek  word  [Lurga  is  translated,  contrary  to  all  rules 
of  pl.il"'.  y,  "  Easter."  No  scholar  doubts  that  it  should 
be,  as  everywhere  else  in  the  Testament,  translated 
•    !'  Do  the  Board  of  Managers  mean  to  it 

that  the  E  a  is  faithful  in  respect  to  this? 

I     t  if  it  be  not.  what  I ••  at  /     It  will 

not  do  for  them  to  say,  that  they  meant  not  to  assert  its 
faithfulness  in  every  single  word.    The  Bengali  version  i 
not  charged  with  unfaithfulness,  '  xcept  in  one  word  and 


46  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

its  cognates.  Nay,  the  testimonials  to  its  faithfulness  are 
of  the  most  indisputable  character,  and  many  of  them  from 
Peedo-baptists.  They  have  never  been  disputed  by  the 
Board,  and  therefore  it  would  only  encumber  our  argu- 
ment here  to  introduce  them.  The  only  fault  ever  found 
with  the  version,  is  that  it  has  followed  the  version  of 
Martin  Luther,  and  almost  every  other  Protestant  version 
of  inland  Europe  and  all  the  ancient  Eastern  versions,  in 
translating  Pa-rcTifa,  instead  of  transferring  it.  Thisis  the 
true  issue,  and  to  this  we  shall  hereafter  lend  our  atten- 
tion more  closely.  At  present  we  cannot  pass  by  a  ques- 
tion or  two  suggested  by  what  we  have  said.  The  word 
"  EASTER" — do  our  Presbyterian  and  Congregational 
friends  preserve  it  in  their  versions,  or  do  they  dare  to 
translate,  Hacr^a  "  Passover,"  or  by  a  word  of  similar  im- 
port ?  This  is  an  important  question.  Have  our  Epis- 
copal friends  given  it  due  consideration  ?  Dr.  Milnor  was 
exceedingly  strenuous  against  the  Baptists,  because  they 
varied  in  one  word  from  the  English  version.  Is  he 
equally  scrupulous,  we  will  not  say,  conscientious,  to- 
wards his  Presbyterian  friends  ?  Shall  we  question  our 
Congregational  friends  about  the  word  "bishop?"  "We 
wish  not  to  annoy,  we  desire  only  to  convince.  If  the 
Managers  will  proceed  to  apply  their  reasoning,  they  can- 
not fail  to  discover  its  fallaciousness. 

Since,  in  their  opinion,  faithfulness  requires  that  every 
word,  in  the  translation  of  which  denominations  differ, 
should  be  conformed  to  the  English  version,  they  certainly 
decide  that  in  these  words  the  English  Bible  is  faithful. 
They  cannot,  therefore,  avoid  the  conclusion  that  "  Easter," 
and  "  Bishop,"  and  similar  words,  are  faithful  transla- 
tions, and  that  every  version  which  does  not  copy  them,  is 
unfaithful  and  undeserving  of  patronage.    On  this  subject, 


AXD    THE    BAPTISTS.  47 

thon.  we  appeal  to  them  as  honest,  impartial  men,  and  ask 
them  whether  the;  !  ■  due  inquiries  in  these  re- 

8Pect-  ds  which  they  patronize.     If 

they  have  9  acquit  them  ? 

The  Episcopal  denomination  seldom  ohject  to  immer- 
MOn.      In   :  .    Church  it  is  specially  prescribed, 

and  in  this  country  it  is  sometimes  practised  by  them. 
1  •'■-'  writer  in  the  Churchman  spoke  in  favour  of  it, 

and  denounced  sprinkling  as  unscriptural.  Bishop  Smith  of 
Kentucky,  declares  immersion  to  be  the  only  Scriptural 
mode  of  baptism.  The  British  Critic,  the  Church  organ 
in  Great  Britain,  regards  it  in  the  same  light,  and  wishes 
.  as  the  universal  practice  of  the  Church. 
But  the  ilians  all  reverence  "  Easter,"  and  prefer 

the  term  "  Bishop"  to"  Overseer."  They  have  not,  itis 
true,  a  majority  in  the  Board  of  Managers,  butif  they  had, 
would  other  denominations  submit  to  have  every  version 
stigmatized  as  unfaithful,  which  in  these  and  similar  words 
does  not  conform  to  the  English  ?  Surely  the  Managers  will 
not  pretend  that  numbers  decide  principle  :  in  other  words, 
that  only  that  is  faithful  for  which  a  majority  of  votes  can 
be  procured. 

Tlii-  subject  still  presents  itself  in  another  aspect.     If 
:   version  convey  "  the  true   Divine  meaning," 
and  if  it  be  "  faithful,"  have  the  Managers  any  right  to 
h  praise  has  been  of  late  bestowed  upon 
the  Engli  American  Biblo 

Society  has  adopted  it  as  the  standard  by  which  to  deter- 
mine the  faithfulness  of  other  versions,  that  the  patrons  of 
that  Institution  are  probably  little  prepared  to  learn  what 
liberties  its  Managers  are  taking  with  that  which  conveys 
4<  tho  true  Divine  meaning."  We  might  point  them  to 
.'.thousand  instances  in  which  they  have  varied 


48  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

the  authorized  editions  of  the  English  Scriptures,  but  we 
prefer  showing  how  they  disagree  even  with  themselves. 
The  length  of  this  article  will  permit  us  to  adduce  only 
onL  instance,  but  it  shall  be  one  of  no  little  importance. 
We  have  before  us  four  editions  of  the  American  Bible 
Society,  two  of  the  same  year.  In  the  octavo  edition  of 
the  Bible  for  1829,  John  x.  28,  29,  is  thus  translated : 
"  And  I  give  unto  them  eternal  life  ;  and  they 

SHALL  NEVER  PERISH,  NEITHER  SHALL  ANY  man  PLUCK 
THEM    OUT    OF    MY    HAND. 

"  My  Father  which  gave  them  me,  is  greater  than 
all  ;  and  no  man  is  able  to  pluck  them  out  of  my 
Father's  hand."       . 

The  duodecimo  edition  of  the  same  year,  gives  the 
passage  thus: 

"And  1  give  unto  them  eternal  life';  and  they 
shall  never  perish,  neither  shall  any  pluck  them 
out  of  my  hand. 

"  My  Father,  which  gave  them  me,  is  greater 

THAN   ALL  J    AND    NONE    IS    ABLE  TO  PLUCK   them  OUT   OF 

my  Father's  hand." 

The  octavo  edition  of  the  New  Testament  for  1831,  is 
altered  from  the  octavo  edition  of  the  Bible  for  1829,  and 
follows  the  duodecimo  edition  of  the  latter  year. 

But  the  octavo  edition  of  1839  varies  from  both,  and 
presents  the  passage  thus,  placing  the  word  "  man"  in 
roman  characters,  as  though  it  were  in  the  original. 

"  And  I  give  unto  them  eternal  life  ;  and  they 

SHALL  NEVER  PERISH,  NEITHER  SHALL  ANY   MAN  PLUCK 
THEM  OUT  CF  MY  HAND. 

"Mi  Father,  which  gave  them  me,  is  greater 

THAN  ALL  J   AND  NO  MAN  IS  ABLE  TO  PLUCK  them  OUT  OF 

mi  Father's  hand." 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  49 

Such  then  is  the  mode  in  which  the  Managers  treat  a 
version  which  they  believe  to  convey  "  the  true  Divine 
meaning,"  and  to  be  "faithful"  even  to  individual  words. 
To  some  readers,  the  verses  which  we  have  quoted,  con- 
vey different  meanings  as  they  have  been  varied  by  the 
Managers.  A  man  who  cherished  warmly  the  doctrine 
of  the  perseverance  of  the  saints,  might  allege,  that  when 
"man"  is  inserted  as  though  in  the  original,  it  leaves  a 
doubt  whether  other  beings  might  not  pluck  the  saints 
from  the  Father's  hand.  But  this  is  not  the  question  with 
us.  Our  inquiry  is,  where  is  the  consistency  of  thus  va- 
rying a  version,  and  then  insisting  that  it  conveys  "  the 
true  Divine  meaning,"  and  cashiering  every  version  that 
does  not  conform  to  it  ? 

We  shall  here  endeavour  to  show  the  real  issue  be- 
tween the  American  Bible  Society  and  the  Baptists.  We 
say  the  real  issue,  for  we  have  already  shown  that  the  un- 
fortunate course  of  the  American  Bible  Society  has  in- 
volved them  in  several  collateral  issues,  upon  each  of 
which  a  simple  statement  of  facts  furnishes  an  unques- 
tionable verdict  against  them.  In  order  to  come  at  the 
real  issue,  we  must  suppose  all  these  facts  to  be  changed. 
We  will  then  imagine  that  the  Bengali  version  wa-  not  in 
existence  when  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society 
commenced ;  that  it  was  not  patronized  by  that  institution; 
that  the  Secretary  of  that  Institution  was  not  officially  re- 
quired to  interrogate  tho  Baptist  Missionary  Society  in 
1813,  whether  in  that  version  PcurTtfa  was  translated  ;  that 
the  Missionary  Society  did  not  reply  that  it  was  ;  that  the 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  did  not  continue  to  pa- 
tronize the  version;  that  the  American  Bible  Society,  when 
it  was  formed  in  1816,  did  not  know  of  the  existence  of 
that  version ;  that  this  Society  diJ  not  commence  patron- 
5 


50  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

izing  foreign  versions  in  the  first  years  of  its  existence ; 
that  it  does  not  patronize  Catholic  versions,  inculcating 
the  doing  of  penance  and  the  worshipping  of  the  top  of 
a  staff;  that  it  does  not  change  the  English  version  in 
thousands  of  instances  and  sometimes  in  very  important 
cases.  These  and  many  other  circumstances  must  be 
imagined  to  be  changed,  before  we  can  fairly  try  the  real 
issue,  the  point,  which,  though  concealed  by  many  other 
matters  less  important,  is  the  true  point  of  difference  be- 
tween the  American  Bible  Society  and  the  Baptists. 

We  suppose,  then,  that  the  Bengali  version  was  about 
to  be  prepared,  and  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible 
Society  were  about  to  determine  the  principles  on  which 
they  would  commence  the  patronage  of  new  versions.  We 
will  suppose  further,  that  other  versions  were  being  pre- 
pared in  the  same  language,  and  that  the  latter  transferred 
panTifa,  while  the  Baptist  version  translated  the  word. 
The  question  then  comes  legitimately  before  the  Mana- 
gers, which  is  the  more  faithful  course  in  making  a  version 
of  the  Holy  Scriptures  into  a  heathen  language,  to  transfer 
fiavTifa  or  to  translate  it.  The  Managers  assume  the  po- 
sition that  it  is  more  faithful  to  transfer  the  word ;  the 
Baptists  believe  that  it  is  more  faithful  to  translate  it. 

It  will  be  evident  upon  a  little  consideration,  that  the 
question  of  the  English  version  is  not  necessarily  connected 
with  this  issue.  This  version  has  been  in  existence  about 
two  hundred  years.  It  is  generally  used  and  is  esteemed 
classic  in  the  vernacular  tongue.  Ideas  more  or  less  defi- 
nite are  attached  to  the  word  '*  baptize,"  which  has  been 
transferred  in  it  from  the  Greek.  The  facilities  furnished 
in  this  country  for  the  study  of  the  original,  and  the  general 
and  rapidly  increasing  diffusion  of  knowledge,  diminish,  to 


\\d    THE    BAPTISTS.  51 

say  the  least,  the  necessity  of  translating  the  word.     But 
with  a  heathen  nation  the  case  is  different. 

A  missionary  of  the  cross,  imbued  with  love  to  God  mul 
man,  his  visited  a  foreign  land  to  communicate  the  will  of 
Heaven  to  the  ignorant.  He  bears  with  bim  the  precious 
;b  reveal  that  will,  and  he  makes  himself  ac- 
quainted with  the  language  of  the  people  whom  he  desires 
to  benefit.  immences  the  work  of  translation. 

A  word  occurs  which  expresses  a  distinct  duty.  Of  tho 
meaning  of  that  word,  or  the  import  of  that  duty,  he  ha3 
no  doubt.  To  enjoin  that  anion::  other  duties,  he  has  left 
his  bome  and  devoted  his  life  to  hardship  ami  peril.  The 
Scripture  which  he  is  translating,  will  be  scattered  among 
millions  of  the  human  race,  many  of  whom  may  never  sco 
a  missionary  of  the  Cross.  None  of  the  natives  of  the 
country  possess  the  originals,  nor  could  any  of  them  read 
or  understand  them  if  possessed.  If  he  transfers  the  word, 
no  native  can  understand  its  meaning  without  personal  in- 
tion;  if  he  translates  it,  the  duty  enjoined  becomes 
perfectly  intelligible.*  There  is,  it  is  true,  in  his  own  land 
a  diversity  of  practice,  and  some  variety  of  views,  regard- 
ing the  duty  and  the  word  which  enjoins  it.  But  the  lead- 
ing reformers  translated  it;  the  greater  part  of  tin-  lan- 

•  of  Europe,  and  the  ancient  versions  in  the  Asiatic 
tongues  have  it  translated.  With  regard  to  many  other 
part-  of  Scripture,  in  his  own  native   laud,   there  is  great 

*  F.oth  in  India  and  Burmah,  many  conversions  have  taken 
place  from  the  rcadinp  of  tin-  Bcripturea  ;  aud  tin-  first  intelligence 
ofsucli  facta  baa  lometimoa  been  communicated  to  our  misaiona- 
riea  by  the  applii  ation  for  baptism  on  tin-  part  of  naiivea  who  had 
come  from  a  distance  and  introduced  themselves  for  that  special 
purpose.  Had  the  comiir.nd  to  be  baptised  been  concealed  in 
an  unknown  tongue,  what  obligation  would  it  have  imposed? 


52  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

diversity  of  views.  Contests  concerning'  them  at  times  run 
so  high,  that  the  terms  Pelagian,  Antinomian,  and  even 
heretic,  are  freely  bandied  about  among  the  parties  who 
attach  different  meanings  to  different  passages.  Yet  he 
has  not  transferred  these.  He  has  conscientiously,  in 
the  fear  of  God,  expressed  what  he  believes  to  be,  the 
meaning  of  the  inspired  volume.  He  again  examines  the 
word  with  the  most  scrupulous  and  prayerful  anxiety,  and 
finding  not  the  least  reason  to  doubt  its  meaning,  he  trans- 
lates it. 

Another  missionary  is  similarly  situated,  but  his  delibe- 
rations come  to  a  similar  result.  A  society  offers  him  five 
or  ten  thousand  dollars,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  be  expended 
in  publishing  his  translation,  if  he  will  transfer,  rather  than 
translate  the  word  concerned.  He  has  no  more  doubt  than 
the  other  of  its  meaning.  He  sees  that  to  transfer  it,  would 
be  to  conceal  that  meaning  from  the  heathen.  He  feels 
that  he  stands  between  God  and  the  soul  of  each  native 
who  reads  his  book,  and  that  he  is  professing  to  commu- 
nicate to  the  latter,  to  the  best  of  his  ability,  the  whole 
revealed  will  of  heaven.  If  he  translates  the  word,  and 
communicates  the  will  of  God  in  this  matter,  the  money 
will  not  be  given ;  if  he  transfers  the  word,  and  conceals 
that  will,  the  boon  will  be  forthcoming.  It  has  been 
already  voted  on  that  express  condition*     His  brother 


*  At  the  annual  meeting-  of  the  Baptist  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions, in  Hartford,  April  27th,  1836,  a  letter  was  presented  from 
Rev.  John  C.  Krigham,  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  American 
Bible  Society,  notifying  the  Board  that,  "  on  the  17th  instant,  at  a 
meeting  of  the  Managers,  the  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars  was  ap- 
propriated to  the  Baptist  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  to  promote 
the  circulation  of  the  Scriptures  in  foreign  tongues,"  which  money 


AND    THE    BAFTISTS.  53 

missionary  has  had  the  same  proposition  before  him,  but 
has  thrown  himself  upon  the  protection  of  the  Author  of 
the  book,  and  thus  communicated  the  will  of  the  Author. 
The  second  missionary  remembers  that  the  word  in  ques- 
tion contains  an  express  command  of  his  beloved  Lord. 
He  reflects  upon  all  that  his  Lord  did  and  suffered  for 
him,  and  considers  that  he  is  now  communicating  the  will 
of  Jehovah  Jesus  to  fallen,  sinful  man.  He  trembles 
under  the  terrible  threat  accompanying  the  Apocalypse, 
"  if  any  man  shall  add,"  or,  "  if  any  man  shall  take  away 
from  the  words  of  the  prophecy  of  this  book;"  and  he 
fully  believes  that  what  is  applicable  to  a  portion  of  the 
will  of  God,  because  it  is  from  God,  must  be  in  some 
sense  applicable  to  the  whole.  He  sees  that  purposely 
to  conceal  a  part  from  the  heathen,  while  professing  to 
give  them  the  whole,  is  almost  identical  with  taking  away 

would  be  paid  over,  if  our  foreign  versions  were  conformed  "  in 
the  principles  of  tbeir  translation  to  the  common  English  version, 
&c,"  on  which  condition  the  appropriation  had  been  made.  The 
grant  was  conscientiously  declined.  Similar  attempts  were  made 
by  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  to  procure  ihe  transfer  of 
the  words  in  ihe  Bengali  version.  The  manner  in  which  the  En- 
glish Baptist  missionaries  reason  upon  the  subject,  evinces  the 
deep  anxiety  and  perplexity  to  which  propositions  of  this  kind  sub- 
jected them.  On  the  one  hand  was  pressing  pecuniary  necessity  ; 
on  the  other,  the  utmost  facility  for  the  publication  and  circulation 
of  their  translations  :  but  witli  the  former  was  tho  fear  of  God  ; 
with  the  latter,  the  patronage  of  man. 

We  do  not  mean  to  intimate  that  the  Managers  of  the  American 
Bible  Society  designed  to  bribe  or  tempt  the  Baptists  from  their 
integrity.  They  acted  consistently  with  the  erroneous  policy  which 
they  adopted  in  ]836,  and  have  since  continued.  But  had  the  Bap- 
tists yielded,  and  transferred  the  words  in  question  under  such 
circumstances,  could  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society 
have  regarded  the  Baptist  versions  as  faithful  ? 

5* 


54  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

a  part.  He  feels  deeply  upon  the  subject,  but  the  will  of 
the  Society  is  imperious.  The  five  thousand  dollars  are 
needed  for  the  publication  of  the  book.  He  yields  and 
transfers  the  word. 

In  all  this  comparison,  we  have  not  started  the  question 
whether  the  first  or  the  second  missionary  is  a  Baptist  or 
a  Pa?do~baptist.  The  only  question  to  be  kept  in  view  in 
the  comparison,  is,  whether  it  is  dealing  faithfully  with 
God's  word,  when  making-  a  version  in  a  foreign  tongue, 
to  transfer  an  important  part,  which  a  conscientious  mis- 
sionai-y  believes  himself  capable  of  translating. 

The  board  of  Managers  are  now  to  consider  which  of 
these  two  versions  is  the  most  faithful.  The  one  has,  in 
the  fear  of  God,  communicated  the  truth  according  to  the 
conscientious  convictions  of  the  translator;  the  other  has, 
from  the  fear  of  man,  concealed  a  portion  of  that  truth. 
"Which  is  the  more  faithful  version  of  the  two  ?  We  leave 
each  manager  to  decide  this  question  between  himself  and 
his  God. 

Still  we  are  apprehensive  that  the  Managers  do  not  duly 
consider  the  difference  between  a  version  in  the  language 
of  an  intelligent,  literary  people  like  ours,  and  one  among 
a  comparatively  ignorant  and  heathen  nation.  Here  we 
abound  with  living  teachers  as  well  as  written  comments 
on  every  thing  which  might  otherwise  be  obscure  in  the 
text  of  the  Scriptures.  But  to  make  the  case  of  the  hea- 
then our  own  ;  we  may  fancy  a  being  from  another  planet, 
who  has  brought  us  the  oracles  of  God  in  his  own  lan- 
guage, and  translated  them  into  ours.  Should  he  leave  in 
his  vernacular  tongue  the  words  directing  us  wfcat  to  do 
when  we  believed,  when  he  had  been  sent  to  communi 
cate  to  us  the  whole  truth,  what  would  we  judge  of  the 
faithfulness  of  his  translation  ?  And  should  another,  sent 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  55 

on  a  similar  errand,  to  the  best  of  his  ability,  in  the  fear 
God,  translate  the  whole,  who  would  doubt  which  version 
was  the  more  faithful  of  the  two  1 

We  may  here  observe  that  in  our  opinion  the  Managers 
have  acted  decidedly  wrong  in  arguing  upon  this  as  a  mere 
denominational  question.     Previously  to  the  action  of  the 
Bible  Societies  upon  the  subject,  more  Paxlo-baptist  versions 
translated  the  word/?<i7rrj£w,  than  transferred  it,  and  nearly 
all  these  versions  gave  it  the  same  meaning  expressed  in 
the  Baptist  versions.*     Among  those,  also,  who  use  the 
English  version,  a  large  number  of  Ptedo-baptist  scholars  of 
great  note,  have  given  their  sanction  to  the  same  meaning. 
It  is,  therefore,  not  in  accordance  with  the  discretion  and 
modesty  which  should  characterize  a  Board  of  Managers, 
to  assume   as   a  fact,  that,  because  many  Paedo-baptists 
sprinkle  or  pour,  all  other  denominations  than  ours  are 
unable  to  use  our  versions.     The  managers,  in  a  part  of 
the  circular  which  we  shall  hereafter  examine,  admit  that 
in  the  German  and  Dutch  Bibles,  the  word  in  question  is 
translated,   and  the  translated  word  once  meant  to  im- 
merse. This  once  must  be  referred  to  the  times  of  Luther, 
who,  as  well  as  other  contemporaneous  scholars,  expressly 
declares  it.     The  Managers  have  thus  placed  themselves 
in  a  perplexing  dilemma.      Either  the  whole  of  inland 
Europe  must  have  immersed  at  the  time  when  these  ver- 
sions  came  into  general  use,  or  the  versions  must  have 
been  used  by  those  who  sprinkled  or  poured.    If  the  latter 
be  admitted,  the  argument  that  other  denominations  can- 
not use  the  Baptist  versions,  falls  to  the  ground.     If  the 
former  horn  of  the  dilemma  be  adopted,  then  at  the  time 
of  the  reformation,  all  the  reformed  churches  of  inland 

*  Look  at  Appendix. 


56  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

Europe  immersed,  and  the  rite  has  since  been  changed  to 
sprinkling  or  pouring,  and  all  the  various  vernacular  words 
in  the  different  languages,  having  reference  to  it,  have, 
within  four  hundred  years,  lost  their  meaning* 

We  are  Baptist,  both  in  sentiment  and  practice,  but  we 
never  desire  to  claim  as  authority  for  our  views,  more  than 
the  strict  truth  of  history  will  yield  us.  If  the  Managers 
of  the  American  Bible  Society  can  prove  that  all  who  used 
the  German,  the  Dutch  and  the  Danish  versions,  at  the 
time  of  their  publication,  that  is,  at  and  subsequent  to  the 
reformation,  invariably  practised  immersion,  it  may,  per- 
haps, have  a  beneficial  effect  upon  the  minds  of  Pajdo- 
baptists,  to  publish  the  proof.  Still  it  would  be  difficult 
to  explain  how,  under  such  circumstances,  all  the  words  re- 
lating to  the  subject  have  new  lost  their  meaning.  If  such 
a  change  of  meaning  were  possible,  it  could  not,  by  any  pos- 
sibility, have  been  instantaneous,  and  it  must  have  followed 
in  consequence  of  a  change  of  the  rite.  But  when  the  rite 
was  changed  in  any  instance,  either  the  change  in  the 
meaning  of  the  words  took  place  instantaneously,  or  those 
who  practised  sprinkling  or  pouring,  used  Bibles  in  which 
the  translated  words  concerning  baptism  "  signified  im- 
merse." The  former  of  the  last  two  propositions,  no  rea- 
sonable man  will  maintain ;  the  latter  totally  overthrows 
the  argument  of  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  So- 
ciety. 

5.  It  must  have  been  remarked  that  we  have  carefully 
abstained  from  the  imputation  of  any  dishonourable  mo- 
tive to  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society  in 
their  treatment  of  the  Baptists.  Every  candid  man  will 
acknowledge  that  it  would  have  comported  with  trie  dig- 
nity of  the  Managers  to  have  pursued  a  similar  course 
towards  our  denomination.     Our  readers  are  all  aware 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  57 

that  the  Rev.  S.  H.  Cone  is  the  President  of  the  American 
and  Foreign*Bible  Society,  a  gentleman  in  whose  charac- 
ter, among  many  other  highly  estimable  traits,  stands  pre- 
eminent that  of  candor.  No  one  can  read  the  fifth  sec- 
tion without  the  impression  that,  while  an  indirect  imputa- 
tion is  thrown  upon  all  our  denomination,  the  President  of 
our  Society  is  singled  out,  as  having,  for  the  sake  of  ob- 
taining appropriations  for  the  Burmese  version,  dishonour- 
ably concealed  the  fact,  that  it  translated  Panrti-o},  immerse. 
We  hope  that,  for  the  honour  of  the  Board,  it  will  at  some 
day  appear,  that  this  paragraph  was  hastily  read  and  ap- 
proved, and  its  real  import  was  not  apprehended  at  the 
moment,  except  by  the  heart  of  him  who  penned  it. 

To  the  history  of  the  circumstances  connecting  our  ver- 
sions with  the  Bi-itish  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  the  Cal- 
cutta Auxiliary,  and  the  American  Bible  Society,  the  fol- 
lowing particulars  must  here  be  added  in  order  to  under- 
stand how  far  either  Mr.  Cone,  or  the  denomination  to 
which  he  belongs,  has  been  guilty  of  concealment  in  this 
matter. 

In  the  Fourth  Report  of  the  American  Bible  Society, 
(1820)  page  51,  is  the  following  paragraph:  "  The  Bri- 
tish and  Foreign  Bible  Society  having  offered  five  hundred 
pounds  sterling  for  the  first  thousand  copies  of  every  ap- 
proved translation  of  the  New  Testament  into  any  dialect 
of  India,  in  which  no  translation  had  been  previously 
printed,  the  Seramporc  translators  are  mentioned  by  the 
Committee  of  that  Society  as  having  satisfactorily  com- 
plied with  the  terms  proposed  by  accomplishing  and  print- 
ing three  versions,  the  Pushtoo,  the  Kunkun,  and  the  Te- 
linga  or  Teloogo ;  by  which,  on  the  presentation  of  the 
required  number  of  copies  of  each,  they  are  entitled  to 
£1500  sterling  from  the  Committee." 


58  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

This  record  is  made  seven  years  after  "  the  Committee 
of  that  Society"  had  been  officially  informed  that  the  mis- 
sionaries at  Serampore  always  translated  Panni-co  immerse. 

In  the  Fifth  Report  of  the  American  Bible  Society 
(1821)  on  page  44th,  is  the  following  record: 

"  An  interesting  communication  has  recently  been  re- 
ceived by  your  Managers  from  those  excellent  men  who 
are  engaged  in  translating  and  publishing  the  Holy  Scrip- 
tures at  Serampore.  Twenty-six  years  have  now  elapsed 
since  they  commenced  their  work  of  translating  the  Scrip- 
tures into  the  languages  of  India.  They  have  now  pub- 
lished the  whole  Bible  in  five  of  those  languages ;  the  New 
Testament  and  some  parts  of  the  Old  in  ten  more ;  in  six 
more  the  New  Testament  is  brought  more  than  half 
through  the  press  ;  and  in  ten  more  some  one  of  the  gos- 
pels is  printed  ;  and  in  several,  all  four  of  the  gospels." 

The  Bengali  version,  our  readers  all  know,  was  the  first 
prepared  by  "those  excellent  men"  (Baptists)  at  Seram- 
pore. "  Twenty-six  years,"  the  Report  of  the  American 
Bible  Society  for  1821  (only  the  fifth  year  of  its  existence) 
says,  "  have  now  elapsed"  since  its  commencement,  and 
yet  in  1835,  it  is  treated  by  the  Managers  as  aversion 
then  to  be  made. 

On  page  45th,  of  the  same  Report{1821)  the  Managers 
say : 

"  The  Rev.  William  Ward,  of  Serampore,  having  made 
a  visit  to  the  United  States,  in  the  course  of  last  winter, 
the  Managers  gladly  embraced  the  opportunity  of  present- 
ing to  him,  and  through  him  to  his  fellow  labourers,  Doc- 
tors Carey  and  Marshman,  copies  of  the  best  edition  of 
the  Bible  published  by  the  American  Bible  Society,  as  an 
expression  of  their  esteem,  and  of  their  high  approbation 


ANI>   THE    BAPTISTS.  59 

of  the  long  and  successful  exertions  of  these  servants  of 
God,  in  translating  and  diffusing  the  Holy  Scriptures." 

On  the  6th  page  of  the  Ninth  Report  (1825)  appears 
this  memorandum : 

"  The  Society's  Library  has  been  enriched  by  a  copy  of 
the  Bible  in  the  Chinese  language  (Dr.  Marshman's  Trans- 
lation) presented  by  Messrs.  Carey,  Marshman  and  Ward, 
of  Serampore." 

In  the  Fourteenth  Report  (1830)  page  53,  the  Mana- 
gers remark : 

"  In  ihe  last  Report  it  was  mentioned  that  an  appro- 
priation of  $1200  had  been  made  to  the  American  Board 
of  Baptist  Missions,  for  the  purpose  of  publishing  the 
Scriptures  in  the  Burman  Empire,  where  this  body  have 
a  promising  Mission.  This  money  has  been  remitted,  and 
with  fervent  prayers  to  the  Author  of  the  Bible  that  he 
will  open  a  wide  and  .effectual  door  for  the  reception  of 
his  truth.  A  far  greater  sum  than  the  present  might  be 
advantogeously  sent  to  the  same  field,  were  it  in  the  power 
of  the  Board  to  furnish  it." 

On  pages  42  and  43  of  the  Seventeenth  Report  (1833) 
they  state  : 

"  From  the  Baptist  Mission  stations  in  Burmah  pleas- 
ing evidence  continues  to  be  received  as  to  the  facilities 
they  afford  for  circulating  the  Sacred  Scriptures.  The 
New  Testament  ha3  there  been  translated  by  the  Rev. 
Mr.  Judson,  and  also  different  portions  of  the  Old." 

These  are  only  a  portion  of  the  notices  of  our  versions 
by  the  American  Board  before  1835.  Now,  we  ask 
whether  it  is  probable,  that  while  such  favourable  notices 
were  published,  the  Managers  never  thought  of  making 
themselves  acquainted  with  the  fact,  that  Pairri^o)  was 
translated  ?  Having  their  word  to  the  contrary,  we  do  not 


60  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

here  assert  that  the  fact  was  officially  communicated  to 
them.  But  were  they  destitute  of  any  of  the  ordinary 
means  of  obtaining  the  information  if  they  wished  it  ? 
Were  there  not  Baptist  members  of  their  Board  ?  Had 
they  not  personal  intercourse  with  Mr.  Ward,  one  of 
the  translators  ?  Were  they  not  in  constant  official  inter- 
course with  the  Committee  of  the  British  and  Foreign 
Bible  Society,  who  were  officially  informed  of  the  fact  ? 
Had  they  not  direct  communication  with  the  English  and 
American  Baptist  missionaries  who  were  themselves  the 
translators  ? 

The  question  will  hardly  be  asked,  "  Was  it  probable 
that  the  Baptist  missionaries  would  translate  pcnrTi^io  ?" 
No  man  who  claims  a  tithe  of  the  intelligence  of  any  Ma- 
nager of  the  American  Bible  Society  would  suppose,  upon 
the  least  reflection,  that  Baptist  missionaries,  in  translat- 
ing the  Holy  Scriptures  into  a  heathen  tongue,  would 
leave  in  an  unknown  language  all  the  words  relating  to  the 
ordinance  of  baptism.  That  such  an  anomaly  should  take 
place,  and  that  all  our  translators  and  our  missionary 
boards  should  agree  to  it,  and  that  the  denomination  in 
England  and  America  should  quietly  acquiesce,  is  an  ima- 
gination too  gross  for  any  as  much  acquainted  as  the  Board 
of  Managers  must  be  with  Baptist  pi'inciples,  to  dwell 
upon  for  a  moment  even  as  a  hypothesis. 

But  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society  were 
not  in  this  matter  left  to  inference,  however  obvious,  how- 
ever unavoidable.  In  April,  1833,  the  American  Baptist 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions  unanimously  passed  the  fol- 
lowing resolutions : 

"  Resolved,  That  the  Board  feel  it  to  be  their  duty  to 
adopt  all  prudent  measures  to  give  to  the  heathen  the  pure 
word  of  God  in  their  own  languages  ;  and  to  furnish  their 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS. 


61 


missionaries  with  all  the  means  in  their  power,  to  make 
their  translations  as  exact  a  representation  of  the  mind  of 
the  Holy  Spirit,  as  may  be  possible. 

"  Resolved,  That  all  the  missionaries  of  the  Board, 
who  are,  or  who  shall  be,  engaged  in  translating  the  Scrip- 
tures, be  instructed  to  endeavour,  by  earnest  prayer  and 
diligent  study,  to  ascertain  the  precise  meaning  of  the 
original  text ;  to  express  that  meaning  as  exactly  as  the 
nature  of  the  languages,  into  which  they  shall  translate  the 
Bible,  will  permit,  and  to  transfer  no  words  which  are 
capable  of  being  literally  translated." 

['.very  proper  degree  of  publicity  was  immediately  given 
to  these  resolutions.  They  were  printed  in  our  Mis- 
sionary Magazine  for  the  following  month,  copies  of 
which  were  laid  on  the  table  of  the  Board  of  the  Ameri- 
can Bible  Society  by  S.  H.  Cone,  at  that  time  one  of  the 
Corresponding  Secretaries  of  the  Institution,  and  were 
furnished  to  anyone,  who  wished,  of  the  individual  Mana- 
gers. After  the  publication  of  these  resolutions,  how  can 
the  Managers  consistently  profess  their  ignorance  that  the 
Baptists  translated,  and  did  not  transfer  the  words  con- 
cerning baptism?  Yet  at  the  anniversary  in  May,  1831, 
the  Society  resolved  to  distribute  the  Bible  among  all  the 
accessible  population  of  the  globe  within  the  shortest 
practicable  period;  and  by  direction  of  the  Board  of  Ma- 
nager?, a  circular  was  addressed  to  missionaries  and  mis- 
sionary societies  of  different  religious  denominations,  en- 
couraging them  to  expect,  that  whenever  the  Old  Testa- 
ment or  the  New,  or  other  book  of  the  Bible,  should  bo 
correctly  translated  and  ready  (without  note  or  comment) 
for  the  press,  they  should  receive  the  aid  requisite  for  the 
publication  of  the  same.  In  consequence  of  this  circular, 
the  American  Baptist  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  applied 
6 


62  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

for  aid  in  behalf  of  the  Burman  Scriptures,  and  in  1835, 
two  years  after  the  passage  of  the  resolutions  by  the 
Baptist  Board,  seven  thousand  dollars  were  granted  for 
those  Bapiist  versions.  Nineteenth  Report  of  the  Ameri- 
can Bible  Society,  (1835)  pages  52  and  53. 

We  do  not  desire  to  deduce  the  slightest  inference 
which  the  facts  before  us  do  not  most  unquestionably  war- 
rant. The  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society  have 
more  than  once  plead  ignorance  in  excuse  for  their  mea- 
sures; but  ignorance  under  the  circumstances  which  we 
have  developed,  is  inexcusable.  Shall  it  be  said  that  a 
body  of  forty  or  fifty  men,  having  charge  of  an  institution 
which  at  the  time  was  second  to  none  in  America,  re- 
mained twenty  years  ignorant  of -the  character  of  versions 
on  what  they  now  regard  as  a  most  vital  point,  and  yet 
were  from  time  to  time  commending  them,  and  sometimes 
making  donations  to  them  ?  Shall  it  be  said  that  all  this 
time  they  had  every  opportunity  of  informing  themselves 
in  that  of  which  they  were  ignorant,  and  neglected  to  do 
it  ?  Shall  it  be  said  that  every  thing  in  the  character,  the 
preaching,  the  writing  and  the  conversation  of  our  denomi- 
nation, was  calculated  to  enlighten  them,  and  they  knew 
us  not  while  associated  with  us  ?  Shall  it  be  said  that 
they  grant  money  from  time  to  time  to  a  Missionary 
Board,  and  not  one  among  them  makes  himself  acquainted 
with  the  doings  of  that  Board  ?  Do  the  Managers  of  the 
American  Bible  Society  so  conduct  their  business  that  they 
do  not  esteem  it  necessary  to  read  the  reports  of  mission- 
ary societies,  or  their  religious  magazines  ?  And  then  shall 
they  insinuate  that  the  Baptists  have  deceived  them  all 
along,  and  especially  select  the  President  of  the  American 
and  Foreign  Bible  Society  against  whom  to  direct  such  a 
shaft  ? 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  63 

Hero  it  may  be  asked,  why  did  Messrs.  Pearce  and 
Yates  mention  that  (3airTL^u  was  translated  1  The  reply 
is  obvious.  The  Bengali  version,  after  having  been 
patronized  by  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  and 
the  Calcutta  Auxiliary  from  the  commencement  of  their 
existence  with  a  knowledge  of  the  fact  that  /3a7rn£u  was 
translated,  was  eventually  rejected,  not  because  any  new 
information  was  communicated  concerning  it,  but  because 
some  of  the  missionaries  of  the  Independents  found  Bap- 
tist views  rapidly  spreading  in  India,  and  wished  to  check 
them.  The  influence  of  the  Independents  and  Churchmen 
caused  those  Bible  Societies  to  refuse  any  further  support 
to  versions  that  translated  /?a7rr«|w.  It  was  very  proper 
therefore  for  the  missionaries,  in  applying  to  the  Ameri- 
can Bible  Society  to  mention  on  what  ground  aid  was 
withheld  by  the  others.  But  it  was  exceedingly  hazardous 
for  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society  to  follow 
a  sectarian  example,  and  then  to  profess  that  they  had 
been  nearly  twenty  years  acting  in  utter  ignorance  of 
matters  which  it  behooved  them  to  know,  and  which  it 
required  scarcely  the  semblance  of  exertion  to  learn. 

To  make  this  subject  clear  to  the  most  obtuse  mind,  let 
us  take  a  case  strictly  analogous.  The  American  Sunday 
School  Union  is  an  institution  embracing  all  evangelical 
denominations.  The  Baptists  have  co-operated  in  it  with- 
out difficulty,  from  the  period  of  its  organization.  Thou- 
sands of  Sabbath  schools  have  been  established  and  sus- 
tained by  it,  and  a  very  fair  proportion  among  our  deno- 
mination. In  the  latter  it  is  constantly  taught  that  there 
is  only  one  faith,  one  Lord,  one  baptism,  that  is,  as  we 
understand  it,  that  immersion,  and  only  immersion,  is 
baptism.  No  official  communication  of  this  fact  has  ever, 
to  our  knowledge,  been  made  to  the  Managers  of  the 


64  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

American  Sunday  School  Union.  Yet  have  we  no  appre- 
hensions that  when  that  institution  is  sufficiently  strong  to 
do  without  the  Baptists,  the  Managers  will  decline  either 
to  establish  or  sustain  any  schools,  in  which  the  doctrine 
is  taught  that  immersion  alone  is  baptism,  because  that 
doctrine  is  not  received  by  all  the  denominations  repre- 
sented in  the  Union.  Least  of  all  do  we  fear,  that  if  such 
an  untoward  event  should  take  place,  the  Managers  would 
pretend  that  we  had  all  along  deceived  them,  or  kept  them 
in  ignorance  upon  this  subject. 

We  are  informed  in  this  section  that,  when  the  Com- 
mittee on  Distribution  were  unable  to  recommend  any 
course  to  the  Board,  a  Special  Committee  was  appointed, 
consisting  of  seven  members,  "  a  Presbyterian,  an  Episco- 
palian, a  Baptist,  a  Methodist,  a  Moravian,  one  of  the  Re- 
formed Dutch  Church,  and  one  from  the  Society  of  Friends." 

It  is  customary,  we  believe,  in  deliberative  bodies,  when 
a  question  occurs,  on  which  there  is  a  difference  of  opi- 
nion, and  a  special  committee  is  appointed  to  discuss  it 
and  report  thereon,  to  constitute  that  committee  so  as  to 
represent  as  fairly  as  possible  both  sides  of  the  question. 
Thus  in  Congress  when  a  committee  is  appointed  on  a 
matter  affecting  the  Administration,  it  is  usually  repro- 
bated as  violent  party  action,  if  more  than  four  out  of 
seven,  or  five  out  of  nine,  be  selected  from  one  side.  By 
nearly  equalizing  the  representation  of  interests  in  the 
committee,  a  full  and  free  discussion  of  the  point  at  issue 
is  secured,  and  the  nearest  approach  possible  to  impar- 
tiality is  attained.  In  the  case  before  us,  six  Anti-bap- 
tists* were  put  on  committee  with  one  Baptist,  and  such 

*  We  use  the  term  "  Anti-baptist,"  not  in  disrespect  or  reproach. 
"  Pasdo-baptist"  is  not  so  appropriate  in  the  present  instance,  be- 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  69 

a  selection  of  member.-;  made  for  that  committee  as  to  give 
the  whole  a  denominational  aspect.  We  have  before  said 
that  we  considered  the  Board  as  decidedly  wrong  in  mak- 
ing a  denominational  affair  of  the  matter.  In  the  Board 
of  a  general  Bible  Society,  every  thing  which  is  likely  to 
awaken  denominational  jealousy  ought  to  be  studiously 
avoided.  The  general  question  before  the  Society  grow- 
ing out  of  the  case  of  the  Bengali  version,  was  this.  On 
points  of  Philology,  involving  doctrines  or  practice,  in 
which  evangelical  Christians,  supporting  the  American 
Bible  Society,  differ  from  each  other,  what  course  should 
be  followed  in  the  translation  of  Scripture?  Should  the 
word-,  on  the  supposed  meaning  of  which  the  difference 
depends,  be  translated  from  the  original  Scriptures  or 
transferred  from  the  English  version?  The  committee  to 
examine  and  report  upon  the  principles  involved  in  such  a 
question  as  the  latter,  ought,  in  our  apprehension,  to  have 
numbered  at  least  three  out  of  seven  in  favour  of  transla- 
tion, no  matter  to  what  denomination  they  belonged.  But 
to  appoint  six  Anti-baptists  out  of  seven,  to  consider  the 
claims  of  a  Baptist  version  upon  the  patronage  of  the  So- 
ciety, and  to  select  one  from  each  denomination,  as  a  sort 

cause  the  Friends  or  Quakers,  represented  in  the  committee,  do  not 
properly  come  under  that  appellation,  and  the  question  at  issue  did 
not  n  .  tptism  or  the  baptism  of  children.     But  six  of 

the  committee  represented  bodies,  whose  genera]  practice,  as  re- 
gards the  ordinance  of  baptism  is  opposed  to  that  of  the  Baptists. 
In  respect  to  the  Frii  nd. the  selection  w;i>  peculiarly  unfortunate. 
llr  represented  ;i  bod)  who  denj  the  present  obligation  of  the  or- 
din  inces,  and  of  course  it  might  have  bei  n  expected  that  he  would. 
prefer  to  conceal  the  injunction  relative  to  oue  of  them  nnder  an 
unknown  tongue.  Wen'  the  Same  CObrse  pursued  with  the  ob- 
servance  of  the  Lord's  Supper,  he  could  scarcely  oppose  it  from 
couscientious  motives. 

6- 


GG  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

of  representative,  who  was  to  feel,  not  that  he  sat  upon 
committee  as  an  individual  to  judge  of  a  general  principle 
of  abstract  right,  but  that  he  acted  in  behalf  of  the  sect  or 
body  of  men  to  which  he  belonged,  was,  in  our  apprehen- 
sion, the  most  direct  method  of  arousing  a  sectarian  spirit 
in  the  minds  of  all  concerned. 

An  illustration  from  common  life  may  conduce  to  ren- 
der this  principle  clear  to  every  understanding. 

In  ordinary  circumstances  two  men  in  private  conversa- 
tion have  no  hesitation  in  expressing  their  respective  views 
of  a  matter  on  which  they  differ,  and,  if  both  are  candid, 
the  one  who  has  truth  on  his  side,  has  some  prospect  of 
convincing  the  other.  But  let  the  latter  have  two  coadju- 
tors to  assist  him  in  argument,  is  it  not  likely  that  they  will 
keep  each  other  in  countenance,  and  overpower  the  former 
by  the  multiplicity,  if  not  by  the  force  of  their  arguments  ? 
If,  then,  instead  of  three,  there  are  six  on  one  side,  while 
the  man  who  is  opposed  to  them  is  left  without  an  assist- 
ant in  word  or  counsel,  and  without  the  presence  even  of 
a  spectator  to  express  assent  to  truth  and  dissent  from 
error,  is  it  not  in  the  very  nature  of  the  human  mind,  that 
the  six  will  strengthen  each  other  in  their  original  opinions, 
rather  than  yield  to  an  individual  who  is  opposed  to  them  ? 

We  grant,  indeed,  that  when  the  six  Anti-baptists  were 
appointed  on  committee  with  one  Baptist  on  a  question 
involving  the  rights  of  the  latter,  the  former  were  selected 
as  men  of  surpassing  intellect.  But  the  greater  the  in- 
tellect, the  more  danger  to  be  apprehended  from  it  when 
swayed  by  interest  or  prejudice.  In  the  present  case  both 
combined  their  influence.  The  six  acting  in  behalf  of  their 
respective  denominations,  were  interested  to  check  the 
propagation  of  Baptist  sentiments,  and  influenced  by  the 
manner  in  which  Pa?do-baptists   generally  allow  them- 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS. 

a  to  talk  of  Baptists  as  b  people  «»f  little  intelligence 
and  easily  led,  were  prejudiced  against  the  hotly  of  the 
denomination.  Having  therefore  secured  the  assent  of 
two  or  three  intelligent  men  among  us,  they  felt  little  ap- 
prehension of  any  Berions  Consequences  from  their  deci- 
sion. Under  these  circumstances  they  recommended  the. 
ifterwards  adopted  by  the  Board, 
noble  Btand  of  t  ra  of  an  American  Bi- 

.  should  have  be<  n:   "  We  know  no  denomina- 
tion in  our  constitution,   and  we  are  determined  not  to 
By  in  <>ur  pi  All   who  contribute  a 

certain  amount  of  funds  members  of  our  Society, 

and   v.  ways   to  dispense    those    funds   in   strict 

accordance  with  our  views  of  the  constitution,  and  with- 
out any  regard  to  the  practices  or  prejudices  of  this  or 
that  denomination." 

The  course  which  the  Managers  did  pursue,  produced 
the  i  i  It  which  might  have  been  anticipated. 

The  representatives  of  the  different  denominations  adopt- 
ed such  views  as  might  have  been  expected  to  please  the 
majority  of  those  whom  they  respectively  represented. 
General  principles  could  no  longer  be  seen.  When  the 
Committee  on  Distribution  had  the  matter  before  them, 
they  "were  unable  to  recommend  any  course  which  would 
but  when  a  Presbyterian  as  such 
was  appoio  scopalian  at  I  a  Baptist, 

u  tuck,  the  inability  vanished.  The  six  Anti-bap- 
tists brought  in  an  Anti-baptist  report,  and  the  Baptist 
ted  a  minority  report. 
The  unfortunate  position  assumed  by  the  Board,  is  that 
of  an  ecclesiastical  council  representing  different  sects  and 
legislating  on  the  points  of  difference.  We  have  seen  that 
the  question  f  a  general  nature,  and  might  with 


08  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

as  great  propriety  be  applied  to  differences  of  opinion  re- 
garding any  other  portion  of  Scripture  as  to  the  passages 
relating  to  baptism.  It  would  have  been  well  to  have 
taken  it  in  its  general  aspect  rather  than  to  huve  seized 
upon  a  particular  feature,  in  which  six  denominations 
could  have  been  arrayed  against  one.  On  the  abstract 
question  of  translating  or  transferring  all  disputed  pas- 
sages, the  merits  of  the  controversy  properly  depended, 
and  had  they  been  thus  examined;  we  think  the  decision 
would  have  been  unanimous  in  favour  of  translation.  But 
now,  the  Managers  have  opened  a  wide  door  for  contro- 
versy. The  Presbyterians  of  the  Old  and  New  school 
have  separated,  and  their  differences  of  opinion,  and  of 
practice,  are  already  greater  than  those  of  the  Presbyte- 
rians and  Dutch  Reformed.  According  to  the  principles 
of  action  adopted  by  the  Board,  each  of  the  General  As- 
semblies will  henceforth  be  entitled  to  a  representation  on 
a  committee  upon  translation.  We  know  that  there  are 
many  passages  in  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  espe- 
cially in  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  which  an  Old  School 
man  understands  and  must  translate,  if  he  translates  them 
at  all,  differently  from  a  New  School  man.  Suppose  that 
a  missionary  connected  with  one  Assembly  finds  fault  with 
the  translations  made  by  those  connected  with  the  other, 
and  insists  that  his  people  cannot  use  them.  He  is  now 
entitled  to  demand,  according  to  precedent,  a  committee 
representing  denominations.  Denominational  strife  \s 
again  excited.  The  Methodist  representative,  the  Mora- 
vian represent n live,  the  Quaker  representative,  and  the 
Episcopalian  representative,  peradventure  array  them- 
selves with  the  New  School,  and  insist  that  the  Old  School 
shall  transfer  all  the  disputed  passages,  or  the  patronage 
of  the  Society  will  be  withdrawn  from  their  versions.    The 


AND    TH]  PS. 

latter  refuse,  nnd  they  are  cat  off,  as  the   Baptists  have 
been,  without  a  penny.     The  Board  have  then  to  go 
they  have  in  thi  that  oil  the 

translations  which  they  patronize,  BhaU  transfer  the  dis- 
puted passages.  But,  if  the  principle  be  fully  carried 
out,  the  case  cannot  Bl  Brian  repre- 

sentative and  dfe  -  tive  dispute 

with  thi-  Episcopalian  upon  other  |  1  individual 

words  -  ime  rule  thei  I.    The 

r  disputes  upon  Btill  more.    They  musi 
ferred.    We  need  not  pursue  the  history.    If  each  cs 
which  translators   conscientiously  differ,  were 
with  tin-  Borne  denominational  jealousy,  which  commenced 
in  India   the   Opposition  to  the  Baptist   \ 
no  hesitation  in  affirming,  that   the  principle   which   de- 
mantis  the  \<  >   and  its  cO{  lid  re- 
quire the  transfer  of  so  large  a  portion  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment as  to  render  it  almost  useless  to  the  heathen.    Who, 
with  such  considerations  before  him,  does  not  see  that  the 
principle  itself  is  wrong.     We  here  copy  from  the  Cir- 
cular: 

"The  whole  subject  was  now  postponed  for  a  further  and  can  fnl 

ire  not  yet  disposed  to  adopt  tlio 

resolutions  submitted,  as  tbey  hoped,  by  ■  prudent  delay,  for  tliu 

adjustment  of  the  difficulty  which  bad  arisen,  in  a  waj  Batisfa<  tory 

to  all  who  were  intei 

••  Before  tl 

men,  in  whose  judgment 
they  had  great  regard,  expressing  the  hope  that  no  hasty  measures 
would  l>"  adopted,  i  9  and  additions  in 

relation  to  the 
list  paper. 
" Tin  ■',  and  the  propo  1  <l 

■  •  Hiii'  11:.  ill.-.    After  frequent  postponements  and  aiu 
liberation,  (more  probably  than  they  ever  before  bestowed  on  any 


70  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

one  topic  J  at  a  special  meeting  in  February,  1836,  they  adopted 
the  following  preamble  and  resolutions — resolutions  which  had 
been  prepared,  or  modified,  and  approved  by  some  of  the  most 
intelligent  and  worthy  Baptist  clergymen  in  America. 

"By  the  Constitution  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  its  Mana- 
gers are,  in  the  circulating  the  Holy  Scriptures,  restricted  to  such 
copies  as  are  "without  note  or  comment;"  and  in  the  English 
language,  to  the  "version  in  common  use."  The  design  of  these 
restrictions  clearly  seems  to  have  been  to  simplify  and  mark  out 
the  duties  of  the  Society,  so  that  all  religious  denominations  of 
which  it  is  composed  might  harmoniously  unite  in  performing 
these  duties. 

"As  the  Managers  are  now  called  to  aid  extensively  in  circulat- 
ing the  Sacred  Scriptures  in  languages  other  than  the  English,  they 
deem  it  their  duty,  in  conformity  with  the  obvious  spirit  of  their 
compact,  to  adopt  the  following  resolutions  as  the  rule  of  their 
conduct  in  making  appropriations  for  the  circulation  of  the  Scrip- 
tures in  a\\  foreign  tongues." 

The  most  fruitful  source  of  error  is  the  want  of  preci- 
sion in  language.  This  fault  has  been  more  than  once 
remarked  in  the  circular  before  us.  The  "  several  letters 
received  from  Baptist  clergymen,"  in  the  foregoing  ex- 
tract, were  letters,  as  we  have  been  informed  by  members 
of  the  Board,  from  two  individuals,  and  the  "some  of 
the  most  intelligent,  worthy  Baptist  clergymen  in  America" 
who  "prepared  or  modified"  the  resolutions,  were  these 
two  individuals.  That  individual  Baptists,  who  were 
not  members  of  the  acting  Board,  should  form  an  erro- 
neous opinion  when  the  matter  was  first  proposed  to  them, 
is  not  remarkable,  but  that  the  Managers  of  the  American 
Bible  Society  should  mention  the  hasty  opinions  of  several 
or  some  Baptists  as  a  vindication  of  their  conduct,  cer- 
tainly deserves  comment.  If  the  argument  be  really  a 
valid  one,  should  they  not  have  informed  those  who  read 
their   vindication  of  the   several   hundred    thousands  of 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  71 

Baptist  among  thorn  nearly  all  "of  the  most  in- 

telligent,  worthy    Baptist    clergymen  in  America,"  and 

(in  at  Britain,  and  India,  who  condemn  the  course  of  the 
Managers  I    Should  th  i  tentioned,  as  of  equal 

validity,  that  aomc  (we  use  the  term  for  two  in  imitation 
of  good  example,)  of  their  own  number,  themselves  P 
baptists,  disapproved  their  course  ?  Should  they  not  have 
mentioned  that  matty  Psedo-baptistS,  out  of  the  Board, 
express  their  decided  dissent?  Thi3  argument,  if,  in  a 
question  regardin  l«of  translating  or  trans- 

ferring the  word  jht  to  have  weight, has  cer- 

tainly not  been  impartially  present  d  by  the  Managers. 

The  first  paragraph  of  me  preamble  is  objectionable  on 
account  of  the  fault  which  we  have  noticed  in  all   these 
The   Society  is  described  as  "composed''' 
"  of  r  ''     This  is  an  obvious  error 

which  a  reference  to  its  constitution  will  expose.  No 
mention  of  denominations  is  made  in  that  instrument. 
Many,  we  doubt  not,  have  been  members  of  the  Society 
who  belong  to  no  "  religious  denomination,"  and  many 
moro  who  could  not  be  classed  with  the  denominations 
en  ted  in  the  committee. 

Th.-  tirst  line  of  the  second  paragraph  corroborate 
presume  unintentionally)  ■  grots  error  which  has  deceived 
numb  "'  NOW  called  to  aid  ex- 

tensively in  circulating  die  Scriptures  in  ether  languages 
than  the  English," 

The  Managers  bad  '  naively"  aiding  in  this 

for  many  years.  J  be  fact  is  that  thej  aided  more  exten- 
sive/;! rage  of  the  resolu- 
tions than  since.  In  1  ■  iliey  gave  for  foreign 
distribution  $18,000;  the  next  year  $27,485;  the  next 
$37,000.  In  18-  ame  purpose 
|17,000;  iii              ■  >,465,  and  in  18  10,  $10,549. 


72  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

"  Resolved,  That  in  appropriating  money  for  ilie  translating, 
printing,  or  distributing  the  Sacred  Scriptures  in  foreign  lan- 
guages, the  Managers  feel  at  liberty  to  encourage  only  such  ver- 
sions as  conform  in  the  principles  of  their  translation  to  the  com- 
mon English  version,  at  least  so  far  as  that  all  the  religious  deno- 
minations represented  in  this  Society  can  consistently  use  and 
circulate  said  versions  in  their  several  schools  and  communities. 

"Resolved,  That  a  copy  of  the  above  preamble  and  resolutions 
be  sent  to  each  of  the  missionary  boards  accustomed  to  receive 
pecuniary  grants  from  this  Society,  with  a  request  that  the  same 
may  be  transmitted  to  their  respective  mission  stations  where  the 
Scriptures  are  in  process  of  translation,  and  also  that  the  said  se- 
veral missionary  boards  be  informed  that  their  applications  for 
aid  be  accompanied  with  a  declaration  that  the  versions  which  they 
propose  to  circulate  are  executed  in  accordance  with  the  above 
resolutions." 

The  first  consideration  that  strikes  a  reader,  when  pe- 
rusing these  resolutions,  is  their  indefiniteness.  They 
resemble fta-imfa,  transferred  into  a  heathen  tongue,  and 
require  that  some  one  should  go  with  them  and  explain 
their  meaning  to  those  who  receive  them.  It  must  be  re- 
membered, that  the  Managers  permitted  precisely  four 
years  to  escape  after  their  passage,  before  issuing  the  pre- 
sent circular,  which  in  part  explains  the  circumstances 
that  called  them  forth,  and  thus  gives  some  idea  of  their 
meaning.  Without  some  accompanying  explanation,  who 
would  suspect  that  the  design,  and  the  sole  design,  of  the 
first  resolution  was,  to  compel  the  translators  of  the  Holy 
Scriptures  to  transfer  ,Ga-Tt$u  and  its  cognates?  Of  course 
when  "a  copy"  was  sent  to  a  Missionary  Board,  the  Se- 
cretary was  obliged  to  accompany  it  with  information  to 
that  effect:  otherwise  it  would  lead  to  a  world  of  conjec- 
ture. Thus  the  American  Bible  Society  and  the  Pfedo- 
baptist  jjicblic  were  kept  in  ignorance  of  the  doings  of  the 
Board  of  Managers,  and  so  great  was  this  ignorance,  that 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  73 

multitudes  who  voted  for  tho  resolutions  and  their  pre- 
amble, never  knew  till  they  learned  from  Baptist  publica- 
tions that  the  subject  had  any  tiling  to  do  with  our  versions 
of  the  Word  of  God. 

But  when  the  Managers,  on  the  ground  of  these  reso- 
lutions, reject  the  Baptist  versions,  they  subject  them- 
selves to  other  charges.  They  assume  to  judge  of  the 
consistency  of  many  Pet do-baptists  Nearly  one  half  of 
Protestant  Predo-baptists  now  living,  use  Scriptures  in 
which  joann^a)  is  translated  by  words  signifying  immerse. 
They  have  so  done  from  the  commencement  of  Protest- 
antism. The  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society, 
now  voluntarily  occupy  the  seats  of  umpires  between  the 
sentiments  and  practices  of  such  men,  and  gravely  deter- 
mine that  a  large  portion  of  their  Predo-baptist  constituents 
are  inconsistent.  We  are  not  called  upon  to  defend  the 
consistency  of  our  Piedo-baptist  friends,  but  we  are  at 
liberty  to  inquire,  who  made  the  Managers  of  the  Ameri- 
can Bible  Society  judges  of  such  matters  ?  Would  it  not 
be  more  in  unison  with  the  business  for  which  they  were 
appointed,  to  examine  into  their  own  consistency  ?  A 
large  majority  of  Pasdo-baptist  scholars  of  all  denomina- 
tions who  have  written  upon  the  subject,  and  of  course  all 
Baptists,  have  expressed  the  opinion  that  the  proper 
meaning  of  fiavri^u  is  immerse.  The  Managers  of  the 
American  Bible  Society  have  not  pretended  to  advance 
one  argument  to  prove  the  contrary,  and  yet  have  decided 
that  such  a  translation  is  unfaithful.  Is  there  no  incon- 
sistency in  I 

"  Such  was  the  course  adopted  by  the  managers  after  more  thaa 
«ix  months  of  candid  deliberation.  No  resolutions,  it  is  believed, 
•were  ever  adopted  with  a  more  conscientious  conviction  of  duty, 
•ir  with  mors  kind  feelings  towards  those  who  dissented.      It  wai 

7 


74  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

the  aim  in  preparing  these  rules  to  be  impartial,  to  withhold  pa- 
tronage from  all  versions  of  a  sectarian  nature,  and  to  encourage  all 
which  are  faithfully  translated,  and  yet  in  such  a  way  that  the  dif- 
ferent branches  of  this  compact  can  unite  in  using  them  as  they  so 
cordially  unite  in  using  the  English  version. 

"  The  Managers  have  now  stated  what  they  believe  to  have  been 
the  purpose  of  the  founders  in  relation  to  versious,  and  also  what 
has  been  the  intentional  practice  of  those  who  have  since  conducted 
its  affairs.  They  have  furthermore  given  a  concise  history  of  their 
doings  in  regard  to  a  denominational  version  in  India  which  they 
were  requested  to  patronize.  These  statements,  it  is  believed,  will 
satisfy  most  of  those  connected  with  the  society,  that  a  just  and 
constitutional  course  has  been  pursued,  and  that  no  other  course 
could  have  been  adopted,  particularly  in  relation  to  the  latter 
topic,  without  putting  the  very  existence  of  the  society  in 
jeopardy.  But  the  Managers  regret  that  notwithstanding  the  reso- 
lutions m  question  were  prepared  in  their  present  shape,  by  wise, 
conscientious  Baptists,  who  viewed,  and  still  view  them  as  coinci- 
dent with  the  constitution,  notwithstanding  they  received  the  full 
sanction  of  the  Society  in  May,  1836,  and  have  been  approved  of  by 
all  the  auxiliaries,  so  far  as  known,  they  have  yet  failed  to  satisfy 
many  of  the  Baptist  denomination,  and  have  called  forth  an  amount 
and  style  of  opposition  not  very  common  among  the  professed  sons 
of  peace.  Charges  in  various  forms  have  been  made  against  the 
doings  of  the  Board,  some  of  which  demand  a  brief  reply." 

We  regret  that  we  are  compelled,  in  examining'  this  ex- 
tract, to  express  a  degree  of  disapprobation,  which  may 
seem  to  ainount  to  direct  censure.  The  first  sentence  as- 
sures us  that  the  "course"  before  described  was  "adopted 
after  more  than  six  months  of  candid  deliberation..'''' 
The  whole  course  of  the  reasoning,  set  forth  in  the  present 
circular  to  justify  the  Managers  in  rejecting  the  Baptist 
versions,  is  based  upon  the  assumption,  that  these  versions 
are  "  in  their  judgment  unfaithful."  We  have  before 
alluded  to  the  fact  that  during  the  "  six  months"  of  deli- 


AXD    THE    BAPTISTS.  75 

beration  this  ground  was  not,  even  professedly,  maintained 
by  the  Managers.  It  was  once  assumed,  and  almost  im- 
mediately abandoned  upon  the  expressed  conviction  of  a 
Paedo-baptist  divine,  a  distinguished  member  of  the  Board, 
that  it  could  not  be  maintained.  The  Baptist  members  of 
the  Board  often  challenged  their  Piedo-baptist  friends,  to 
take  this  ground,  and  discuss  the  faithfulness  of  the  ver- 
sions in  question.  This  was  uniformly  declined.  The 
ground  assumed  was,  that,  because  they  were  confined  to 
the  commonly  received  version  in  our  language,  therefore, 
in  foreign  tongues  they  should  confine  themselves  to  simi- 
lar versions.  The  question  of  faithfulness,  we  repeat,  was 
not  discussed,  and  the  "  course"  of  the  Board  was  not 
professedly  "  adopted"  in  reference  to  this  principle.  Yet 
we  are  now  told  that  our  versions  were  rejected  because 
the  Managers  considered  them  " unfaithful. "  Was  tho 
deliberation  then  "candid?"  Did  the  Managers  speak 
freely  their  real  sentiments  ? 

Two  men,  connected  in  business,  differ  in  their  views  of 
a  certain  transaction.  The  one  disapproves  of  it  on  the 
score  of  expediency :  the  other  endeavours  to  show  that 
the  ultimate  results  will  be  beneficial.  They  discuss  the 
subject  for  six  months,  and  at  last,  being  unable  to  agree, 
separate.  Four  years  after,  the  former  of  the  two,  pub- 
lishes a  document  to  show  that  he  all  along  believed  tho 
measure  approved  by  the  latter  was  dishonest,  and  that 
was  his  reason  for  dissenting  from  it,  although  he  did  not 
give  that  reason  at  the  time.  Had  he  given  it,  the  other 
might  easily  have  proved  the  honesty  of  the  measure,  and 
thus  have  prevented  a  separation.  Shall  we  call  tho 
former  a  candid  man,  and  say  that  ho  conducted  for  six 
months  a  candid  deliberation  ? 


76  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

The  remainder  of  this  paragraph  concerns  only  the  mo- 
tives by  which  the  Managers  profess  to  have  been  actuated- 
On  these  we  have  no  comment  to  make.  Motives  are  be- 
tween men  and  their  Maker ;  words  and  actions  are  pro- 
per subjects  of  discussion  for  the  public.  We  have  shown 
that  the  rules  are  not  impartially  applied,  otherwise  they 
would  extend  to  many  other  points  of  difference  in  trans- 
lation, besides  fta-ari^o  ;  and  we  now  design  to  show  that 
they  extend  patronage  to  "  versions  of  a  sectarian  na- 
fure,"  while  they  do  not  "  encourage  all  which  are  faith- 
fully translated." 

The  difference  between  the  great  body  of  Pa?do-bap- 
lists  and  the  Baptists  in  this  country  on  the  m-dinance  of 
baptism  is  fully  understood.  The  Pa?do-baptists  profess 
that  sprinkling,  pouring  and  immersion,  equally  constitute 
the  act  indicated  by  ffmeri^a  ;  the  Baptists  profess  that 
immersion  is  alicays  implied  by  the  word.  To  transfer 
ficnrTifa  into  a  foreign  tongue,  is  a  virtual  acknowledgment 
that  it  has  not  the  fixed  meaning,  immerse.  To  insist  upon 
such  a  transfer,  is  directly  and  openly  to  favour  the  Pasdo- 
baptist  side  of  the  question.  To  patronize  only  such  ver- 
sions as  make  the  transfer,  is  to  patronize  only  Pa?do-bap- 
tist  versions.  Unless,  therefore,  the  Managers  assume 
that  the  Pscdo-baptists  are  so  indisputably  right,  that  to 
hold  their  views  is  not  to  be  sectarian,  they  must  acknow- 
ledge that  they  extend  patronage  to  sectarian  versions.  If 
they  do  insist  that  Psedo-baptists  only  are  right,  and  so  in- 
disputably right  that  their  views  are  in  no  sense  sectarian,, 
then  the  American  Bible  Society  becomes  to  all  intents 
and  purposes,  Pa?do-baptist.  When  the  contest  comes  upon 
Yxicko'Koc,  which,  if  the  Managers  impartially  carry  out 
their  resolutions,  must  occur  with  the  first  version  that 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  77 

translates  the  word,  they  will  be  obliged  to  take  either 
Episcopal  or  Presbyterian  ground,  and  thus  the  sectarian 
character  of  their  new  position  will  be  more  and  more 
developed. 

The  tendency  of  this  new  order  of  things  is  to  direct  the 
attention  of  translators  to  the  views  of  the  majority,  and 
not  to  the  meaning  of  the  sacred  oracles.  They  must  now 
regard  "  the  principles  of  the  English  version,"  and  not 
the  indisputable  design  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  They  must 
see  that  other  denominations  do  not  find  some  occasion 
to  cavil,  or  that  the  representative  of  one  of  those  denomi- 
nations does  not  assert  that  his  people  cannot  consistently 
use  the  new  version.  These  considerations,  no  intelligent 
man  can  suppose,  conduce  to  "  encourage  faithful  transla- 
tions." 

In  the  next  paragraph  the  Managers  assert  that  the  his- 
tory which  they  have  given  "  will  satisfy  most  of  those 
connected  with  the  Society,  that  a  just  and  constitutional 
course  has  been  pursued,  and  that  no  other  course  could 
have  been  adopted"  "  without  putting  the  very  existence 
of  the  Society  in  danger."  We  speak  in  perfect  candour 
and  kindness  when  we  assert,  that  we  cannot  discover  the 
least  shadow  of  fact  or  argument  on  which  this  assump- 
tion is  predicated.  Who  or  what  had  threatened  the  "  ex- 
istence of  the  Society?"  Had  any  body  of  men  or  any 
individual  intimated  any  intention  to  separate  from  it  1 
The  Edinburgh  Bible  Society  has  not  adopted  any  resolu- 
tions similar  to  those  of  the  American.  It  still  continues 
to  aid  the  Baptist  versions.  Is  its  "  very  existence  in 
jeopardy  V  But  the  Managers  say  that  they  have  given 
a  history  which  will  satisfy  most  of  their  constituents  of 
this  point  with  regard  to  their  own  Society.    In  w  hat  part 

7* 


78  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

of  their  circular  is  it  mentioned  ?  By  what  course  of  rea- 
soning is  it  sustained  ?  "Where  are  the  facts  adduced  to 
show  the  extent  of  the  apprehended  danger  ?  What  are 
the  illustrations  employed  to  set  it  forth  in  all  its  fearful 
vividness  ?  We  look  in  vain  through  every  paragraph  for 
a  reply.  This  sentence  alone  informs  of  the  danger,  and 
assures  the  reader,  ickose  attention  had  never  before  been 
called  to  the  matter,  that  enough  has  already  been  said 
to  satisfy  him,  that,  had  not  the  Managers  at  the  critical 
moment  adopted  the  measure  of  cutting  oft"  the  Baptists 
from  any  participation  in  their  funds,  so  far  as  respected 
foreign  distribution,  the  "  very  existence  of  the  Society" 
would  have  been  put  "  in  jeopardy." 

But  since  the  Managers  have  themselves  omitted  to  do 
what  in  this  sentence  they  profess  to  have  done,  we  will 
endeavour  to  supply  the  deficiency.  There  was  danger, 
we  admit, — -not  in  declining,  but  in  adopting  the  course 
which  they  have  pursued.  The  immediate  and  obvious 
result  was  to  separate  from  them  a  denomination  number- 
ing in  this  country  more  than  half  a  million  of  communi- 
cants, and  three  or  four  millions  of  adherents.  The  ulti- 
mate results  are  in  futurity.  We  have  seen  that  the  reso- 
lutions adopted,  if  invariably  carried  into  operation,  must 
produce  unnumbered  difficulties,  and  possibly  divisions 
more  extensive  than  that  effected  by  cutting  off  the  Baptists. 
In  addition  we  may  justly  lament  the  occasion  given  to  the 
world  to  triumph  over  the  dissensions  of  Christian?,  the 
harsh  language  employed  against  our  denomination,  and 
the  dishonourable  insinuations  thrown  out  from  the  pulpit 
and  the  press,  that  we  had  for  many  years  deceived  our 
coadjutors,  but  at  last  had  been  detected  and  exposed.  It 
cannot  be  denied  that  harsh  retorts  have  sometimes  beeu 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  79 

given  by  our  friends.  We  do  not  justify  them.  The  points 
in  which  we  think  the  Managers  have  erred,  can  be  dis- 
cussed without  the  imputation  of  any  unholy  motives. 
But  the  immediate  cause  of  all  these  subjects  of  regret, 
has  been  "  the  coarse"  adopted  by  the  Managers.  Should 
the  feelings  excited  and  the  prejudices  cherished  by  it, 
result  in  other  and  worse  consequences,  we  must  refer 
them  to  their  proper  origin. 

We  now  come  to  the  replies  which  the  Managers  have 
endeavoured  to  make  to  six  charges  which  they  have  enu- 
merated as  brought  against  their  proceedings.  Should  all 
these  charges  have  been  irrefutably  answered  by  the  Ma- 
nagers, any  one  who  has  read  our  articles  must  be  con- 
vinced, that  a  tithe  of  the  difficulties  would  not  have  been 
removed.  Incontrovertible  facts  have  been  here  adduced 
to  prove  many  of  the  statements  of  this  circular  incorrect, 
and  to  exhibit  the  fallacy  of  the  arguments  on  which  the 
course  of  the  American  Bible  Society  is  founded.  These 
we  shall  not  now  repeat,  but  proceed  to  examine  the 
mode  in  which  the  managers  attempt  to  reply  to  six  out 
of  the  hundred  charges  brought  against  them. 

"  First. — The  Managers  are  charged  with  having  changed  their 
policy,  noic  objecting  to  and  withholding  aid  from  versions  of 
such  chat  acter  as  they  once  patronized  without  hesitation. 

"  The  reply  of  the  Board  here  is,  that  they  never  in  a  single  in- 
stance granted  aid  to  a  version  which  they  knew  at  the  time  to  be 
of  such  a  character  that  only  a  part  of  their  associates  could  consist- 
ently use  it.  Taking  it  for  granted  that  none  would  ask  them  to 
aid  denominational  versions,  they  now  find  that  in  two  instances 
they  have  aided  such,  though  in  honest  ignorance.  It  appears  that 
a  small  edition  of  an  Indian  Gospel  was  once  printed  by  them, 
where  baptizo  was  translated  by  a  word  which  signifies  to  sprinkle 


80  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

or  pour  ;  that  in  one  version  India  has  been  aided  where  the  same 
Greek  word  has  been  translated  by  a  term  signifying  immerse. 
Had  the  peculiarities  of  these  translations  in  either  case  been 
known  at  the  time,  they  would  by  no  means  have  been  encouraged." 

Any  one  who  carefully  examines  our  articles  will  see 
that  the  ground  of  the  charge  which  we  have  really  brought, 
has  been  avoided  by  the  Managers,  and  another  substituted 
in  its  stead. 

We  charge  that  "  the  Managers  have  changed  their  po- 
licy." They  originally  professed  that  they  would  dissemi- 
nate the  Scriptures  "  in  the  received  versions  where  they 
exist."  The  Bengali  then  existed,  and  had  existed  for 
many  years,  was  extensively  received,  and  was  the  only 
version  in  the  language.  The  British  and  Foreign  Bible 
Society  patronized  it,  the  American  Bible  Society  praised 
it.  It  underwent  no  change  in  respect  to  /?a7rrt£w,  but  in 
183G,  twenty  years  after  the  Managers  professed  their 
design  to  disseminate  the  Scriptures  "in  the  received  ver- 
sions where  they  exist,"  they  added  a  condition  before 
unknown,  viz :  that  said  version  should  transfer  Panned). 
Was  not  this  a  change  of  policy  ? 

That  they  had  in  the  meanwhile  for  a  number  of  years 
patronized  the  Burman  Scriptures  which  translate 
pcnTTifa ;  that  they  had  highly  commended  all  the  Seram- 
pore  translations  ;  and  other  similar  facts  which  we  have 
adduced,  are  collateral  evidences,  but  do  not  constitute 
the  strong  ground  of  proof  that  the  former  policy  of  the 
Society  was  different  from  that  which  it  now  pursues. 
It  is  a  plausible,  but  not  a  sound  mode  of  argument  to 
attack  a  collateral  evidence  as  though  it  was  the  real  and 
sole  ground  of  proof. 

"  Had  the  peculiarity  of  these  translations  in  either  case 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  81 

been  known  at  the  time,  they  would  by  no  means  have 
been  encouraged." 

On  this  sentence  the  Managers  will  permit  us  to  ex- 
press strong  doubts.  We  have  before  shown  that  they 
had  the  most  abundant  means  of  knowledge  with  regard 
to  the  Baptist  versions,  and  that  if  they  were  ignorant, 
their  ignorance  was  wilful  and  inexcusable-  The  whole 
course  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  from  its  foundation 
till  the  adoption  of  the  present  line  of  policy,  indicates  a 
strict  adherence  to  the  modes  of  procedure  pursued  by  the 
institution  which  delights  to  regard  it  as  a  daughter,  the 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  It  would  unnecessa- 
rily protract  these  articles  to  explain  the  reasons  that  in- 
fluenced the  latter,  in  its  rejection  of  the  versions  which 
it  had  for  many  long  years  patronized,  and  to  show  tho 
difference  in  the  position  of  the  two  institutions.  We  do 
not  justify  the  course  of  the  British  Society,  nor  would  we 
plead  its  apology ;  but  we  can  discover,  in  the  division  of 
parties  and  die  dissensions  in  it3  midst,  the  semblance  of 
an  excuse  which  is  not  discernible  in  the  condition  or 
previous  history  of  the  American  Society. 

"  Secondly. — The  Managers  are  charged  with  partiality,  by  al- 
lowing other  denominations  to  make  such  foreign  versions  as 
they  choose,  while  JBaj)tisis  have  not  this  privilege. 

"  This  charge  can  have  no  foundation,  unless  other  denominations 
choose  to  make  versions  of  such  a  character  that  all  the  members 
of  the  Bible  Society  can  use  them,  while  those  who  complain  make 
such  versions  as  their  denomination  alone  can  consistently  use. 
The  Managers  can  have  no  motive  to  partiality  towards  any  of 
their  associates,  and  are  conscious  of  none,  provided  all  lay  aside 
denominational  work,  and  adhere  alike  to  the  spirit  and  rules  of 
this  association  when  co-operutirig  with  it.'' 


82  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

It  is  difficult  for  us  to  discover  in  the  course  of  reason- 
ing adopted  by  the  Managers  that  careful  regard  to  mat- 
ters of  fact  which  we  firmly  believe  they  would  not  pur- 
posely neglect  to  maintain.  We  have  never  seen  it  stated 
by  Baptists  that  they  "allow  other  denominations  to  make 
such  foreign  versions  as  they  choose."  In  fact  a  doubt  has 
never  entered  our  mind,  that  the  American  Bible  Society 
should  reject  any  version  which  was  proved  to  be  unfaithful  , 
provided  that  unfaithfulness  was  so  great  that  the  version 
could  not  be  regarded  as  evangelical.  We  insert  this  pro- 
vision, because  bad  as  some  of  the  Catholic  versions  are> 
they  still  communicate  the  essential  truths  of  the  gospel, 
and  therefore  the  Society  has,  with  great  reason,  circu- 
lated them  in  countries  where  they  could  not  disseminate 
more  faithful  versions.  We  may  still  go  farther.  Where 
new  versions  were  required,  the  Society*  was  bound  by  its 
original  pledge  to  disseminate  "  the  most  faithful."  Had 
the  Bengali  been  an  entirely  new  version,  and  had  other 
new  versions  in  the  same  language  been  presented  for  the 
patronage  of  the  Society  at  the  same  time,  if  the  Baptist 
could  have  been  proved  to  be  less  faithful  than  one  of 
the  other,  we  would  not  have  denied  that  the  Society 
acted  in  consistency  with  its  original  pledge  in  prefer- 
ring to  disseminate  the  most  faithful.  But  this  would 
have  required  no  new  course  of  policy,  or  new  princi- 
ple of  action.  No  resolutions,  imbodying  principles 
never  before  heard  of,  and  incapable  of  being  carried 
to  their  full  result  without  ruin,  would  have  been  needed* 
In  a  word,  no  additional  condition  would  have  been  in- 
vented to  mar  the  peace  and  destroy  the  union  of  those 
who  were  labouring  for  the  same  Lord  on  common 
ground. 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  83 

"  This  charge  can  have  110  foundation,  unless  ether  denomina- 
tions choose  to  make  versions  of  such  a  character  that  all  the 
members  of  the  Bible  Society  can  use  them,  while  those  who  com- 
plain make  such  versions  as  their  denomiuation  alone  can  con- 
sistently use." 

We  have  already  shown  that  Paedo-baptists  of  all  evan- 
gelical denominations,  while  professing  to  be  consistent, 
do  use  versions  similar  to  those  prepared  by  the  Baptists, 
although  at  the  same  time  we  object  to  any  such  neio 
condition  being  imposed  on  translators,  that  they  should 
be  required  to  prove  that  other  denominations  can  use  their 
versions.  It  is  not  in  the  constitution,  it  is  not  in  the  ad- 
dress of  the  convention.  It  is  a  novel  invention  and  im- 
practicable in  its  operation.  Suppose  that  there  are 
Hicksites  among  the  supporters  of  the  Bible  Society. 
Must  each  translator  ascertain  whether  they  can  con- 
sistently use  his  version  ?  Suppose  that  some  are  Cal- 
vinists  and  some  Arminians.  Must  each  translator  ascer- 
tain whether  both  can  consistently  use  his  version  ?  Who 
has  fixed  the  number  of  the  denominations  supporting  the 
Bible  Society  at  seven  ?  We  can  easily  count  twenty, 
and  believe  that  there  are,  or  rather  were,  more.  Must 
every  translator  ascertain  whether  each  of  these  can  con- 
sistently use  his  translation  ? 

"  The  managers  can  have  no  motive  to  partiality  towards  any  of 
their  associates,  and  are  conscious  of  none,  provided  all  la}'  aside 
denominational  work,  and  adhere  alike  to  the  spirit  and  rules  of 
this  Association,  when  co-operating  with  it." 

We  wish  this  sentence  to  be  read  with  care.  If  it  has 
any  application  to  the  case  in  hand,  it  is  this  :  The  mana- 
gers believe  the  Baptists  to  be  sectarians :  and  while  our 
missionaries  are  engaged  in  Baptist  missions,  the  mana- 


84  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

gers  must  of  course  regard  them  as  doing  denominational 
work.  When  we  translate  tha  Scriptures  and  express  our 
views  of  its  meaning,  this  they  regard  as  denominational. 
But  if  we  took  Pnedo-baptist  ground,  and  asserted  that 
fiaxTifa  had  no  fixed  meaning,  and  in  accordance  with 
such  views  transferred  the  word,  then  they  would  at  once 
admit  that  we  had  laid  aside  denominational  work.  In 
other  words,  to  carry  out  the  views  of  Ptrdo-baptists,  is 
not  denominational — to  carry  out  those  of  Baptists,  is. 
Should  we  do  the  former,  the  managers  could  have  no 
motive  of  partiality  and  would  be  conscious  of  none  :  Let 
us  do  the  latter,  and  then  their  partiality  is  not  denied. 
Now  who  can  be  so  blind,  with  such  facts  and  such  state- 
ments before  him,  as  not  to  see  that  the  managers  in  this 
matter  stand  solely  on  Predo-baptist  ground  ? 

"  Thirdly— The  Managers  are  charged  with  laying  down  rules  in 
regard  to  versions  which  Baptist  translators  cannot  conscien- 
tiously follow. 

"  The  reply  is,  that  the  managers  lay  down  no  rules  which  they 
do  not  consider  as  enjoined  on  them  by  the  conditions  of  their 
union  by  the  fraraers  of  the  society.  If  these  rules  bear  with  un- 
due pressure  on  any  portion  of  the  compact,  it  is  for  those  who  ap- 
point the  Board,  and  who  have  control  of  the  constitution,  to  alter 
that  instrument  so  that  men  of  every  creed  and  sentiment  may 
prepare  such  foreign  versions  as  they  please,  with  the  expectation 
that  they  will  be  published  out  of  the  common  Bible  f mid !  At 
present  such  license  would  be  deemed  a  violation  of  what  the  con- 
stitution requires.  But  the  Board  (while  they  would  not  judge  for 
others,)  are  unable  to  see  why  these  rules  which  the  complainants 
themselves  cheerfully  observe  in  relation  to  the  English,  French, 
and  other  old  versions,  cannot  be  also  followed  in  preparing  new 
versions  ;  that  is,  by  domesticating  in  them  the  Greek  words 
bapiizo  and  baptisma,  so  that  other  missionaries  can  use  them  as 
well  as  Baptists.    It  cannot  be  affirmed  that  errors  will  be  taught 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  85 

by  these  transferred  words,  nor  can  they  be  more  unintelligible  to 
the  heathen  than  many  other  words  which  it  is  well  known  are 
transferred  from  the  original  into  the  Bengalee  and  Burmese  ver- 
sions, and  must  be  into  all  versions  made  in  limited  pagan  tongues. 
Some  of  the  words,  it  is  true,  must  be  explained  by  the  dictionary, 
or  the  living  teacher,  before  the  common  reader  will  understand 
them.  So  must  many,  very  many,  w<?rds  in  his  own  vernacular  be 
thus  taught.  How  many  words  art  there  in  the  English  Bible, 
and  in  every  other  which  the  illiterate  reader  docs  not  compre- 
hend until  instructed  by  some  foreign  aid  ?  Where  is  there  a 
modern  tongue  which  does  not  abound  in  transferred  words  ?  The 
very  name  of  most  religious  denominations  is  derived  from  tho 
Greek." 

The  reasoning-  in  this  paragraph  is  far  from  being  of 
that  strong,  consecutive  character,  which  we  might  anti- 
cipate from  a  body  of  men  noted  for  their  intelligence  and 
judgment.  The  discrepancy  between  the  first  and  second 
sentence,  or  what  schoolmen  would  call  the  " non  sequi- 
tur"  of  the  second  sentence,  is  almost  ludicrous.  The 
managers  profess  that  "  they  lay  down  no  rules  which 
they  do  not  consider  as  enjoined  on  them  by  the  conditions 
of  their  union  by  the  framers  of  the  society,"  and  "  if 
these  rules  bear  with  undue  pressure  on  any  portion  of 
the  compact,"  the  constitution  must  be  altered  to  permit 
"  men  of  every  creed  and  sentiment  to  prepare  such  ver- 
sions as  they  please."  We  are  not  surprised  at  the  mark 
of  exclamation  and  astonishment  affixed  to  such  a  conclu- 
sion. The  simple  matter  of  fact  is  that  the  constitution 
has  no  provision  on  the  subject.  The  idea  of  altering  or 
modifying  the  constitution,  we  have  never  seen  suggested 
except  in  this  circular.  What  article  of  the  constitution 
the  managers  propose  to  change  we  cannot  conjecture. 
The  first  and  second  articles  embrace  the  object  of  the  or- 
ganization in  the  following  words : 

8 


86  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

ARTICLE    I. 

This  Society  shall  be  known  by  the  name  of  the  AMERICAN 
BIBLE  SOCIETY,  of  which  the  sole  object  shall  be  to  encourage 
a  wider  circulation  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  without  note  or  com- 
ment. The  only  copies  in  the  English  language,  to  be  circulated 
by  the  Society,  shall  be  of  the  versions  now  in  common  use. 

ARTICI.H    II. 

All  Bible  Societies  shall  be  allowed  to  purchase,  at  cost,  from 
this  Society,  Bibles  for  distribution  within  their  own  districts,  and 
the  officers  of  all  such  Bible  Societies  as  shall  hereafter  agree  to 
place  their  surplus  revenue,  after  supplying  their  own  districts 
with  the  Bible,  at  the  disposal  of  this  society,  shall  be  entitled  to 
vote  in  all  meetings  of  the  Society. 

All  the  remaining  articles  are  confined  to  the  manage- 
ment of  the  institution  and  have  no  relation  whatsoever  to 
modes  of  translation,  or  to  the  character  of  the  versions 
patronized.      What  then  is  necessary  to  he  changed  ? 

But  the  managers  imply  that  the  Baptists  require  "  that 
■men  of  every  creed,  and  sentiment  may  'prepare  such  fo- 
reign versions  as  they  please,  with  the  expectation  that 
they  will  be  published  out  of  the  common  Bible  fund." 

If  the  Baptists  have  made  such  a  requisition,  where  is 
it  recorded  ?  In  what  language  is  it  couched  ?  Who 
originated,  and  who  advocated  the  proposition? 

The  Baptists  resolved  to  instruct  their  missionaries"  who 
are  or  who  shall  he  engaged  in  translating  the  Scriptures," 
"  to  endeavour,  by  earnest  prayer, -and  diligent  study,  to 
ascertain  the  exact  meaning  of  the  original  text  ;  to  ex- 
press that  meaning  as  exactly  as  the  nature  of  the  lan- 
guage into  which  they  shall  translate  the  Bible,  will  per- 
mit;  and  to  transfer  no  words  which  are  capable  of  being 
literally  translated." 

The  managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society  determin- 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  87 

ed  to  patronize  no  versions  which  translated  jSairTify 
and  its  cognates.  If  then  the  reasoning  of  the  managers 
be  just,  to  allow  Pan-t^to  and  its  cognates  to  be  translated, 
is  to  allow  "  men  of  every  creed  and  sentiment"  to  trans- 
late every  part  of  the  Bible  just  as  they  please.  Tho 
question  is  not  canvassed  whether  the  translation  of 
0airTifa  be  right  or  wrong.  Such  a  question  is  not  to  be 
started  :  "the  managers  have  not  attempted  to  settle  or 
touch  any  question  as  to  philology  or  religious  ordinances." 
But  to  translate  the  word  at  all,  is  the  fearfully  objection- 
able measure.  To  imitate  the  boldness  of  Luther  and 
the  other  great  and  good  men,  who,  amidst  the  thunders  of 
the,  Vatican,  dared  to  translate  it,  and  to  translate  it  in 
precisely  the  same  meaning  as  such  men  gave  to  it,  this  is 
the  utmost  stretch  of  latitudinarianism.  It  is  to  per- 
mit "men  of  every  creed  and  sentiment"  to  give  any 
meaning  to  Scripture  that  they  please.  The  Romanist 
may  prescribe  penance  instead  of  repentance,  and  may 
teach  men  to  worship  images,  in  his  versions  of  Scripture, 
and  the  managers  can  conscientiously  circulate  these  ver- 
sions and  call  such  heresies  mere  "defects;"  but  if  the 
Baptists  translate  /?a:rrt£w>  there  is  no  longer  any  measure 
to  the  enormity — the  cup  of  error  is' filled  to  overflowing — 
"  men  of  every  creed  and  sentiment"  then  have  ample  au- 
thority to  do  as  they  please. 

We  have  no  charity  for  such  reasoning.  It  is  hard 
enough  to  have  our  versions  called  unfaithful ;  it  is  hard 
enough  to  have  those  of  Roman  Catholic  preferred  to 
them;  it  is  hard  enough  to  be  stigmatized  as  deceivers', 
it  is  hard  enough  to  have  our  motives  misrepresented,  our 
reasoning  perverted,  the  facts  that  sustain  our  position 
omitted,   and  others  published  as  constituting  the  whole 


88  AMERICAN    BIELE    SOCIETY 

history  of  the  case:  these  and  many  other  matters  on  the 
face  of  this  circular  are  hard  to  be  borne:  but  to  have  it 
represented  that  to  translate  /?a:rr<£w,  is  to  admit  the  quint- 
essence of  latitudinarianism,  the  sum  and  substance  of  the 
errors  of  "men  of  every  creed  and  sentiment,"  this  is  in- 
supportable. We  will  not  believe  that  the  managers  of 
the  American  Bible  Society  weighed  the  language  which 
they  employed.  We  prefer  in  charity  to  suppose,  that  this 
circular  is  the  production  of  one  man,  an  individual 
always  hostile  to  the  Baptists,  and  the  prime  mover  of 
the  measures  which  separated  them  from  the  American 
Bible  Society.  As  the  circular  first  appeared  anony- 
mously, and  was  extensively  distributed  long  before  it  was 
acknowledged  by  the  managers,  we  prefer,  when  we  come 
to  reasoning  like  this  before  us,  to  presume  that  the  docu- 
ment was  not  prepared  by  the  managers,  but  was  after- 
wards adopted  by  them  to  shield  an  efficient  but  imprudent 
officer  of  the  Society.  Under  such  a  presumption,  we 
will  dwell  no  longer  on  language,  which,  we  are  convinced, 
no  real  friend  of  the  managers  will  attempt  to  justify. 

"  But  the  Board  (while  they  would  not  judge  for  others,)  are 
unable  to  see  why  these  rules,  which  the  complainants  themselves 
cheerfully  observe  in  relation  to  the  English,  French,  and  other 
old  versions,  cannot  be  also  followed  in  preparing  new  versions  ; 
that  is,  by  domesticating  in  them  the  Greek  words  bnplizo  and 
baptisjna,  so  that  other  missionaries  can  use  them  as  well  as  Bap- 
tists." 

Were  the  phraseology  of  this  document  to  be  judged 
by  the  rules  of  logical  accuracy,  the  foregoing  extract 
would  imply  that  the  Baptists  had  translated  the  Scriptures 
into  English,  French,  &c,  and  that  in  these  languages 
they   had  transferred  flarrri^w,  Sec,       Ridiculous  as  6uch 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  89 

a  statement  would  appear  to  any  one  versed  in  the  history 
of  the  Bible,  it  must  be  remembered  that  many  of  the 
friends  of  the  American  Bible  Society  have  studiously  cir- 
culated the  report,  that  we,  as  a  denomination,  have  pub- 
lished versions  of  the  Scriptures  in  English  made  by  our- 
selves. The  English  Scriptures  issued  by  the  American 
and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  although  a  literal  transcript  of 
King  James'  version  of  1611,  have  been  frequently  stigma- 
tized from  the  press  and  the  pulpit  as  "  the  Baptist  Bible." 
Such  has  been  the  popular  cry,  and  numbers  of  Predo- 
baptists  have  believed  it.  Let  such  read  the  foregoing 
sentence,  and  how  can  they  avoid  supposing  that  th<;  Bap- 
tists have  an  English  version  of  their  own,  and  have  been 
guilty  of  the  inconsistency  of  translating  Pairn^co  in  other 
languages  and  transferring  it  in  our  own  ? 

Yet  the  simple  facts  are  these.  We  have  as  yet  had 
nothing  to  do  with  the  "  French"  version,  and  with  regard 
to  the  "  other  old  versions"  of  which  the  managers  speak, 
we  knoto  not  what  they  mean.  Luther's  version  and 
other  European  continental  versions  which  we  have  circu- 
lated, translate  Putting).  We  have  not  yet  seen  it  to  be 
our  duty  to  commence  a  new  translation  of  the  Scriptures 
in  English.  Such  a  work,  if  ever  undertaken,  will  require 
great  concentration  of  talents  and  piety,  and  many  years  of 
labour.  When  it  will  be  accomplished,  we  do  not  trouble 
ourselves  even  to  conjecture.  When  the  Baptists  profess 
to  translate  the  Scriptures  into  any  language,  and  transfer 
"words  which  are  capable  of  being  literally  translated," 
then  it  will  be  sufficiently  early  to  inquire  why  they  can- 
not do  the  same  with  the  Bengali  and  other  new  versions. 
But  it  seems  that  individuals  have  been  guilty  of  inconsis- 
tency in  such  matters. 

8* 


90  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

"  The  Rev.  Joseph  Hughes,  a  Baptist,  and  long  a  Secretary  of 
the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  had  no  scruple  against 
transferring  baptizo ;  nor  has  Ilcv.  Mr.  Sutton,  now  a  missionary 
in  India.  Two  able  pamphlets,  by  Baptists  in  England,  have  just 
been  published  in  favour  of  such  a  course.  The  Chippewa  New- 
Testament,  prepared  by  Dr.  James,  a  Papist,  and  printed  in 
1833,  at  Albany,  hab  the  word  baptizo  transferred." 

The  managers,  in  our  estimation,  lose  their  dignity  in 
thus  arguing  about  the  opinions  and  actions  of  two  or  three 
individuals.  If  they  count  a  hundred  men,  professedly 
Baptist,  who  thought  that,  to  secure  the  continuance  of  the 
patronage  of  certain  Societies,  it  might  be  admissible  to 
yield  a  conscientious  scruple  and  conceal  a  portion  of 
God's  truth  from  those  to  whom  we  profess  to  communi- 
cate the  whole,  would  their  opinion  affect  the  principle  of 
the  matter?  If  so,  then  all  the  Baptists  on  the  other 
side  of  the  question  would  present  an  overwhelming  body 
of  incontrovertible  and  indisputable  argument  against  the 
managers. 

Here  wo  cannot  avoid  mentioning  what  has  forcibly 
struck  us,  not  only  in  this,  but  in  another  part  of  the  cir- 
cular which  we  have  examined.  The  managers  do  not 
appear  to  rely  upon  the  inherent  strength  of  their  argu- 
ment, but  if  they  can  only  assert  that  this  or  that  Baptist 
thought  so,  or  did  so,  no  matter  how  completely  he  has 
since  become  convinced  of  his  error  and  has  abandoned  it, 
the  fact  that  a  Baptist  once  happened  in  part  to  agree 
with  them,  is  seized  upon  and  held  up  to  the  world  as 
proof  that  the  board  mustbe  right.  If  Baptist  authority, 
then,  be  so  excellent,  why  not  give  it  its  due  weight  and 
yield  to  that  side  of  the  argument  which  has  such  an  im- 
mense preponderance  in  its  favour. 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  91 

The  fact  that  some  words,  (such  as  proper  names) 
must  be  transferred  from  one  language  to  another,  is  next 
alleged  to  prove  the  propriety  of  transferring  /3anTi$oj. 
A  brief  illustration  will  show  the  nature  of  this  argument. 
There  are  no  words  in  the  Bengali  corresponding  to  Gog 
and  Magog.  Therefore  these  names  must  be  transferred. 
Therefore  the  word  "murder"  in  the  commandment, 
"  Thou  shall  not  murder,"  may  with  propriety  be  transfer- 
red into  Bengali. 

"  But,"  says  an  objector,  "  the  natives  have  a  word 
which  means  '  murder,'  and  they  will  not  understand  the 
word  transferred  from  the  English  or  the  Hebrew."  No 
matter.  Why,  they  have  no  word  in  their  language  into 
which  we  can  translate"  Calvinist,"  or  "Quaker."  What 
impropriety  then  in  transferring  the  word  "  murder  ?" 
"Pagan  tongues"  are  "  limited."  They  must  use  "dic- 
tionaries," or  be  always  taught  by  "the  living  teacher." 
"  It  cannot  be  affirmed  that  error  will  be  taught  by  these 
transferred  words." 

The  analogy  between  the  hypothetical  and  the  real  case, 
is  perfect.  The  command  in  relation  to  the  ordinance  of 
baptism,  is  not  less  explicit  than  the  prohibition  in  regard 
to  murder.  If,  because  some  proper  names  and  other 
words,  not  inculcating  important  commands  or  prohibi- 
tions, must  be  transferred,  therefore  a  conscientious  trans- 
lator is  at  liberty  to  conceal  under  a  transferred  term,  a 
command  which  he  believes  himself  capable  of  translating 
intelligibly ;  then  any  other  command,  injunction  or  pro- 
hibition of  Scripture  may  upon  the  same  principle,  be 
concealed.  If  the  principle  be  correct,  it  cannot  be  con- 
fined to  j£fairri£&> ;  if  it  be  not  correct,  the  managers  of  the 


92  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

American  Bible  Society  have  erred  in  endeavouring  to  vin- 
dicate it. 

"  Fourthly — „The  Managers  are  charged  with  the  inconsistency  of 
patronizing  German  and  Dutch  Bibles,  where  baplizo  is  trans- 
lated by  words  which  signify  immerse,  and  yet  witholding  aid 
from  the  Bengalee  and  Burmese  Bibles  translated  in  the 
same  way. 

"  The  reply  is,  in  tbe  first  place,  that  the  former  versions  are  an- 
cient '  received  versions,'  such  as  the  founders  of  the  Society 
promised  to  patronize.  In  the  next  place  those  translated  words 
alluded  to,  though  they  once  signified  immerse,  have,  like  many 
words  in  the  Eflglish  Bible,  lost  their  first  meaning,  and  are  now  of 
as  general  import  as  the  English  word  baptize.  They  ore  versions 
which  both  Baptists  and  Predo-baptists  can  and  do  use  continually 
Without  objection.  Should  the  versions  referred  to  in  India,  as 
tlrey  are  in  the  main  good,  undergo  a  similar  change  as  to  the  im- 
port of  a  few  words,  so  that  different  denominations  can  use  them-, 
the  managers  will  feel  no  scruple  in  granting  them  patronage. 
They  will  be  viewed  and  treated  as  faithful  versions  when  there  is 
evidence  that  tbey  convey  to  all  the  component  parts  of  the  So- 
ciety, like  the  English  and  German  Bibles,  the  mind  of  the  Spirit. 
Let  the  Divine  meaning  be  actually  conveyed  to  the  various  read- 
ers, and  it  seems  to  the  Board  a  matter  of  little  moment  whether 
this  is  effected  through  one  tongue  or  another,  or  through  a  com- 
bination of  several. n 

The  first  sentence  of  this  paragraph  arrests  the  atten- 
tion, as  furnishing  an  additional  illustration  of  the  peculiar 
mode  of  reasoning  that  prevails  throughout  the  circular. 
A  document  setting  forth  the  reasons  of  a  certain  course  of 
conduct  by  a  public  body,  should  be  plain,  perspicuous  and 
direct  in  all  its  statements  and  arguments.  Nothing 
should  be  left;  to  allusion  or  implication.  Yet  here,  as 
elsewhere,  the  phraseology  implies  an  argument  involving 
a  matter  of  fact  which  is  not  presented  in  direct  terms. 


AXD    THE    BAPTISTS.  93 

The  founders  of  the  Society  promised  to  patronize  "  the 
received  versions  where  they  exist,  and  the  most  faith- 
ful where  they  may  be  required."  The  first  clause  in- 
cluded the  Bengali  which  existed  at  the  time.  This  fact 
could  not  be  denied  by  the  managers,  but  its  admis- 
sion would  at  once  expose  the  impropriety  of  their  course. 
Therefore  in  that  part  of  the  circular  which  refers  directly 
to  the  Bengali  version,  they  omit  any  allusion  to  this 
matter  of  fact.  In  the  part  before  us,  however,  where 
the  allusion  might  make  its  impression  upon  the  common 
reader,  without  the  liability  of  contradiction  from  a  direct 
statement,  the  word  "  ancient"  is  prefixed  to  the  phra- 
seology of  the  founders,  and  the  impression  is  given  that 
they  agreed  to  patronize  only  the  ancient  received  ver- 
sions. A  strict  construction  of  the  language  would 
involve  the  managers  in  the  charge  of  a  positive  misstate- 
ment of  fact ;  "  ancient  '  received  versions'  such  as  the 
founders  of  the  Society  promised  to  patronize."  The 
founders  did  not  promise  to  patronize  "such."  They 
promised  to  patronize  "  received  versions" — not  "ancient 
received  versions."  The  restrictive  qualification,  no  man 
has  a  right  to  prefix  to  their  words,  and  when  the  case  in- 
volves such  grave  considerations,  the  prefixion  is  justly 
liable  to  the  severest  censure. 

"In  the  next  place,  those  translated  words  alluded  to, 
though  they  once  signified  immerse,  have  (like  many 
words  in  the  English  Bible)  lost  their  first  meaning,  and 
are  now  of  as  general  import  as  the  English  word  baptize.1'' 

We  have  already,  to  some  extent,  expressed  our  views 
on  this  reasoning,  and  shall  therefore  only  add  a  few  sug- 
gestions. The  parenthesis  furnishes  information,  which, 
connected  with  other  parts  of  the  circular,  may  be  regard- 


94  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

ed  by  some  readers  as  no  less  strange  than  new.  "  The 
English  Bible,"  the  managers  assure  us,  is  "  a  faithful 
version,"  and  it  conveys  "  in  view  of  all,  the  true  Divine 
meaning."  But  here  they  inform  us  that  "  many  of  its 
words  have  lost  their  first  meaning."  If  language  have 
any  significancy,  we  are  here  informed  that  the  English 
Bible  was  originally  an  unfaithful  translation,  but  that 
many  of  its  words,  having  lost  their  original  meaning,  it 
now  conveys  the  true  Divine  meaning,  and  has  thus  be- 
come a  faithful  version.  And  yet  to  the  principles  of  this 
translation,  which  has  thus  strangely  become  faithful  by 
influences,  over  which  the  translators  had  no  control,  all 
modern  translators  are  required  to  conform  their  versions. 
Criticism  on  such  argument  would  be  supererogatory. 

The  managers  admit  that  the  German  and  Dutch  Bibles 
are  translated  as  our  Bengali ;  but  the  words  in  question 
have  since  undergone  a  change  of  meaning,  therefore  they 
can  patronize  such  versions,  and  otherwise  they  could  not 
have  patronized  them.  What  an  admission !  Had  the 
American  Bible  Society  existed  in  the  time  of  Luther,  it 
could  not  have  patronized  his  version  of  the  Holy  Scrip- 
tures. No,  against  the  torch  that  set  Europe  on  fire  and 
has  since  illumined  the  world,  the  Society  must  have 
closed  its  eyes  or  joined  the  Tope  in  endeavouring  to 
extinguish  it. 

No  matter  though  the  translation  of  the  Scriptures  into 
the  vernacular  tongues  of  Germany,  broke  down  the  strong 
holds  of  superstition  and  ignorance,  and  raised  on  the 
other  hand  a  bulwark,  against  which  all  the  powers  of 
papacy  have  never  been  able  to  make  head;  no  matter 
how  good,  how  useful,  or  faithful  was  the  version ;  it 
translated  0airri£(of  and  therefore  could  not  be  patronized  ? 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  95 

Thus  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Soci- 
ety ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT  ON  THE  PRINCIPLE  ON  WHICH 
THEY    OPPOSE  THE  BAPTISTS,  THEY  MUST  HAVE  OPPOSED 

the  REFORMATION. 

We  might  dwell  upon  this  singular  position  of  the 
American  Bible  Society,  but  our  space  forbids  us  to  detail 
the  fearful  inferences  which  every  reflecting  mind  will  it- 
self conceive.  One  idea  only  we  cannot  forbear  to  insert. 
The  managers,  according  to  their  circular,  must  have  re- 
plied to  an  application  from  the  great  Reformer  for  aid  in 
publishing  his  version,  "  We  cannot  conscientiously  aid  a 
version  which  is  so  unfaithful  as  to  translate  j3aTCTL^(o  im- 
merse, but  if  you  will  publish  a  version  founded  on  the 
Latin  Vulgate,  although  it  may  inculcate  'penance,1  in- 
stead of  '  repentance,''  and  the  worship  of  an  image  on 
the  top  of  a  staff,  we  will  freely  communicate  of  our  means 
to  circulate  a  version  which  has  such  mere  '  defects.'  " 

But  the  inconsistencies  of  this  statement  of  the  mana- 
gers appear  in  other  respects.  They  assert  that  the  Ger- 
man and  Dutch  tongues  have  undergone  an  important 
change,  while  they  furnish  no  account  of  the  mode  by 
which  it  has  been  effected,  or  any  authority  on  which 
their  assertion  is  founded.  It  would  be  easy  to  show 
from  the  use  of  the  disputed  words  in  German  and  Dutch 
writers,  and  from  the  letters  of  Mr.  Oncken,  whose  ac- 
quaintance with  the  language  of  the  common  people,  and 
whose  uncorrupt  integrity  have  never  been  disputed,  that 
the  assertion  of  the  managers  is  totally  incorrect  and 
unfounded.  We  acquit  them  however  of  any  design  to 
misstate.  They  have  probably  taken  the  word  of  the  in^ 
dividual  who  wrote  the  circular  for  a  fact,  of  which  they 
have  neglected  to  obtain  the  proofs. 


96  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

For  other  inconsistencies  of  this  statement,  and  the  un- 
pleasant dilemma  in  which  it  involves  the  managers,  we 
refer  the  reader  to  a  former  part  of  this  argument  in  which 
the  subject  was  partially  examined.* 

The  versions  in  India  are  admitted  to  be  "  in  the  main 
good,"  and  if  they  should  "  undergo  a  similar  change  as 
to  the  import  of  a  few  words,"  "  the  managers  will  pa- 
tronize them." 

This  is  another  most  important  admission.  Our  ver- 
sions are  in  the  main  good — that  is,  with  the  exception  of 
these  few  words,  (3airTi&  and  its  cognates,  they  are  good. 
Alas !  can  Christians  confess  this  and  yet  refuse  them  to 
the  perishing  heathen  ?  Are  not  the  Burmans  and  the  Ka- 
rens, and  the  Bengalese  as  important  in  the  eye  of  Jeho- 
vah as  the  inhabitants  of  Europe?  Can  the  Managers 
conscientiously  bestow  as  high  commendations  upon  the 
Romanist  versions  as  they  can  on  the  Baptist  ?  Then 
where  is  the  consistency  of  circulating  the  former  among 
the  inhabitants  of  Europe  and  withholding  the  latter  from 
the  natives  of  India  ?  Is  the  immersion  of  a  believer  in 
Jesus  a  more  fearful  crime  with  the  Managers  of  the  Ame- 
rican Bible  Society  than  the  worship  of  an  image  ?  We 
know  no  illustration  of  such  conduct  more  striking  than 
the  expression  of  Scripture,  "  to  strain  at  a  gnat  and  swal- 
low a  camel." 

But  the  Managers  assure  us  that  the  objectionable  words 
in  the  German  and  Dutch  tongues  have  lost  their  peculiar, 
and  acquired  a  general  meaning,  and  they  seem  to  antici- 
pate that  the  same  may  eventually  be  the  case  with  our  In- 
dian versions.     If  the  statement  were  really  true,  and  the 

*  Bee  pages  55,  56= 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  97 

anticipation g  well  founded,  must  the  poor  heathen  die  by 
millions  in  the  meanwhile  without  the  word  of  God,  anti- 
cipating' that  some  distant  generation  may  receive  it  from 
the  patronage  of  the  American  Bible  Society?  If  the 
words  are  to  undergo  such  a  change  of  meaning,  why  not 
circulate  the  Scriptures  generally,  as  is  the  case  with  Lu- 
ther's version  in  Germany,  and  bring  about  the  result  as 
soon  as  possible  ?  If  those  who  sprinkle,  could  use  Lu- 
ther's version  in  Germany  when,  even  according  to  the 
Managers,  it  did  inculcate  immersion,  cannot  Baptists  be 
permitted  to  use  a  similar  version  in  India  ? 

In  closing  our  remarks  upon  this  paragraph,  we  cannot 
forbear  to  remark  the  apparently  light  manner  in  which 
the  Managers  speak  of  withholding  the  Scriptures  from 
the  heathen.  No  other  versions  existed  in  the  languages 
of  some  of  the  many  millions  who  were  ready  to  receive 
the  versions  in  question.  Yet  for  the  sake  of  "  a  few 
words,"  as  the  Managers  inform  us,  they  refuse  to  circu- 
late our  versions.  Nay,  for  the  sake  of  these  few  words 
they  effectually  break  the  bands  of  union,  and  give  occa- 
sion to  bitter  feelings  and  unchristian  remarks  to  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  professing  christians  whom  they  have  ar- 
rayed against  each  other.  They  were  not  impelled  to 
their  cuurse  by  conscientious  scruples,  for  if  expediency 
prompted  them  to  circulate  the  Romanist  versions,  con- 
science could  not  have  prevented  them  from  circulating 
the  Baptist.  For  "  a  few  words,"  then,  a  light  matter 
with  them  not  involving  conscience,  they  have  adopted  a 
line  of  policy,  which,  we  candidly  believe,  will  be  more 
disastrous  to  them  in  its  ultimate  results  than  any  other 
course,  which,  under  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  they 
could  possibly  have  followed. 
9 


98  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

"  Fifthly— Another  charge  is,  that  the  Managers  have,  set  vp  the 
English  Bible  as  a  standard  to  which  all  translations  must  be 
conformed,  thus  abridging  the  liberty  of  the  translator. 

"This  is  a  mistake,  as  any  reader  of  the  foregoing  resolution  wil' 
see.  It  is  expected  that  missionaries,  or  others,  who  prepare  new 
versions,  will  translate  as  they  do  in  fact,  from  the  original  tongues 
with  great  care,  imitating  the  English  no  farther  than  by  transfer- 
ring a  few  words,  which  either  cannot  be  translated  or  are  of  dis- 
puted meaning;  and  even  these  transfers  aie  not  required,  provided 
the  various  members  of  the  Society  can  unite  in  using  the  \  crsions 
as  they  use  the  English.  This  certainly  is  imposing  no  severe 
restraint  on  the  conscience  of  the  translator,  far  less,  it  is  appre- 
hended, than  the  complainants  (who  have  taken  the  English  Bible, 
and  appended  to  it  a  glossary,  telling  us  precisely  what  cer- 
tain Greek  words  signify)  will  require  of  their  translators.  How 
much  liberty  will  the  latter  have  to  prepare  versions  which  are  not 
thoroughly  denominational  V 

The  legitimate  application  of  a  general  rule  is  not  con- 
fined to  the  particular  case  which  called  it  into  existence. 
In  their  anxiety  to  avoid  any  expression  that  might  give 
the  Christian  public  an  explicit  idea  of  the  nature  of  the 
controversy  which  they  had  started  with  the  Baptists,  the 
Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society  have  adopted  a 
rule  as  general  in  its  extent,  as  it  is  perpetual  in  its  opera- 
tion. We  admit  that  their  original  design  was  only  to 
coerce  the  Baptist  translators,  but  the  foundation  which 
they  have  laid,  is  far  too  broad  for  so  narrow  a  super- 
structure. 

"  Resolved,  That  in  appropriating  money  for  the  trans- 
lating, printing  or  distributing  the  sacred  Scriptures  in  fo- 
reign languages,  the  Managers  feel  at  liberty  to  encourage 
only  such  versions  as  conform  in  the  principles  of  their 
translations  to  the  common  English  version,  at  least  so  far 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  99 

a9  that  all  the  religious  denominations  represented  in  this 
Society  can  consistently  use  and  circulate  said  versions  in 
their  several  schools  and  communities." 

The  versions  here  explicitly  described  as  henceforth  en- 
titled to  the  patronage  of  the  Society,  are,  "only  such  a3 
conform  to  the  principles  of  the  English  version."  This 
is  the  general  rule  by  which  the  Managers  design  to  be 
guided.  But  as  almost  every  general  rule  is  expected  to 
have  individual  exceptions,  the  most  particular  care  is 
taken  to  guard  against  any  expectations  of  leniency  with 
regard  to  certain  translations.  "  At  least"  these  will  bo 
excluded  from  any  hopes  of  patronage. 

Conformity  to  "  the  common  English  versions,"  is  thus 
made  the  general  rule,  to  which  the  Managers  seem  to 
intimate  that  some  exceptions  may  possibly  be  allowed* 
The  exceptions,  however,  they  do  not  specify  while  they 
establish  the  rule.  Such  conformity  to  this  version  as  to 
meet  the  views  of  "  all  the  religious  denominations  repre- 
sented in  the  Society,"  is  the  universal  rule,  to  which  no 
exception  under  any  circumstances  is  to  be  admitted.  "  At 
least"  this  will  be  enforced.  As  though  the  Managers 
had  said,  "  We  are  not  yet  prepared  to  say  how  far  we 
shall  enforce  the  general  rule  of  conformity  to  the  English 
version,  but  on  this  we  are  decided.  If  the  representative 
of  any  denomination  takes  exception  to  any  version  which 
is  not  perfectly  conformed  to  the  English,  that  version  we 
will  unceremoniously  reject.  Still  as  we  shall  "  AT 
LEAST"  do  this,  we  may  reject  for  any  want  of  con- 
formity to  the  English  Bible.  If  then  you  wish  to  be  safe, 
you  will  in  all  your  versions  conform  entirely  to  the  stand- 
ard which  we  have  given  you." 

This  is,  we  conceive,  the  only  legitimate  construction  of 


100  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

the  resolution  which  was  adopted  "  after  more  than  six 
months  of  candid  deliberation."  To  surmise  that  a  body 
of  intelligent  men  could  not  in  six  months  mature  a  resolu- 
tion that  expressed  their  design,  would  be  an  imputation 
on  their  wisdom,  of  which  we  shall  not  be  guilty.  The 
language  employed  by  them  is  not  recondite.  Tbe  ex- 
pression "  at  least"  is  common,  and  has  a  definite  and 
fixed  meaning.  It  implies  that  some  proposition  has  been 
stated  which  is  general  in  its  nature,  and  that  a  particular 
proposition  follows  embracing  a  portion  of  the  ground 
covered  by  the  general  one,  and  assuring  us  that,  to  this 
portion  there  is  no  exception.  Still  the  minor  proposition 
does  not  in  the  least  invalidate  the  general  one,  although 
it  implies  a  possibility  of  exceptions  to  it.  We,  therefore, 
assert  that  the  general  rule  adopted  by  the  Managers  of 
the  American  Bible  Society  is, 

"  To  encourage  only  such  versions  as  conform  in  the 
principles  of  their  translations  to  the  common  English 
version." 

If  this  is  not  to  "  set  up  the  English  Bible  as  a  standard 
to  which  all  translations  must  be  conformed,  thus  abridg- 
ing the  liberty  of  the  translator,"  we  would  be  gratified  to 
have  the  difference  of  the  propositions  distinctly  explained. 

It  may  answer  a  temporary  purpose  to  assert  that  the 
identity  of  the  purport  of  these  propositions,  ''is  a  mis- 
take," but  until  some  evidence  or  argument  is  advanced 
to  prove  such  mistake,  reasonable  men  will  probably  be 
unable  to  discriminate  between  them. 

"  It  is  expected  that  missionaries,  or  others,  who  prepare  new  ver- 
sions, will  translate,  as  they  do  in  fact,  from  the  original  tongues 
with  great  care,  imitating  the  English  no  farther  than  by  transfer- 
ring a  few  words,  which  either  cannot  be  translated  or  are  of  disput- 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  101 

ed  meaning  ;  and  even  these  transfers  are  not  required,  provided 
the  various  members  of  the  Society  can  unite  in  using  the  versions 
as  they  use  the  English." 


That  such  expectation  is  asserted  or  implied  in  the  re- 
solutions of  the  Board,  we  positively  deny.  No  allusion 
is  made  to  the  "  original  tongues ;"  no  encouragement  is 
given  to  "  great  care"  concerning  them  ;  nothing  is  said 
about  "  transferrin?"  a  few  words." 

Tf  the  Board  of  Managers  have  really  enforced  or  im- 
plied any  requisitions  of  the  kind,  why  not  quote  the  words 
in  which  they  are  couched?  When  a  law  is  issued,  "it 
is  expected"  that  those  whom  it  concerns  will  regard  it. 
The  law  issued  to  translators  is,  to  "conform  in  the  prin- 
ciples of  their  translations  to  the  common  English  ver- 
sions ;"  and  now  after  it  has  been  four  years  in  force,  the 
Managers  inform  us  that  "it  is  expected,  that  missionaries, 
or  others,  who  prepare  new  versions,  will  translate,  as 
they  do  in  fact,  from  the  original  tongues  with  great  care." 
Surely  the  law  issued  regarding  the  matter,  is  little  adapt- 
ed to  encourage  such  expectations. 

They  are  also  "  expected"  to  imitate  "  the  English  no 
farther  than  by  transferring  a  few  words,"  &c.  Either 
then  the  "  missionaries  or  others  who  prepare  new  ver- 
sions" are  not  "  expected"  to  comply  with  the  wishes  of 
the  Board,  or  else,  to  "  conform  in  the  principles  of  trans- 
lation to  the  English  version,"  is  in  the  opinion  of  the  Ma- 
nagers, only  M  to  transfer  a  few  words  which  either  cannot 
be  translated,  or  are  of  a  doubtful  meaning."  We  will 
not  believe  that  the  Managers  after  six  months  delibera- 
tion, adopted  a  resolution  which  they  did  not  expect  to  be 
observed,  and  we  are,  therefore,  obliged  however  reluc- 
9* 


102  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

tantly,  to  adopt  the  latter  proposition.  We  say  "  reluc- 
tantly," for  we  are  reluctant  to  admit,  that  wise  men. 
after  mature  deliberation,  should,  to  express  such  a  simple 
idea,  employ  phraseology  which  does  not  convey  it,  but, 
instead  of  it,  conveys  ideas  of  the  utmost  magnitude  and 
fearfulness. 

But  now  let  us  examine  the  commentary  of  the  Mana- 
gers on  their  own  resolution.  There  can  be  no  dispute  re- 
garding words,  such  as  proper  names,  &c,  which  cannot 
be  translated.  To  deliberate  six  months  before  preparing 
a  resolution  to  require  translators  "  to  imitate  the  English 
by  transferring  a  few  words  which  cannot  be  translated," 
would  be  below  the  dignity  of  the  Board  of  Managers.  A 
translator  would  naturally  inquire,  "  What  else  did  you 
imagine  that  I  would  do  with  such  words?  If  I  could 
not  translate  them,  did  you  fear  that  I  would  omit  them  ?" 
It  is  perfectly  evident,  notwithstanding  their  own  com- 
mentary, that  the  Managers  never  intended  any  such  tri- 
fling, as  to  resolve  that  a  man  should  do  that  which  he 
could  not  avoid. 

The  commentary  must  then  be  abbreviated.  To  con- 
form in  the  principles  of  translation  to  the  common  En- 
glish version,  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Managers,  to  trans- 
fer a  few  words  of  disputed  meaning.  A  version  founded 
on  no  other  principle  (we  cannot  find  a  plural  in  the  idea) 
than  the  transfer  of  a  few  words  of  disputed  meaning,  is 
certainly  not  entitled  to  much  commendation,  and  least  of 
all  deserves  to  be  made  a  standard.  Still  those  "  few 
words"  may  be  of  so  great  importance,  that  although  the 
transfer  of  them  may  not  constitute  such  a  prominent  ex- 
cellence as  to  be  justly  called  "  the  principles"  of  its  trans- 
lation, yet  it  may  possibly  constitute  a  most  material  de- 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  103 

feet.  If  a  chapter  of  the  Bible  were  left  untranslated, 
and  printed  in  a  modern  version  as  it  appears  in  the  origi- 
nal Hebrew  or  Greek,  this  would  not  properly  be  regarded 
as  "  the  principles"  of  the  translation  of  the  book,  but  it 
would  constitute  in  the  eyes  of  a  man  who  conscientiously 
desired  to  give  the  whole  of  divine  truth  to  the  people  that 
received  that  version  a  most  lamentable  and  unpardonable 
blemish  in  the  work. 

But  the  Managers  are  sincerely  desirous,  a3  appears  by 
this  and  the  foregoing  paragraph,  to  convince  the  readers 
of  their  circular  that  they  require  very  little  of  the  Bap- 
tists.    We  as   sincerely  believe  their  professions.     They 
require  what  to  them  appears  a  very  small  matter.  They 
have  always  assured  us  that  they  regard  it  as  of  little  im- 
portance whether  a  man  be  immersed  or  sprinkled.     On 
the  other  hand  we  make  of  it  a  matter   of  conscience. 
They  speak  of  the  transfer  of  a  few  words  as  a  mere  mat- 
ter of  expediency.     We  again  regard  this  as  a  matter  of 
conscience.     We  cannot  question  whether  we  shall  or  shall 
not  give  the  whole  word  of  God  to  the  heathen  so  far  as 
human  ability  will  permit.     Money,  union,  expediency  and 
all  other  considerations  must  bow  before  conscience.  Such 
being  the  state  of  the  question,  is  it  right,  is  it  Christian, 
is  it  expedient,  for  those  who  regard  the  matter  as   light 
and  small,  to  press  their  views  to  the  cutting  off  of  those 
who  attach  to  it  the  highest  importance  ?     This  view  of 
the  subject  opens  a  field  of  inferences,  to  which,  without 
too  far  extending  this  examination,  we  cannot  even  allude. 
In  justification  of  their  conduct,    the  Managers   at  the 
close  of  this  paragraph  allude  to  a  measure  of  the  Ameri- 
can and  Foreign   Bible  Society,  and  from  that  infer  posi- 
tively and  explicitly  the  course  which  that  Society  "  will 


104  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

require  of  their  translators."  They  further  assume  that 
the  Society  alluded  to,  are  "  the  complainants."  In  all 
this  there  is  a  want  of  dignity  and  propriety  which  must 
strike  every  unbiassed  mind.  Let  us  for  a  moment  ima- 
gine that  the  inference  of  the  Managers  is  well  founded  ; 
to  what  will  it  amount  ?  A  Board  to  whom  are  intrusted 
the  interests  of  a  large  and  respectable  Society,  is  ex- 
plaining to  its  constituents  its  reasons  for  adopting  a  line 
of  policy  which  involves  numerous  inconsistencies,  and  re- 
pelling certain  charges  in  relation  to  that  policy.     Instead 


reasoning 


;  • 


of  disproving  these  charges  by  a  manly  course  of 
the  Board  infers,  or  imagines  that  another  society  will  dp 
as  badly  or  worse  in  similar  matters.  And  then  to  bind 
this  strange  reasoning  to  the  case  in  hand,  the  Board  al- 
leges, that  this  Society,  of  which  it  has  not  even  given  the 
name,  constitutes  "  the  complainants." 

To  such  reasoning  we  are  almost  at  a  loss  for  an  an- 
swer. What  in  the  name  of  logic  has  the  American  and 
Foreign  Bible  Society  to  do  with  the  question  whether  the 
American  Bible  Society  has  done  right  or  wrong  ? 

The  Managers  of"  the  American  cannot  have  founded 
their  action  on  that  of  the  American  and  Foreign  as 
the  former  had  acted  before  the  latter  was  called  into  ex- 
istence. 

Again,  to  call  the  latter  "  the  complainants,"  when  the 
"  charges"  which  the  Managers  are  endeavouring  to  re1* 
buke,  have  been  put  forth  in  almost  every  case  by  indi- 
viduals and  on  their  private  authority,  is  ungenerous  as  it 
is  unjust. 

But  the  inference  or  surmise  of  the  Managers,  which 
Ave  have  hitherto  treated  as  well  founded,  is  in  reality 
totally  destitute  of  foundation.     The  English  Bibles  and 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  105 

Testaments  issued  by  the  American  and  Foreign  Bible 
Society,,  are,  as  nearly  as  practicable,  an  accurate  reprint 
of  the  original  edition  of  the  present  English  ^version. — 
On  a  fly  leaf  preceding  the  New  Testament,  seven  words 
are  printed  with  the  Greek  corresponding  to  them,  and 
the  proper  meaning  of  those  words  given  by  a  single  En- 
glish synonyme.  The  whole  if  formed  into  a  sentence, 
would  make  about  the  length  of  a  common  verse  of  Scrip- 
ture. This  is  the  important  matter  which  is  magnified 
by  the  Managers  of  the  American  Bible  Society  into  a 
GLOSSARY  !  Were  it  not  for  the  great  respect  which 
we  really  entertain  towards  these  gentlemen,  and  the  be- 
lief that  they  have  acted  in  this  matter  without  due  con- 
sideration, we  would  hardly  have  condescended  to  notico 
6uch  an  attack.  But  what  shall  we  say  of  the  inference 
deduced  from  this  glossary — that  the  American  and  Fo- 
reign Bible  Society  will  impose  far  more  severe  "  restraint 
on  the  conscience  of  the  translator"  than  has  been  imposed 
by  the  Managers  of  the  American!  Those  who  can  dis- 
cern the  connexion  between  the  fact  and  the  inference, 
may  also  discover  the  proper  method  of  rebutting  the  lat- 
ter. As  we  have,  after  the  closest  study,  found  ourself 
incapable  of  effecting  the  former  we  shall  not  attempt  the 
latter  enterprise. 

We  have  now  reached  the  last  matter  treated  in  the 
circular  of  the  Managers — the  amount  of  moneys  contribut- 
ed by  the  Baptists  to  the  American  Bible  Society,  and 
the  disposition  which  ought  to  have  been  made  of  such 
funds.  It  would  be  in  vain  for  us  to  attempt  to  disguise 
the  feelings  of  repugnance  with  which  we  enter  upon  the 
discussion  of  such  a  subject.  The  questions  connected 
with  it  do  not  properly  affect  the  merits  of  the  controversy 


106  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

arising  out  of  the  stand  taken  by  the  American  Bible  So- 
ciety relative  to  Baptist  'versions  of  the  Holy  Scriptures. 
If  it  could  be  sustained  by  the  Board  of  Managers,  that 
they  had  pursued  an  invariable  policy  regarding  foreign 
translations  from  the  foundation  of  the  Society,  and  that 
this  policy  is  required  by  their  Constitution  and  the  ad- 
dress of  the  Convention  that  formed  the  Society,  they 
would  not  be  bound  by  any  principle  of  law  or  equity  to 
dispose  of  funds  contributed  without  condition,  otherwise 
than  as  their  Constitution  prescribed  ;  of  course,  not  to  re- 
turn them  to  the  donors  or  give  them  to  another  Society* 
On  the  other  hand,  if  the  Managers  have  adopted  a  new 
line  of  policy,  not  required  by  the  Constitution  or  address, 
but  antagonist  to  principles  contained  in  one  of  those  docu- 
ments, and  contrary  to  their  previous  course  of  action — 
a  policy  which  excludes  a  portion  of  the  donors  from  the 
justly  expected  benefits  of  their  donations — the  duty  of  the 
Managers  is  evidently  to  retrace  their  steps,  rescind  their 
resolutions,  abandon  their  new  line  of  policy,  and  resume 
harmonious  action  with  those  whom  they  have  disaffected. 
If  indeed  insuperable  obstacles  to  the  professed  a.nd  esta- 
blished constitutional  action  of  a  Society  occur,  it  may 
then  be  proper  to  disorganize  and  divide  the  funds,  and 
reorganize  upon  different  principles.  Such  an  emergency 
no  one  professes  to  have  discovered,  and  we  think  that  we 
have  proved  in  the  preceding  articles  that  the  true  state 
of  the  case  is  one  which  requires  the  Managers  to  return 
to  the  policy  which  for  twenty  years  they  pursued  with 
satisfaction  to  all  their  constituents. 

Under  these  circumstances  we  should  not  on  the  pre- 
sent  occasion  allude  to  the  amount  of  funds  contributed 
by  Baptists  to  the  American  Bible  Society,  had  not  more 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  107 

than  one  quarter  of  the  circular  of  the  Managers  been  de- 
voted to  an  earnest  endeavour  to  show  how  small  a  sum 
had  really  been  received  from  our  denomination.  We  do 
not  mean  to  censure  them  for  this  attempt,  although  we 
do  not  admire  the  manner  in  which  it  has  been  prose- 
cuted. 

Where  a  difference  of  opinion  exists  regarding  mone- 
tary calculations,  we  believe  that  it  is  not  customary  for 
one  party  alone  to  examine  the  books,  and  publish  a  state- 
ment founded  upon  them,  without  extending  an  invitation 
for  some  person  or  persons  interested  for  the  other  party 
to  be  present.  The  propriety  of  such  an  invitation  we 
imagine  to  be  most  manifest,  especially  when  the  accuracy 
of  the  supposed  calculations  depends  upon  a  knowledge  of 
numerous  names  and  persons  with  whom  the  second  party 
can  alone  be  believed  to  be  acquainted.  In  the  present 
instance,  the  difficulties  attending  a  contrary  course  of 
procedure,  appear  to  have  been  felt  by  the  Managers. 


"  In  relation  to  Life  Members,  it  is  not  easy  to  determine  the  pre- 
cise number  belonging  to  the  Baptist  persuasion.  In  looking  over 
a  list  of  more  than  4,000  names,  not  more  thon  about  100  can  be 
thus  identified,  while  several  of  these  were  constituted  members  by 
those  of  other  creeds,  and  several  more  are  still  friendly  to  the  So- 
ciety. But  allowing  there  were  150  Life  Members,  each  of  which 
has  contributed  $30,  the  total  would  amount  to  no  more  than 
$4,500,  to  be  added  to  $600  for  Life  Directorships." 

On  the  other  hand  the  Rev.  B.  M.  Hill,  a  resident  of 
this  city  when  the  circular  of  the  Managers  was  published, 
had  from  personal  examination  of  the  Reports  from  1329 
to  1336,  ascertained  that  there  were  "  at  least"  "  46  lay- 
men and  female  Life  Members,  by  tho  payment  of  $1665 ; 


208  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

and  140  clerical  Life  Members,  by  the  payment  of  $52G0 
all  of  whom  are  Baptists." 

This  information  has  been  frequently  published  and  was 
in  the  possession  of  the  Managers  when  they  issued  the 
circular ;  yet  they  have  not  availed  themselves  of  any  op- 
portunity of  testing  its  accuracy,  nor  that  of  their  own,  by 
inviting  the  aid  of  persons  extensively  acquainted  with  th© 
names  and  doings  of  Baptists,  while  preparing  their  state- 
ment. 

We  may  add,  that  the  list  of  names  of  Life  Members 
marked  by  Mr.  Hill  as  Baptists,  has  been  examined  by 
several  of  the  oldest  and  most  intelligent  Baptist  minis- 
ters in  the  United  States,  and  by  them  is  regarded  as  cor- 
rect so  far  as  it  extends.  It  would  be  improper  not  to 
add,  that  the  apprehended  deficiency  consists  in  the  omis- 
sion of  names  of  persons,  who,  from  lapse  of  time  and 
other  circumstances,  cannot  be  with  certainly  designated 
as  Baptists.  A  perfect  list  would  probably  much  increase 
the  number  of  Baptist  Life  Members. 

The  same  reasoning  applies  to  Life  Directors.  The 
Managers  can  out  of  400  find  only  four  from  contributions 
by  Baptists.     Mr.  Hill  has  found  at  least  ten,  and  adds, 

"  While  upon  this  subject  it  may  not  be  amiss  for  me 
to  remark  that,  while  the  above  proves  the  incorrectness 
of  the  assertion  that  '  there  is  only  one  Baptist  minister  a 
Life  Director,'  it  is  only  true  in  part  that  the  one  alluded 
to,  was  constituted  such  by  a  Presbyterian  elder.  That 
minister  was  a  Life  Member  by  the  payment  of  $30,  but 
the  Presbyterian  elder  subsequently  made  a  large  donation 
to  the  Society,  and  availed  himself  of  the  constitutional 
privilege  of  nominating  a  number  of  hi3  personal  friends 
as  Life  Directors  and  Members  \  of  this  number  the  minis- 


JLND    THE    BAPTISTS.  109 

ter  in  question  was  one,  by  the  addition  of  $120  to  the 
previous  subscription.  Here,  also,  I  think  proper  to  no- 
tice an  assertion  that  one  person,  at  least,  has  been  very 
forward  to  use  as  an  argument  to  prove  the  unprofitable- 
ness of  the  Baptists  as  '  partners  in  the  joint  concern'  of 
the  American  Bible  Society,  that  is,  that  they  have  but 
few  names  on  the  list  of  directors  and  members.  Now, 
those  lists  are  swelled  to  a  great  length  with  names  which 
appear  there,  not  always  upon  the  credit  of  their  own  sub- 
scriptions, .but  of  large  donations  or  legacies  of  other  indi- 
viduals. One  instance  of  which  I  have  named,  and  I  could 
name  others.  Indeed,  but  few  such  donations  have  been 
made  by  Pa^do-baptists  without  claiming  the  utmost  privi* 
lege  of  that  sort  to  which  they  were  entitled ;  while  on  the 
other  hand,  the  Baptists,  who  either  did  not  understand 
the  advantage  of  such  things,  or  were  entirely  indifferent 
to  them,  gave  their  money  readily,  without  seeking  any 
other  benefit  by  it  than  that  of  blessing  the  world  with  the 
word  of  God.  I  know  of  nearly  $20,000  being  contribut- 
ed by  Baptists  in  heavy  sums,  who  so  far  as  J  Gan  learn, 
did  not  confer  the  privilege  of  directorship  or  membership 
upon  a  single  person.  And  the  church  of  which  the  minis- 
ter just  alluded  to,  is  pastor,*  has  contributed  to  the  funds 

*  S.  II.  Cone,  Pastor  of  the  Oliver-street  Baptist  church,  New- 
York,  is  the  individual  thus  distinguished;  and  the  $120  were 
paid  by  Arthur  Tappau,  Esq.  As  the  mild  and  candid  correspond- 
ent of  the  Troy  3Iorning  Mail  has  thought  proper  to  bring  this 
subject  before  the  public,  we  have  deemed  it  due  to  truth  and  jus- 
tice to  state  the  following  facts :  In  1830,  a  legacy  of  $7,000,  left 
by  John  Withiugton,  a  Deacon  of  Oliver-street  church,  was  paid 
to  the  treasurer  of  the  American  Bible  Society.  In  1S33,  a  legacy 
of  $300  to  tho  same  Society,  was  bequeathed  by  Mrs.  Abijob 

10 


110  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

of  the  Society  enough  to  constitute  him  and  many  others,. 
Life  Directors,  if  they  had  chosen  to  do  so.  Therefore, 
although  I  have  shown  that  the  Baptists  present  a  respect- 
able number  of  names  whom  I  recognise  as  enjoying  the 
privilege  spoken  of,  (and  I  presume  thero  are  many  more 
whose  names  I  never  heard,)  yet,  had  the  liberal  benefac- 
tors to  whom  I  have  alluded,  chosen  to  avail  themselves 
of  the  constitutional  right  of  nominating,  the  Baptist  list  of 
directors  and  members  would  have  outnumbered  those  of 
any  other  denomination." 

We  shall  not  go  through  with  the  estimates  made  by  Mr. 
Hill,  although  from  extensive  correspondence  on  the  sub- 
ject since  the  commencement  of  these  articles,  we  arc  con- 
vinced that  in  placing  the  sum  total  of  Baptist  contribu- 
tions at  $100,000,  he  has  confined  himself  very  far  within 
the  true  amount.  A  strong  argument  against  Baptist  li- 
berality has  been  constructed  by  the  Managers  from  the 
fact,  that  only  one  of  our  denomination  contributed  for  the 

Marshall,  a  member  of  the  same  church.  From  1830  to  1835  in- 
clusive, the  Oliver-street  Female  Bible  Society,  being  a  branch  of 
lhe  New -York  Female  Bible  Society,  auxiliary  to  the  American  Bi- 
ble Society,  paid  in  like  manner  $786  72.  This  sum  was  of  course 
credited  to  the  New-York  Female  Bible  Society,  and  Poedo  bap- 
tists, at  a  distance,  would  never  dream  that  the  money  had  been 
given  by  Baptists.  Tbis  is  a  single  instance  of  Baptist  co-opera- 
tion with  the  American  Bible  Society  in  former  years.  How  many 
similar  cases  exist,  we  have  not  the  means  of  ascertaining  ;  but 
enough  is  certainly  known  to  convince  every  unprejudiced  mind, 
that  the  single  Baptist  minister  in  question  might  have  enjoyed 
the  honour  of  being  Life  Director  of  the  American  Bible  Society, 
without  the  intervention  of  foreign  aid;  and  that  all  insinuations 
about  Baptists  being  "  unprofitable  partners  in  the  joint  con- 
cern," are  too  vague  and  unfounded  to  be  safely  reiterated. 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  Ill 

cuilding  erected  by  the  Bible  Society.  No  allusion  is 
made,  however,  to  a  fact  equally  important  to  this  view 
of  the  case,  that  Baptists  are  almost  universally  opposed 
to  this  kind  of  endowment  of  voluntary  societies.  Our  Fo- 
reign Mission,  Home  Mission,  American  and  Foreign  Bi- 
ble, and  our  Publication  Societies  are  all  destitute  of 
such  endowments.  We  design  to  express  no  opinion  upon 
the  propriety  or  expediency  of  such  views,  but  we  state 
well  known  facts,  that  Baptists  in  this  country  conduct 
their  most  efficient  Societies  without  the  possession  of 
buildings,  and  tha't  they  entertain  strong  objections  against 
the  endowment  of  voluntary  institutions  by  the  possession 
of  any  kind  of  permanent  funds. 

While,  as  we  have  stated,  there  is  sufficient  evidence 
that  the  contributions  of  Baptists  have  amounted  to  more 
than  $100,000,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  in  many 
parts  of  the  country,  the  Baptists  constituted  one  third, 
and  in  some,  as  in  Chenango  county,  of  this  state,  and  in 
Beaufort  District,  S.  C,  more  than  one  half  of  the  sup- 
porters of  the  American  Bible  Society  ;  yet  it  was  a  prin- 
ciple invariably  observed  by  them,  to  denominate  no  aux- 
iliary even  when,  as  in  some  instances,  composed  wholly  of 
Baptists,  by  a  denominational  title. 

It  must  be  obvious  to  all  who  reflect  upon  the  matter, 
that  sufficient  information  concerning  the  contributions  of 
Baptists,  to  enable  a  person  to  form  correct  estimates, 
could  not  be  procured  from  Psedo-baptists  alone.  If  the 
question  were  asked,  how  much  have  Presbyterians  con- 
tributed to  the  American  Bible  Society,  there  would  be  a 
manifest  impropriety  in  requesting  Baptists  alone  to  point 
out  who  among  the  contributors  were  Presbyterians,  and 
what  proportion  they  gave  in  certain  districts,  and  then 


112  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

to  publish  the  result  to  the  world  as  the  sum  of  Pre  Eq 
terian  benefactions.     Yet  in  the  present  instance,  from  all 
our  inquiries  upon  the  subject,  we  cannot  ascertain  that  a 
single  Baptist  has  been  applied  to  for  information  which 
never  could  bave  been  procured  from  Pa?do-baptists. 

Of  the  $100,000  supposed  by  Mr.  Hill  to  have  beer, 
contributed  by  Baptists,  from  forty  to  fifty  thousand  were 
included  in  legacies.  The  Managers  admit  $18,000  in  the 
following  words : 

"  The  aggregate  of  legacies  received  from  Baptists,  m  I 
known  to  the  Board,  is  no  more  than  $18,000;  namely,  from  the 
estate  of  John  Fleetwood  Marsh,  deceased,  of  Eastcliester,  New- 
York,  $10,000;    from  that  of  John  Withington,  of    New-York, 
$7,000;  and  from  that  of  Josiah  Penfield,  of  Georgia,  $1,000. 

Of  the  rest  of  the  sum  they  thus  dispose. 

"But  it  is  said  that  although  the  $40,000  or  50,000  of  legacies 
spoken  of  as  furnished  to  the  Society  may  not  as  yet  be  actually 
paid  over,  still  that  sum  will  be  paidfrom  the  residuum  of  the  estate 
of  Mr.  Marsh,  according  to  the  provisions  of  his  will.  The  Ameri- 
can Bible  Society,  it  is  true,  is  one  of  the  residuary  legatees  of  said 
estate.  How  far  there  is  a  prospect  of  any  speedy  avails  from  this 
quarter  will  be  seen  after  reading  the  following  letter  from  the  ex- 
ecutor. This  letter  was  procured  in  consequence  of  a  statement  hi 
the  Baptist  Advocate  in  relation  to  this  residuum,  that  "a  simple  le- 
gal process  is  alone  necessary  to  transfer  it  to  their  (American  Bi- 
ble Society's)  coffers— a  process  which  the  Board  can  at  its  own 
option  pursue.'8 

"  Hackensack,  18th  Jan.  1840; 
"  Dear  Sip.,— In  reply  to  your  letter  of  the   15th  instant,  re- 
specting information  of  the  present  condition  of  the  legacy  left  by 
the  late  Mr-  Marsh  to  the  American  Bible  Society,  I  bave  to  state 
that  by  the  will  of  Mr.  Marsh,  the  Society,  in  addition  to  the  lega- 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  113 

ey  of  $10,000  which  has  been  paid,  are  residuary  legatees  in  com- 
mon with  the  grand-children  and  their  children  of  the  eight  uncles 
of  the  testator,  the  Society  to  receive  one-third — the  aforesaid 
children  the  other  two-thirds.  The  residuary  legatees  are  very 
numerous,  and  scattered  throughout  England.  We  have  ascer- 
tained about  one  hundred,  and,  from  information  received,  there 
are  at  least  as  many  more  whose  names  we  have  not  been  able  to 
ascertain.  Proceedings  have  been  instituted  in  the  Court  of  Chan- 
cery to  have  the  estate  settled,  but  from  various  causes  it  has  not 
been  brought  to  a  close,  and  when  it  wdl  be,  it  is  impossible  for 
me  to  say.  I  am  advised  that  I  canuot  safely  pay  any  of  the  resi- 
duary legatees  without  having  tliem  all  brought,  in  some  way,  into 
court,  so  as  to  be  bound  by  a  decree,  in  order  to  a  final  settlement 
of  the  estate. 

Very  respectfully,  yours,  &c . 

James  Hague." 

We  have  the  testimony  of  Mr.  Hague  to  different  indi- 
viduals, that  the  portion  of  the  residuum  thus  coming  to 
the  American  Bible  Society  was,  several  years  ago,  not 
less  than  $25,000,  and  we  know  that  at  the  compound  in- 
terest which  by  skilful  management  it  draws,  the  present 
amount  is  more  than  $30,000.  Here,  so  far  as  it  can 
affect  the  argument,  the  matter  might  be  left,  since  the 
legacy  is  as  much  a  bequest  of  a  Baptist  to  the  American 
Bible  Society  as  though  the  money  had  been  actually  re- 
ceived and  were  already  expended.  But  as  the  Managers 
make  an  important  point  of  the  fact  that  the  money  has 
not  yet  been  paid  over,  it  becomes  us  to  look  at  Mr. 
Hague's  note.  The  first  part  of  it  is  founded  upon  the 
will.  One  third  of  the  residuum  of  the  property  is  to  be 
paid  to  the  Society.  The  specific  legacies  have  been  paid 
and  the  residuum  is  in  the  executor's  hands.  No  clause 
in  the  will  prevents  him  from  paying  the  residuary  lega- 
10* 


114  AMERICAN    BIBLE    SOCIETY 

tees  so  soon  as  he  can  ascertain  the  amount  to  which  thej 
are  legally  entitled.  It  must  be  evident  at  a  glance  that 
the  share  of  the  Society  is  not  in  the  least  affected  by  the 
number  of  the  other  residuary  legatees.  There  may  be 
one  or  there  may  be  ten  thousand  of  the  latter,  and  still 
the  Society's  share  would  be  in  either  case  precisely  one 
third  of  the  whole  amount  now  in  the  executor's  hands. 
It  is  true  that  he  may  require  a  bond  of  indemnity  from  the 
Society  before  paying  over  the  money,  but  it  is  equally 
true  that  in  the  case  of  John  Withington  a  similar  bond 
was  demanded  and  freely  given.  It  is  also  true  that  Mr. 
Hague  has  said  on  more  than  one  occasion,  as  we  have 
been  informed,  that  he  is  prepared  to  pay  over  the  money 
whenever  such  bond  is  given. 

We  here  leave  this  painful  subject,  and  with  it  we  ter- 
minate our  remarks  upon  the  cicular. 

It  was  our  original  design  to  sum  up  the  facts  and  ar- 
guments which  we  have  adduced  to  disprove  the  state- 
ments and  confute  the  reasoning  of  the  Managers,  but  we 
fear  to  trespass  so  much  on  the  patience  of  our  readers. 
Enough  has  been  said  to  convince  every  candid  person 
that  the  late  policy  of  the  American  Bible  Society  towards 
the  Baptists  is  unjustifiable,  and  that  the  course  of  rea- 
soning by  which  the  Managers  have  endeavoured  to  sus- 
tain it,  is  unsound  in  argument  and  incorrect  in  matters  of 
fact. 

Such  is  the  history  of  the  events  which  produced  the 
separation  between  the  American  Bible  Society  and  the 
Baptists.  The  latter  had  for  nearly  twenty  years  cor- 
dially co-operated  with  other  evangelical  denominations 
in  the  dissemination  of  the  lively  oracles  of  God.  They 
wished  no  separation  ;  they  sought  it  iv>t.     They  adopted 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  115 

no  new  line  of  policy  ;  they  propagated  no  novel  doctrine  ; 
they  changed  no  existing  relation.  Yet  in  the  midst  of  ap- 
parent prosperity,  when  the  coffers  of  the  American  Bible 
Society  were  overflowing,  and  new  fields  of  usefulness  were 
eagerly  sought  for  the  disbursement  of  rapidly  increasing 
means,  the  Baptists  were  cut  off  from  participation  in  the 
funds.  The  measure  was  adopted  in  a  season  of  profound 
peace,  when,  more  than  at  any  preceding  period,  evangeli- 
cal denominations  in  this  country  were  united  in  benevo- 
lent action.  It  was  adopted,  not  only  without  provocation 
on  our  part,  but  against  our  most  earnest  protestations. 
It  was  adopted  in  view  of  the  heathen  perishing  for  lack 
of  knowledge,  and  in  the  face  of  an  infidel  world  ready  to 
rejoice   at  dissension  among  professing  christiansi 

The  American  Bible  Society  is  no  longer  what  it  was.  It 
once  towered  majestically,  a  pyramid  of  christian  benevo- 
lence. Firm  in  the  strength  of  its  impartiality  and  its  dis- 
interestedness, it  bid  fair  to  withstand  for  centuries  the 
varying  winds  of  denominational  feeling,  or  even  the  fierce 
storms  of  sectarian  persecution.  It  feared  no  danger  from 
enemies. 

But  in  a  moment  of  profound  calm,  its  professed  friends, 
the  very  guard  entrusted  with  its  defence,  have  loosed 
and  thrown  out  from  the  base  one  of  the  massive  stones 
that  sustained  the  immense  superstructure  ;  and  it  now 
stands — a  still  towering  fabric — but  mutilated,  disfigured, 
and  weakened. 


APPENDIX 


Ik  preparing  the  present  volume  for  the  press,  we  had. 
designed  to  compile  a  tabular  view  of  the  rendering  of 
0anTi<;u)  in  ancient  and  modern  versions  of  the  Scriptures, 
and  had  secured  the  promise  of  friends  to  assist  in  the  un- 
dertaking. In  the  mean  while  the  pamphlet,  the  title 
page  of  which  is  given  below  has  made  its  appearance, 
and  covers  nearly  the  whole  ground.  It  is  written  by  an 
Episcopalian,  and  therefore  cannot  be  suspected  of  an  un- 
due bias  towards  Baptist  views. 


A  Critical  examination  of  the  rendering  of  the  word 
Pclitti^w  in  the  ancient  and  many  of  the  modern  ver. 
sions  of  the  New  Testament,  with  especial  reference  to 
Dr.  Henderso?i,s  animadversions  upon  Mr.  Green' 
field's  statements  on  the  subject.  By  F.  W.  Gotch, 
A.  B.,  Trinity  College,  Dublin.  London:  Thomas 
Ward  fy  Co.  Paternoster  Row. 

PREFACE. 

In  laying  before  the  Public  this  little  work,  the  author 
is  well  aware  that  he  exposes  himself  to  the  charge  of 
having  spent  more  labour  upon  a  matter  of  verbal  criti- 
cism, and  that  too  relating  to  a  ritual  observance,  than 
was  warranted  by  the  importance  of  the  subject. 

To  anticipate  such  a  charge  may  not  prevent  its  being 
made  :  yet,  as  it  is  not  likely  that  the  writer  will  have  any 
other  opportunity  of  justifying  himself,  he  maybe  allowed 


APPENDIX.  117 

to  observe,  that  whilst  fully  admitting  the  small  import-* 
ance  of  his  subject,  compared  with  those  which  involve 
the  very  spirit  and  life  of  the  gospel,  he  yet  cannot  regard 
it  an  unimportant  thing  to  ascertain  the  truth  in  any  mat- 
ter connected  with  the  standing  laws  of  Christ's  kingdom. 

The  translations  of  the  New  Testament  now  made  for 
infant  churches  will  probably  exercise  a  powerful  and  en- 
during influence  on  the  future  developement  of  Christianity 
in  heathen  lands.  No  effort,  therefore,  to  render  these 
versions  as  perfect  as  the  limits  of  human  knowledge  will 
permit,  even  in  respect  to  subjects  of  secondary  import- 
ance, can  properly  be  looked  upon  as  superfluous  labour. 

Those  who  are  most  aware  of  the  difficulty  of  attaining 
perfect  accuracy  where  various  languages  are  used,  will, 
he  feels  assured,  not  only  be  most  ready  to  pai'don  ble* 
mishes,  but  to  give  credit  to  the  printer  for  the  beauty  of 
the  foreign  type,  and  the  correctness  with  which  it  is  em- 
ployed. 

Boxmoor,  Herts,  January,  1341. 


CRITICAL      EXAMINATION. 

In  the  course  of  the  controversy  which  has  for  the  last 
few  years  been  carried  on  respecting  the  mode  of  trans- 
lating the  words  which  designate  the  ordinance  of  Christian 
Baptism,  appeals  have  been  confidently  made,  by  both 
parties,  to  the  general  practice  of  former,  and  especially 
of  ancient  translators.  It  has  been  affirmed,  on  the  one 
hand,  that  the  method  adopted  by  the  Baptist  Missionaries 
is  altogether  an  innovation  ;  and,  on  the  other,  that  it  is 
sanctioned  by  a  great  majority  of  the  ancient,  and  by  many 
of  the  modern  versions. 

In  order  to  ascertain  the  truth  between  these  conflict- 
ing statements,  it  seems  desirable  that  the  question  should 
be  taken  up  simply  as  one  of  criticism,  and  that  we  should 
examine  de  novo  the  versions  which  have  been  appealed 
to.     The  following  pages  contain  an  attempt  at  such  an 


118  APPENDIX- 

examination.  It  has  been  undertaken  from  no  love  of  con- 
troversy, nor  from  any  desire  to  support  or  vindicate,  by 
an  ex-parte  statement,  the  movements  of  any  particular 
sectjpn  of  the  Christian  church.  It  has  originated  in  the 
de'sire  of  the  author,  first  of  all  to  ascertain  for  himself  the 
truth  ;  and  then,  as  far  as  he  is  able,  to  give  to  others  the 
means  of  farming  a  correct  judgment  on  a  subject  of  no 
small  importance  in  itself;  but  of  much  more  in  its  conse- 
quence's, as  it  bears  upon  the  general  question  of  the  man- 
ner in  which  translations  should  be  made 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood,  that  it  forms  no 
part  of  the  present  design  to  inquire  into  the  meaning  of 
the  Greek  word  Pa-imfa  :  the  only  point  to  which  the  au- 
thor's attention  is  directed,  is,  How  is  this  word  rendered 
by  translators. 

The  results  to  which  this  investigation  leads  will  be 
more  properly  stated  at  the  close  of  it.  To  refer  to  them 
now,  would  only  be 'to  prejudice  the  minds  of  readers  for 
or  against  the  statements  made,  according  to  their  previ- 
ous predilections.  It  seems  desirable,  however,  before  we 
enter  on  the  examination  of  particular  versions,  that  we 
should  glance  at  the  critical  inquiries  which  have  »been  al- 
ready made  on  the  subject. 

Robinson,  in  his  History  of  Baptism,  appeals  frequently 
to  the  authority  of  versions.  His  notices,  however,  are 
not  only  scattered,  but,  in  general,  very  cursory.  The  first 
occasion  of  any  thing  like  a  critical  examination  of  the 
words  employed  in  the  versions  appears  to  have  been  the 
attack  made  upon  the  Serampore  Mahratta  Version  of  the 
New  Testament,  in  the  Asiatic  Journal  for  September, 
1329.  It  was  there  brought  as  a  charge  against  Dr.  Ca- 
rey and  his  colleagues,  that  they  had  "  rendered  to  '  bap- 
tize' by  a  phrase  compounded  contrary  to  the  idiom  of  the 


APPENDIX.  119 

language,  but  which  can  signify  nothing  else  than  to  give 
a  dipping  or  immersion.1''  The  late  amiable  and  la- 
mented Mr.  Greenfield,  in  his  defence  of  that  version,  met 
this  charge  on  the  grounds  that  the  phrase  was  idiomatic ; 
that  it  was  a  correct  rendering  of  the  word  (iaiin^w  ;  and 
that  to  render  it  by  a  term  signifying  immerse,  was  in  ac- 
cordance with  established  usage.  It  is  to  this  last  point 
only  that  our  attention  is  now  directed.  "  It  may  be  safely 
affirmed,"  says  Mr.  Greenfield,  "  that  many  of  the  most 
accurate  and  valuable  versions,  both  ancient  and  modern, 
are  involved  in  the  same  accusation,  and  that  there  is  no 
one  which  is  directly  hostile  to  that  interpretation."  (p.  40.) 
And  he  adds  :  "  In  consistency,  if  that  aid"  {i.  e.  of  the 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society)  "  be  withdrawn  from 
the  Serampore  Missionaries  because  they  have  rendered 
Pcnrrifa  to  immerse,  then  must  it  also  be  withdrawn  from 
the  Churches  of  Syria,  of  Arabia,  of  Abyssinia,  of  Egypt, 
of  Germany,  of  Holland,  of  Denmark,  &c. ;  and  the  ve- 
nerable PeshitoSyriac  Version,  the  Arabic  Versions  of  tho 
Propaganda,  of  Sabat,  &c,  the  Ethiopian,  the  Coptic,  and 
other  versions  must  all  be  suppressed"  (p.  44).  These 
statements  were  supported  by  an  examination  of  the  terms 
employed  in  the  versions  referred  to. 

The  account  Mr.  Greenfield  gave  of  the  versions  met  an 
immediate  denial,  in  a  critique  originally  published  in  the 
Congregational  Magazine  for  March,  1830.  This  critique 
has,  owing  to  recent  controversy,  been  acknowledged,  and 
the  part  relating  to  this  question  reprinted,  by  Dr.  Hen- 
derson, in"  a  Letter  to  the  Rev.  A.  Brandram,  M.  A.,  on 
the  meaning  of  the  word  (la-xTi^u,  and  the  manner  in  which 
it  has  been  rendered  in  versions  sanctioned  by  the  Bible 
Society."  Dr.  Henderson  undertakes  to  prove,  that  in 
none  of  the  versions  mentioned  by  Mr.  Greenfield,  except 


120  A  P  P  E  N    D  I   X   . 

perhaps  the  Gothic,  does  the  term  used  for  fiazTifa  signify 
to  immerse.  "In  his  appeal  to  the  versions,"  says  Dr. 
Henderson,  "  we  cannot  but  deem  Mr  Greenfield  pecu- 
liarly unfortunate"  (p.  10;)  and  he  proceeds  to  support 
his  view  by  a  re-examination  of  several  of  the  versions  un- 
der consideration. 

An  examination  of  three  of  the  Eastern  Versions  (viz. 
Syiiac,  Ethiopian,  and  Coptic)  is  also  contained  in  a 
pamphlet  relating  to  the  present  discussion,  entitled  "  The 
Bible  Translation  Society  of  the  Baptists  uncalled  for  and 
injurious.      By  a  Baptist.     London,  1840." 

The  only  other  work  in  English,*  bearing  upon  the  sub- 
ject, with  which  the  author  is  acquainted,  is,  "A  Review 
of  Professor  Stuart  on  Christian  Baptism,  by  the  Rev.  Wil- 
lard  Judd  :  New-York,  1836;"  where,  in  an  Appendix  of 
sixteen  closely-printed  pages,  the  results  of  an  examination 
of  a  very  extensive  list  of  versions,  ancient  and  modern, 
are  given. 

None  of  these  examinations  appear  to  the  author  satis- 
factory. The  last  mentioned  is  the  most  extensive  ;  but 
Mr.  Judd's  statements  are  very  brief,  and  not  always  cor- 
rect as  to  the  facts.  Mr.  Greenfield's  examination  was 
undertaken  with  a  particular  object  in  view,  to  which  he 
has  closely  confined  himself;  and  he  therefore  is  altogether 
silent  respecting  several  of  the  ancient  versions.  The 
same  remark  applies  to  Dr.  Henderson,  who  wrote  in  an- 
swer merely  to  Greenfield.  The  authorities  adduced  by 
both  Greenfield  and  Judd  are  almost  entirely  the  Lexi- 
cons: in  quoting  from  which,  it  should  be  remarked,  how- 
ever, the  former  gives  many  passages  in  which  the  words 

*  Augusti  has  some  remarks  on  the  versions  of  Pazri^co,  i"  h'3 
"  Handbuch  dtr  ckristlicken  Archvologie,"  to  which  subsequent 
reference  will  be  made. 


APPENDIX.  121 

occur.  Dr.  Henderson,  on  the  other  hand,  distrusts  the 
authority  of  the  Lexicons;  but  he  seldom  gives  other  au- 
thority, by  distinctly  quoting-  the  passages  in  which  the 
words  occur  in  the  senses  which  he  affixes  to  them. 

It  will  be  seen,  in  the  course  of  the  ensuing  pages,  that 
the  author  refers  to  Dr.  Henderson's  pamphlet  more  fre- 
quently than  to  any  other  of  those  mentioned,  and  that  he 
ha"s  the  misfortune  to  differ  from  him  in  many  of  his  state- 
ments ;  yet  he  has  not  thought  it  needful  directly  to  reply 
to  all  that  he  conceives  to  be  erroneous  in  Dr.  Henderson's 
remarks,  much  less  to  confine  himself  to  those  versions 
which  have  been  the  subject  of  controversy  between  him 
and  Mr.  Greenfield.  His  object  is,  throughout,  a  general 
and,  if  possible,  and  impartial  examination  of  the  question  ; 
assuming  as  little  the  air  of  controversy  as  is  practicable 
on  a  subject  that  has  been  so  long  a  matter  of  debate. 


The  New  Testament  was  very  early  translated  into  the 
Syriac  language.  The  Peshito  Syriac  Version  is  generally 
referred  to  the  beginning  of  the  second  century  :  by  some 
critics,  even  to  the  close  of  the  first.  The  Philoxenian 
Version,  made  under  the  authority  of  Philoxenus,  orXena- 
yas,  bishop  of  Hierapolis,  is  to  be  referred  to  the  beginning 
of  the  sixth  century.  Fragments  of  another  version,  which 
has  been  called  Pahestino-Syriac,  have  been  discovered  in 
the  Library  of  the  Vatican  ;  and  the  manuscript  containing 
them  has  been  partially  collated,  but  not  printed. 

Our  examination  properly  commences  with  the  venera- 
ble Peshito  Version.  It  is  considered  to  be  the  earliest 
version  extant :  the  lamnjuge  differs,  probably,  very  little 
11 


122  A  P  P   E   X   D   I   X   . 

from  that  spoken  by  our  Lord  and  his  disciples  ;*  and  be- 
sides, with  regard  to  the  particular  point  in  question,  it 
may  be  considered  the  parent  of  many  other  Eastern  Ver- 
sions. 

The  root  which  it  employs  to  translate  Pairrtfa  and  its 
"  v 
derivatives  is  uniformly  |  V?S  {amad.)    Now,  in  order  to 

ascertain  the  meaning-  of  this  term,  which  has  been  the 
subject  of  much  discussion,  we  have  to  consider,  in  the  first 
place,  its  etymology,  and  then  its  use.  It  is  almost  super- 
fluous to  say  that  etymology  alone  will  not  suffice.  In 
every  language  we  may  find  innumerable  examples  of  an 
entire  departure  from  etymological  meaning;  and  in  lan- 
guages where  we  have  but  few  works  to  refer  to,  we  shall 
find  it  difficult,  frequently  impossible,  to  trace  the  grad<> 
tions  of  meaning,  or  form  any  probable  conjecture  of  the 
process  by  which  the  secondary  signification  was  pro- 
duced. 

v 

The  word  .-^  has  been  generally,  and  perhaps  cor- 
rectly referred  to  the  same  root  as  the  Hebrew  '"J^^ 
(found   also  in   the   Arabic   and  Ethiopic;)    the    general 

*  Dr.  Henderson,  with  singular  infelicity,  refers,  in  a  note,  to  this 
fact; — "When  our  Lord,"  lie  says,  "gave  the  commission  to  his 
disciples  to  baptize  all  nations,  there  is  every  reason  to  believe 
that  he  employed  the  identical  word  found  in  the  Peshito  Syriac 
Version"  (p.  11 ;)  the  meaning  of  which  he  affirms  to  be, '  to  stand 
up,'  '  stand  erect.'  Yet  this  word  is  translated  (for  it  must  be 
deemed  translation,  if  the  Syriac  be  the  original  term)  intoGr&ek 
°y  PaTTTifa.  Does  the  Greek  term,  then,  ever  mean  '  to  stand 
up,'  or  'stand  erect  ?'  or,  were  the  writers  of  the  New  Testament 
so  little  acquainted  with  Greek  as  uniformly  to  substitute  ficnrTitcj 
for  a  word  with  this  signification?  Unless  Dr.  Henderson  is  willing 
to  acknowledge  a  mistranslation,  in  this  instance,  on  the  part  of 
inspired  men,  he  must  acknowledge  that  the  meaning  he  has  given 
to  the  word  is  not  its  true  one.    It  is  not  that  which  they  gave  it. 


A  P  P  E   N  D  I  X  .  123 

meaning  of  which  is,  undoubtedly,  '  to  stand,."1  In  the  Sy- 
riac,  however,  I  am  not  aware  of  any  instance  in  which 
the  verb  has  such  a  meaning,  or  any  of  the  words  which 
are  apparently  derived  from  it,  except  J9P  V?,^*  a  pillar 
or  column*  Dr.  Henderson  indeed  asserts,  that  the  verb, 
"like  its  cognate  ^^^  *n  Hebrew,  signifies,  l  to  stand 
up?  '  stand  erect ;'t  but  he  gives  no  quotation  to  authorize 
such  a  meaning ;  and  Michaelisf  expressly  states  that  he 
does  not  find  in  the  Syriac  the  signification  of  standing 
which  is  common  to  the  other  Oriental  languages,  unless  it 
be  in  the  derivative  above  mentioned. 

Another  derivation  therefore,  as  is  well  known,  has 
been  proposed  by  Michaelis,  and  certainly  not  without 
plausibility.    He  derived  the  Syriac  word  from  the  Arabic 

'£  (  ghamata,)  which  signifies  to  immerse,  instead  of 


/VTX  {amada. )  The  changes  of  the  letters  would  furnish 
but  little  difficulty.     The  Arabic  alphabet  is  so  much  more 


*  The  writer  of  the  Letters  on  the  "Bible  Translation  Society 
of  the  Baptists"  speaks  of  "  derivatives  of  the  Syriac  |.V?\ 
occurring  "in  two  places,  1  Tim.  iii.  15.  and  Gal.  ii. 9.,  both  mean- 
ing columns  or  pillars."  It  is  somewhat  unusual  to  speak  of  the 
singular  and  plural  of  a  noun  (as  is  the  case  here)  as  two  deriva- 
tives of  the  same  root.  This  noun  also  occurs  in  Rev.  iii.  12.  and 
x.  1. 

t  P.  10.  The  signification  of  the  Hebrew  is  not  emphatically 
stand  up  or  erect,  as  Dr.  Henderson's  statement  implies.  That  it 
may  occasionally  be  so  rendered  with  propriety,  is  not  denied  ;  but 
it  cannot  be  always,  nor  indeed  frequently.  A  reference  to  any 
Lexicon  will  show  that  the  idea  of  erectness  of  posture  is  no  part 
of  the  radical  meaning  of  the  word.  See  2  Chron.  vi.  13,  where  it 
is  said  that  Solomon  "  stood,  and  kneeled  down  upon  his  knees." 

|  Lexicon  Syriac um  sub  voce. 


}24  APPENDIX. 

copious  than  the  Hebrew  or  the  Syriac,  that  roots  which  in 
that  language  are  distinct  arc  frequently  confounded  in  the 
others.  As  an  example  of  this  amalgamation  of  two  root?, 
in  respect  to  the  letters  £  (  Ain)  and  £  (Ghain,)  the  root 

WjQ^r  Heb.,^>-0.   Syr-,  maybe   mentioned.     The  verb 

\\,^i  mpiinsto  immerse:  thenoun^S.  (Heb.  3/^1j£5^) 

a  finger,  especially  the  first  or  index  finger.  Where  is 
the  connexion  between  the   two  1     The  Arabic  makes  it 

clear,  by  referring  the  two  words  to  different  roots  «-y0 
(tsabaa)    "  intendit   digitum,"    whence  *  <AJo|     (atsba) 

"digitus;"  and    '"'   (tsabagha)   "  tinxit,  immersit."* 

Indeed,  there  could  be  no   distinction  in  Syriac  between 
and     •  The  change  of  the   ^   into   the  Syriac  9 

is  not  so  easy  ;  yet  we  know  that  letters  of  the  same  organ 
are  interchangeable  ;  and  it  seems  to  have  been  on  this 
general  principle  that  Michaelis  rested,  since  he  gives  no 
example  of  such  a  change.  Hoffman,  in  his  Syriac  Gram- 
mar, gives  an  instance  of  a  precisely  similar  change  in  a 

x   .  f  *   .  * 

proper    name,    "  Artageram    j  *  ^  ?*[  1     j-A^93fll     et 

j.AA^-5fll  scribunt.',t  The  difficulty  of  the  hypothesis, 
however,  is  this,  that  the  very  word  exists  in  Arabic  ;  and 
is  used  (as  we  shall  afterwards  see)  in  precisely  the  same 
sense  as  it  is  in  the  Syriac,  as  well  as  with  the  meaning  of 

*  Freytag  Lex.  Arab,  sub  voce. 
f  Hoffmanni  Grammat.  Syr.  p.  123. 


APPENDIX.  125 

causing  to  stand,  or  supporting.  On  this  account,  a  de- 
rivation from  another  root  seems  forced.  If  it  be  at  all  ad- 
missible, it  must  be  explained  on  the  supposition  of  the 
word  already  in  use  among-  the  Syrians  having  been  adopted 
from  them  by  the  Arabian  Christians,  to  express  the  ordi- 
nance of  baptism  without  reference  to  their  own  word? 
from  which  it  had  been  originally  derived.  Freytag,  in 
his  larger  Lexicon,   expressly  refers   to  the  Syriac  as  the 

source  from  which  aTX  has  acquired  the  meaning  bap- 
tize. But  the  fact,  if  admitted,  proves  nothing  as  to  the 
etymology. 

Augusti,  Professor  Stuart,  and  Dr.  Lee  agree  in  taking 
the  primary  signification  to  be  '  to  stand,;'*  and  deduce  the 
meaning   '■baptize'  from  it,   through  the   intervention  of 
'  confirm?  the  rite   of  confirmation  being  in  the  Eastern 
Church  connected  with  baptism.     A  Rabbinical  use  of  the 
Hebrew  word    seems  to  favour  this    account.      Buxtorf 
gives,  as  one  meaning  of  the  Hiphil  of  ""J)^'  constituere; 
and  quotes  from  the  Rabbinical  treatise,  Pirke  avoth,  c.  1. 
■nWfi     n^Ti      uTTftbft       i(  constitute    dis- 
cipulos  multos."* — This,  however,  furnishes  at  best  a  very 
precarious  ground  on  which  to  rest  the  argument.     No  in- 
stance is  adduced  of  the  Syriac  word  ever  meaning  to  con- 
firm  or  to  initiate.     Augusti's  method  of  explaining  why 
a  word  signifying  '  confirmation,'  rather  than  one   whose 
proper  meaning  was  the  same  as  the  Greek  term,  should 
be  used,  is  ingenious.     "  We  may,"  he  says,  "regard  as 
the  especial  ground  of  choice  of  this  word,  the  fact,  that 
the  Syrian  Church  could  not  well  take  the  word*'za£a' 
for  this  purpose,  since  this  had  come  into  misuse  and  bad 
report  through  the  Zabians   and  Hemerobaptists.     Thev 

51  Buxtorf.  Lex.  Rabbin,  et  Talmud,  col.  1622. 
11* 


126  A  P  V   K  X  D  I  X  . 

hesitated,  in  particular,  to  call  John  the  Baptist,  accord- 
ing to  the  custom  of  his  false  followers,  Zabo ;  but  they 
chose  the  apparently  fit  word  Maamdono  (/fajmorfo,) 
Which  we  find  Matt.  iii.  1.  xi.  11.  They  chose  also  the 
word  MaamudUo ;  by  which  could  be  expressed,  not  in- 
deed the  nature  and  manner  of  the  rite,  but  yet  the  design 
and  effect  of  the  sacred  act,  in  opposition  to  the  antichris- 
tian  and  heretical  lustrations.""  No  proof,  however,  is 
offered  by  Augusti  that  the  Mendai  Jahia,  or  disciples  of 
John,  were  in  existence  at  so  early  a  period  as  that  of  the 
Syriac  Translation"^  and  even  if  this  were  established, 
proof  would  still  be  required  that  they  had  then  assumed 
the  designation  Zabians.\ 

*  Augusti  Handbuch  der  christlichen  Archaologic,\'o\.  II.  pp 
311,312.     Leipzig,  183G. 

t  The  whole  history  of  this  sect  is  very  obscure.  It  was  a  cur- 
rent opinion  amongst  German  critics,  fifty  years  ago,  that  their  ori- 
gin was  to  be  traced  to  gome  disciples  of  John  the  Baptist  who  did 
not  admit  the  divine  mission  of  Jesus, and  that  the  Gospel  of  John 
was  directed  against  their  errors.  See  Michaells  Introd.  Vol.  III. 
ch.  7.  §  4,  5.  The  opinion  of  their  early  origin  is  still  maintained, 
not  only  by  Augusti,  but  also  by  Neander,  in  his  AUgenuine  Ges- 
chichle  der  christl.  Kiiche,  1  B.  p.  646.  On  the  other  hand,  Knapp 
(Scripta  Varii  Argumenti,  T.I.  p.  159,)  Tittman  (Melemata  Sacra, 
p.  15  seqq.,)  and  other  critics,  deny  that  there  was  any  sect  of 
John's  disciples  in  the  Apostolic  age  ;  and  many  consider  them  a 
Mahometan  rather  than  a  Christian  sect  (Adelung's  Mithridates, 
T.  I.  p.  339.)  For  authorities  relating  to  them,  see  Kuinoel  Proleg. 
in  Evang.  Joh.  §  5.  De  Wettc  Lehrbuch  der  hist.-crit  Einlettuvg 
in  d.  N.  T.  §  107.  b.    Credner  Einleitung  in  d.  N.  T.  §  100. 

%  Dr.  Henderson  refers  to  this  sect,  under  the  name  Mendai  Ja- 
hia, in  a  note  (p.  11  ;)  and  asserts  that  they  now  perform  baptism 
by  pouring ;  using  the  formula,  "  I  renew  thy  baptism,  in  the  name 
of  our  Father  and  Saviour  John,  who  in  this  manner  baptized  the 
Jews  in  Jordan,  &c."  Dr.  Henderson  does  not  give  his  authority 
for  this  statement;  and  1  have  in  vain  sought  for  confirmation  of  it- 


APPENDIX.  127 

On  the  whole,  it  appears  that  we  can  gain  little  from  the 
etymology  of  the  word;  for,  first,  there  is  not  only  no  proof 
that  the  Syriac  word  is  connected  etymologically  with  the 
same  form  existing  in  cognate  languages,  and  having  the 
signification  '  to  stand,''  but  there  are  some  grounds  for 
suspecting  a  different  origin  ;  and,  secondly,  if  there  were 
such  a  connexion,  it  is  plain  that  it  is  not  in  that  sense  that 
it  could  be  employed  as  an  equivalent  for  Patrrifa,  and 
consequently  must  have  acquired  a  secondary  meaning. 

We  must  therefore  appeal  to  the  use  of  the  word.  On 
this  point  the  Lexicons  are  decided.  Castel  and  his  edi- 
tor Michaelis,  Buxtorf,  and  Schaaf,.  are  all  unanimous. 
The  first  gives  the  following  meanings :  "  Ablutus  est,  bap- 
tizatus  est.  Aphel,  immersit,  baptizavit."  Buxtorf  gives, 
"  Baptizari,intingi,  ablui,  abluere  se.  Ethp.  Idem.  Aphel, 
baptizare."     Schaaf;   "  Abluit  se,  ablutus,  intinctus,  im- 

Robinson  (History  ofBaptism,  p.  496)  says,  al!  are  agreed  that  they 
administer  baptism  in  rivers  by  immersion.  The  German  autho- 
rities referred  to  above,  though  they  state  nothing  precisely  as  to 
their  mode  of  performing  baptism,  all  agree  in  representing  them 
as  designated  by  a  word  which  signifies  '  dippers.'  Their  assump- 
tion of  the  name  Zabians,  at  whatever  period,  invalidates  Dr.  Hen- 
derson's argument,  drawn  from  what  he  states  to  be  their  present 
practice  It  seems  highly  improbable  that  the}  should  at  first  pour, 
then  immerse,  and  now  again  pour.  It  was  indeed  formerly  said 
that  the  name  Zabians  or  Sabaeans  was  given  them  from  their  wor- 
shipping the  host  of  heaven,  £$^2^[.  (Sale's  Koran,  Prelim. 
Diss  p.  20.)  But  it  would  seem  that  different  sects  were  confound- 
ed, owing  to  the  similarity  of  their  designations:  and  all  recent  au- 
thorities agree  in  deriving  the  designation  of  the  Mendai  Jahia 

v  ■ 
from  the  Syriac  word ^^Q.  5  the  meaning  of  which  Dr.  Hender- 

son  gives,  "  to  sink,  dip,  or  put  under  water."    See,  in  addition  to 

the  authors  already  referred  to,  Michaelis  Lex.  Syr.  sub  voce 
v 


128  APPENDIX. 

mersus  in  aquam,  bapti/atus  est.  Ethpeel,  Idem  quod 
Peal.  Aphel,  immersit,  baptizavit."  Gutbier,  in  the 
small  Lexicon  affixed  to  his  addition  of  the  Syriac  Testa- 
ment, gives  the  meanings,  "  Baptizavit,  baptizatus  est.  It. 
sustentavit;"  but  without  any  reference  to  support  the  last 
meaning,  and  it  is  apparently   introduced  simply  for  the 

.o   >       v 
purpose  of  deducing  from   the  verb  the  noun   fcriVnV 

columna.  With  this  exception,  the  authority  of  the  Lexi- 
cons referred  to  is  altogether  against  any  such  meaning  as 
"  to  stand."  Schaaf  compares  the  word  with  the  Hebrew 
*]*ft$  stetit,  and  the  Arabic  iVf.C-  Re  alliore,  col- 
timna,palo,  sustimrit,  fulsit,  stabilavit,  erexit,  &c,  but 
does  not  give  the  slightest  hint  that  any  of  these  meanings 
are  extant  in  the  Syriac  verb. 

The  authority  of  Lexicons,  however,  is  of  small  account, 
unless  it  can  be  confirmed  by  the  use  of  the  word.  We 
therefore  proceed  to  an  examination  of  the  Syriac  Version, 
and  Syrian  Authors,  on  the  point  in  question. 

v 

In  the   Syriac  New  Testament,  the  verb  .  V^V  occurs 

eighty  times,  answering  in  seventy-nine  instances  to  the 
verb  Pa-rrri^w,  in  one   (Matt.  iii.  7)  to  the  noun  tSaTTTiajia  ' 

the  noun  f  ^  V^  Wa  occurs  fifteen  times,  answering  in 
fourteen  instances  to  fiaimarlii  and  in  one  to  the  partici- 

c >      =r    >  y 

pie  PcurTifav  :  the  noun  |  A  A.«n  Vo  Wo  occurs  thirty- 
one  times,  answering  to  /?a7rr«cr^a  in  twenty-one  instances, 
to  PaxTicuds  in  four,  to  (poriaOivres  in  two  (Heb.  vi.  4.  and 
x.  32.  where  'being  enlightened/  is  manifestly  taken  by 
the  translator  as  a  figurative  expression  for  having  been 
baptized  in  accordance  with  the  well-known  usage  of  the 


APPENDIX.  129 

Fathers;*)  and  to  Ko^v^Bfidpa  in  four,  viz.  John  v.  2,  4,7. 

and  ix.  7.     The  root  thus  is  used,  in  all,  in  126  instances. 

The  Greek   verb  /Janri^o  occurs  eighty  times,  the    noun 

fiaizTiGTns  fourteen,  Panna/to.    twenty-two,     and    ffairricudi 

four;  in  all,  120.     From  this  comparison  it  will  be  seen, 

that  in  every  instance  where  the  word    fiairrtfa  or  any  of 

its    derivatives,   is  employed  in  the  Greek,  some  form  of 

v 
the  root   .  Vn  V  js  used  in  the  Syriac,  and  that  the  noun 

J  A  a  ^VnX^n  (wVnVb  signifies  both  baptism  and  bap- 
tistery) is  used  where  no  derivative  of  0<iitti$oi>  is  em- 
ployed ;  twice  as  a  figurative  designation  of  '  baptism,'  and 
four  times  in  a  sense  connected  with  the  meaning  '  bap- 
tistery,' as  the  translation  of  Ko\vfxPfidpa,  a  pool  or  bathing 
place;  a  use  which  the  noun,  signifying  the  place  where, 
baptism  was  perform  d,  could  scarcely  have  acquired,  un- 
less the  verb  designating  the  act  of  baptism  had  been  un- 
derstood to  mean  bathe  or  immerse.  We  are,  moreover, 
warranted  in  concluding,  that  though  the  term  was  pecu- 
liarly approp  iated  to  th  -  ri  e  of  Christian  baptism,  as  is 
manifest  from  its  being  used  as  the  translation  of  (pcjTiadeureg, 
it  was  nevertheless  regarded  by  the  Syriac  translator  as 
synonymous  with  0aim(w  in  all  the  senses  in  which  that 
word  is  used  in  the  New  Testament,  and  not  as  simply  ex- 
pressive of  the  Christian  rite:  see,  e.  g.,  Mark  vii.  4. 
Luke  xi.  38.  where  the  word  is  used  in  reference  to  Jewish 
ablutions.     These  examples  preclude   the  idea  of  taking 

*  Vid.  Fuiceri  Thesaurus  Eccles.  sub.  voce  <f>c.m£a).  To  obviate 
the  possible  objection,  which  this  interpretation  may  be  supposed 
to  furnish  to  the  antiquity  of  the  Syriac  Version,  it  may  be  re- 
marked, that  Michaelis  on  other  grounds  supposes  that  the  transla- 
tion of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  is  of  later  date  than  the  other 
parts  of  the  Peshito  Version. 


130  APPENDIX. 

one's  station  at  or  in  the  water,  which,  according  to  Dr 
Henderson,  is  its  meaning;  and  that  of  confirming,  which 
Augusti  and  Dr.  Lee  maintain.  The  meaning  which  the 
translator  designed  to  convey  in  these  passages,  was  neither 
of  these,  but  ablution.  Dr.  Henderson's  view,  or  Augus- 
tus may  explain  how  the  word  came  to  have  this  meaning; 
and  many  other  hypotheses  may  do  the  same  ;  but  the  fact 
seems  clear,  that  it  had  acquired  in  the  time  of  the  Syriac 
translator  the  meaning  which  the  Lexicons  give,   "  abluit 

56." 

In  the  Syriac  Translation  of  the  Old  Testament,  which 

was  made  about  the  same  time  as  that  of  the  New,  the 

v 
word  flfl.^  is  used  in  one  instance,  and  signifies  'im- 
mersion,' or 'passing  through  water'  (Num.  xxxi.  23.) 
"  All  that  abideth  not  the  fire,  ye  shall  make  go  through 
the  water."  .  ^^VnV]  |i^^  "Ye  shall  im- 
merse in  water." 

Ephraim  Syrus,  who  lived  in  the  fourth  century,  uses 
the  word  frequently,  and,  as  far  as  I  have  been  able  to 
discover,  always  in  reference  to  Christian  baptism.  In 
many  cases,  the  connexion  in  which  it  stands,  implies 
that  he  understood  by  it  'immersion;'  as,  for  example,  in 
a  hymn  in  which  he  speaks  of  the  spirit  and  fire  visible  in 
different  parts  of  the  life  of  Christ:  "  Behold  the  fire  and 
the  spirit  (7L^^  jjoLiS  A  ^ffi^V  in  the  ri- 
ver in  which  thou  wast  baptized  *  !"  This  however  might 
be  explained,  according  to  Dr.  Henderson's  hypothesis,  of 
a  "person's  taking  his  station  at  or  in  the  water."  The 
following  instance,  however,  is  explicit,  and  seems  liable 
to  no  such  exception.     Speaking  again  of  Christ,  he  says, 

*  Assomanni  Bibliotheca  Orientalie,  T.  I.  p.  101. 


APPENDIX.  131 

"  How  wonderful  is  it  that  thy  footsteps  were  planted  on 
the  waters;  that  the  great  sea  should  subject  itself 
_*"*  t  S  ""^  *■■)  to  thy  feet;  and  that  yet  at  a  small 
river  that  same  head  of  thine  should  be  subjected  to  be 
bowed  dozen  and  baptized  xnitV     > y  A  O    Offl    wS| 


)i^|     |?<tl1^     ova    t  VrSo     ^s??  .    joci 

l  *">  \A  a. J  .*     In  this  example,  not  only  is  the  manner 

of  the  baptism  expressed  by  the  word  ■!-.'">?  (which  is 
found  in  John  xix.  20.  "he  bowed  his  head,")  united  with 
B.Lfl-^  but  there  is  a  contrast  drawn  between  the  sea  be- 
ing  subjected  to  the  feet  of  Christ,  and  his  head  being 
subjected  to  a  small  river ;  which  seems  to  admit  of  no 
other  sense,  than  that,  as  the  sea  was  placed  under  his 
feet,  so  his  head  was  placed  under  the|river. 

In  the  Ritual  of  the  Nestorians,  which  is  recorded  to 
have  been  compiled  by  Jesujabus  Adjabenus,t  Patriarch 
of  this  section  of  the  Syriac  Church  from  the  year  650  to 
660. +  there  occur  the  following  directions,  respecting  the 
administration  of  baptism : — "  The  deacons,  properly  at- 
tired, lead  the  children  covered  with  a  veil,  lest  the  holy 
oil  should  touch  their  garments ;  and  bring  them  to  the 
priest,  who,  standing  on  the  western  side  of  Jordan,  [i.  e. 
the  font  or  baptistery]  turns  the  face  of  the  child  to  the 

*  Ephraim  Syri  Opera  Gr.  Syr.  et  Lat.  studio  Assemanni.  Rom. 
1732—4G.  T.  III.  p.  24  It  is  much  to  be  lamented  that  there  is  no 
index  to  this  splendid  edition  of  the  works  of  Ephraim  ;  doubt- 
less, with  such  aid,  other  passages  might  be  found.  As  it  is,  this, 
which  is  the  fruit  of  a  somewhat  laborious  search,  must  suffice. 

t  Assemanni  Bibliothcca  Orientalis,  T.  III.  Pt.  2.  p,  ccxli. 

+  Ibid.  T.  III.Pt.1.  p.  113. 


132  a  P  P  B  n  nix. 

east,  and  dips  him  in  water,    JaJsCLO    01^    \j£i^t±£> 
and  lays  his  hand  upon  his  head  and  says,  Such  a  on 

0  A-     O 

baptized      ^   r  IsO^  in    the  name    of    the    Father, 

V 
&c."  *     Here  .  V)  V    is  evidently  considered  to  be  syno- 

v 
nymous  with  ^  *-»  I    tne  meaning  of  which    isT   unques- 
tionably, to  be  immersed. 

This  examination  leads  us  to  a  very  different  conclusion 
from  that  of  Dr.  Henderson,  who  asserts  that  "  - 
sense  (viz.    of  immersing)  cannot   be  proved  to   attach 
either  to  the  etymology  of  the  word  or  to  its  actual  use  in 
any  part  of  the  New  Testament"  (p.    10;)  and  after- 
wards, that  the  reader  of  the  Syriac  New  Testament  hai 
only  to  consult  the  passages  in   which  baptism  is  9] 
of,  and  he  will  find  that  this  ancient,   and  venerable  ver- 
sion, so  far  from  yielding  any  support    to   the  hypotl 
that  immersion  of  the  body  in  water  is  th<-  mode  in  which 
John  and  our  Lord's  disciples  performed  that  rite,  goes, 
on  the  contrary,  to  establish  the  opinion  that  it  was  per- 
formed by  the  application  of  waier  to  the  body  in  a  stand- 
ing posture,  such  as  we  lind  in  the  ancient  reprei 
tions"  (p.  11.)     Now,  with  regard  to  the  etymolo 
the  word,  it  is  readily  conceded,  that  from  that,  im 
cannot  be  proved  to  be  its  meaning.     But  as  respects  its 
use,  it  has  been  shown  to  be  absolutely  necessary  to  give 
some  other  meaning  than  that  of  li  standing ;"  and  that 
the  meaning  which  actually  is  given  in  the  version  of  the 
Bible,  as  well  as  by  Syriac  writers,  is  immersion  or  ablu- 
tion. 

It  is  no  answer  to  this  statement,  to  say,  with  Dr.  lien- 

*  Aseeraanni  Bibliotheca  Orientalis,  It.  III.  Ft  2.  p  ccxliii. 


APPENDIX.  133 

derson,  that  "where  a  word  signifying  'to  dip1  is  requir- 

v 
ed,  the  verb  employed  is  not  g^fl^    the  verb  uniformly 

v 
used  in  reference  to  baptism,  but"\^  .,"  if  it  has  been 

shown  that  the  meaning  of  the  former  word  is  immerse. 

v 
No  one  doubts  that     ^>£>»   has  that  meaning,  but  it  does 

not  therefore  follow  that       VqV^  has  not. 

The  PhilOxenian  Syriac  Version  does  not  require  a 
special  examination.  The  same  word  is  used  there  as  in 
the  Peshito,  and  of  course  with  the  same  meaning. 

ARABIC. 

The  Arabic  Versions  next  claim  our  attention,  not  on 
account  of  their   antiquity   or  critical   authority,   but  be- 
cause they  are,  particularly  as  regards  the  question  under 
consideration,  connected  with  the  Syriac.     The  history  of 
the  early    Arabian  Versions  is   very  obscure.     The  first 
printed  edition  of  the  Gospels  is  that  published  at  Rome 
in  1590;  and  the  same  impression,   with   another  title- 
page,  bearing  the  date   1C19.     Michaelis  considers  that 
this  version  must  have  been  long  and  generally  known  in 
Asia ;  and  Marsh  refers  it  to  a  period  not  later  than  the 
eleventh  century.     How  much  earlier  it  may  be,  there  is 
no  evidence  to  decide.     No  Arabic  Version,  however,  it 
is  generally  supposed,  can  be  .referred  to  an  earlier  pei'iod 
than  the  seventh  century.  •   From  this  edition,  the  Arabic 
Gospels  in  the  Paris  Polyglott  (1645,)  and  the  London 
Polyglott   (1657,)    were,    with   some    alteration,    taken. 
Erpenius  published  the  New  Testament  in  Arabic  at  Ley- 
den  in  1616,  from  a  manuscript  of  the  thirteenth  or  four- 
teenth century.     His  edition  is  very  much  esteemed,  but, 
12 


134  APPENDIX. 

unfortunately,  very  rare.  With  regard  to  the  Gospel?,  it 
is  said  to  present  the  same  version  substantially  as  the 
edition  at  Rome.  The  remaining  books  of  the  New  Tes- 
tament in  the  Paris  Polyglott  were  printed  from  a  manu- 
script of  the  fourteenth  century,  and  from  it  reprinted  in 
the  London  Polyglott.*  Besides  these  ancient  versions, 
there  are,  the  Version  of  the  Propaganda^  Rome  (1671,) 
and  of  the  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge, 
London,  1727  ;  both  of  which  have  for  their  basis  the 
Polyglott  Version,  but  have  been  altered  by  their  respec- 
tive editors  ;  the  one  to  accord  with  the  Vulgate,  the  other 
with  the  Greek  Text.  A  new  translation  of  the  whole 
Bible  in  Arabic  was  undertaken  about  thirty  years  ago, 
by  Sabat,  then  an  apparently  sincere  and  zealous  convert 
from  the  Mohammedan  religion;  and  his  version  of  the 
New  Testament  was  published  at  Calcutta  inl816,  at  the 
expense  of  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society. 

From  this  sketch,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  ancient  Ara- 
bic Versions  are  not  to  be  considered  as  independent  wit- 
nesses ;  and  it  will  suffice  to  examine  at  length  the  Arabic 
of  Walton's  Polyglott,  which  is  most  accessible. 

The   Arabic   of   the   Polyglott  employs    two  different 

words   to   designate   Christian  baptism,  ATf  (amada) 

and  Aj^jq  (tsabagha:)  the  former  of  these  verbs  oc- 
curs, as  the  translation  of  (3a7rri^u,  forty-seven  times; 
the  latter,  thirty-one.  The  meaning  of  the  first  may  be 
fairly  considered  to  be  determined  from  its  use  in  the  Sy- 
riac,  on  account  of  the  priority  of  the  Syriac  translation. 

*  A  splendid  reprint  of  the  Arabic  Bible  of  the  London  Poly- 
glott was  executed  at  Newcastle,  1811,  under  the  superintendence 
of  the  late  Professor  of  Arabic,  the  Rev.  J.  D.  Carlyle,  B.  D., 


APPENDIX.  135 

The  usual  meaning  of   X/&  is,  undoubtedly,  ''to  make 

to  stand,  support,  establish,  purpose,"  &c.  ;  and  it  is 
possible  that  it  may  be  used  in  one  of  these  senses  in  the 
New  Testament :  but  in  a  careful  examination  of  the  pas- 
sages in  which  it  might  be  expected  to  occur,  I  have  not 

been  able  to  find  it.  The  noun  ,\  &  (amudon)  occurs, 
in  the  sense  of  'pillar,'  in  the  passages  in  which  the  cor- 
responding Syriac  word  is  found.  It  has  already  been 
noticed,  that  Freytag  refers  the  meaning  '  baptize'  to  the 
Syriac,  as  its  source.     The   meaning  of.  the  other  word, 

ZjJg    which  is  not  noticed  at  all  by  Dr.  Henderson,  is 

thus  given  by  Golius  :  "  I.  Tinxit  pannum.  Imbuit.  Im- 
mersit  manum  in  aqua.  Baptizavit.  Indicium  fecit 
oculi  nutu.  VII.  et  VIII.  Pass  .rfc  Conj.  I.":  and  by 
Freytag,  "Tinxit  pannum;  immersit  manum  in  aqua, 
&c."*  It  is  the  same  root  as  the  Syriac  word,  which  is 
considered  by  Dr.  Henderson  decisive  as  to  the  meaning 
of  the  Syriac,  and  which  he  says  signifies  "  to  sink,  dip, 
or  put  into  water  for  the  purpose  of  wetting."  There 
seems,  therefore,  to  be  no  room  for  controversy,  as  to  its 
signification.  But  ftot  only  do  we  thus  find  a  word  the 
acknowledged  meaning  of  which  is  '  immerse'  used  fre- 
quently in  the  Arabic  to  designate  the  ordinance  of  bap- 
tism, but  it  is  so  used  as  to  show  in  what  sense  the  other 

word  employed     \^1  was  understood  by  the  translator. 

The  two  words  occur,  in  many  instances  interchangeably. 
The  effect  of  this  interchange  will  perhaps  be  best  seen 

*  The  quotation  is  from  his  smaller  Lexicon  ;  the  other  mean- 
ings which  he  gives  have  no  relation  to  the  subject,  and  it  is  there- 
fore needless  to  insert  them. 


136  APPENDIX. 

by  giving  two  o  three  of  the  passages  in  English,  retain- 
ing the    word  baptize  as  the  representative  of    ATpy 

and  rendering  'J^Jq  by  immerse.     Thus   Acts  viii.  12  & 

13  :  "  When  they  believed  Philip  preaching  the  things 
concerning  the  kingdom  of  God  and  the  name  of  Jesus 
Christ,  they  were  immersed,  both  men  and  women.  Then 
Simon  himself  believed  also;  and  when  he  ua<  bap  ■ 
&c."  Acts  viii.  36  &  38  :  "  The  eunuch  said,  See  here 
is  water;  what  doth  hinder  me  to  be  immersed? — And 
they  went  down  both  into  the  water,  both  Philip  and  the 
eunuch;  and  he  baptized  him."'  Acts  xix.  3,  4,5:  "He 
said,  With  what  baptism  were  ye  immersed  ?  And  they 
said,  With  John's  baptism.  Then  said  Paul,  John  verily 
baptized  the  people  with  the  baptism  of  repontance,  say- 
ing unto  them  that  they  should  believe  on  Him  who  should 
come  after  him,  that  is  on  Christ  Jesus  When  they 
heard  this,  they  were  immersed  in  the  name  of  the  Lord 
Jesus."     Compare  also   Mark  i.  8  &  9  ;*  Acts  x.  47   & 

48;  1  Cor.  i.  13  &  14.  This  use  of  the  word  j^ 
in  Arabic  confirms  what  has  been  already  said  of  its  mean- 
ing in  the  Syriac ;  although.,  from  the  long  interval  be* 
tween  the  two  versions,  no  argument  could  rest  solely  on 
this  later  use  of  the  word. 

Another  word,  A^£.  (ghasala,)  is  used  to  translate 
PuTtTifa   in    two  instances,  and  its  corresponding   noun, 

G  o^ 

Ljuui    twice  for  /?a7rrj<7/*6s  :   but  it  is   not  used  in  the 

Polyglott  with  the  meaning  Dr.  Henderson  gives  it;  viz. 

*  The  Roman  edition  of  the  Arabic  Gospels,  1619,  accords  with 
the  Polyglott  in  this  instance,  and  probably  in  the  others. 


APPENDIX.  IS? 

"  to  deiiote  the  performance  of  the  act  of  Baptism,"  but 
to  denote  Jewish  purifications:  Mark  vii.  4.  8.  Lukexi, 
38.  The  meanings  which  Golius  gives  are  in  accordance 
with  this  use:  "I.  Lavit,  abluit.  V.  Diligenter  lavit  per- 
luitque  membra.  VII.  Ablutus  fuit.  VIII.  Semet  lavit  et 
abluit  aqua.  Sudore  maduit  ac  perfusus  fuit  eqlius."* 
Dr.  Hendprson  partially  quotes  the  se  definitions:  "  Lavit; 
abluit.  VII.  Ablutus  fuit.  VIII.  Sudor  [sudore]  per* 
fusus  fuit."  It  is  difficuit  to  discover  for  what  purpose 
thi*  last  meaning,  Conj.  VIII.,  is  given,  except  it  be  to 
indicate  by  the  word  perfusus  that  there  may  be  some* 
thing  like  sprinkling  intended:  but  the  Lexicons  only  re* 
fer  this  meaning  to  a  horse  bathed  in  sweat ;  and  give  as 
the  general  signification  of  Conj.  VIII.  "  Semet  lavit  et 
abluit  aqua,"  which  Dr.  Henderson  omits. 

As  regards  modern  versions,  there  is  the  same  diversity 

as  in  the  ancient.     In  Sabat*s  Version,,    jujq     (tsabag- 

ha,)  the  word  not  noticed  by  Dr.  Henderson,  (nor  indeed 
referred  to  by  Greenfield,)  the  meaning  of  which  has  been 
already  shown  to  be  immerse,  is  used  quite  as  frequently 
as  it  is  in  the  Polyglot** — See,  e.  g.,  Matt.  iii.  13,  14,  16* 
Mark  vi.  14.  &c.  The  Version  of  the  Propaganda,  like* 
wise,  which  has  been  reprinted,  and  is  now  circulated  by 
the  Bible   Society   in   England,    uses   the   word      ^T^ 

in  almost  every  instance  where  it  is  employed  in  the  Poly- 
glott.     In  neither  of  these  versions  does  the  verb     l  **  <  ' 

occur,  to  denote  the  act  of  Christian  baptism.  It  is  used 
in  the  same  instances  as  in  the  Polyglott ;  and  the  noun 

*  Golius  gives  two  or  three  other  meanings,  which  have  no  re- 
ference to  the  matter  in  hand. 

12* 


138  APPENDIX. 

occurs  in   one   additional  passage,  Heb.  ix.   10,   as  the 
translation  of  (la-ana fide. 


PERSIC. 

Of  the  age  of  the  Persic  Versions  of  the  Gospels  (for 
there  is  no  ancient  version  extant  of  the  other  parts  of  the 
New  Testament)  little  is  known.  The  Version  of  the 
Polyglott,  which  is  considered  to  be  the  most  ancient,  is 
taken  from  the  Syriac  ;  and,  according  to  Hug,  bears  evi- 
dent traces  of  the  influence  of  Mohammedanism.  It  can- 
not therefore  be  referred  to  an  earlier  period  than  the  8th 
century.  Several  words  are  employed  in  the  Polyglott 
Version  to  translate  /?arrrt£aj.  The  most  frequent  is 
^jwX^wwCw   (shustan,)  the  meaning  of  which,  according  to 

Golius*  and  Richardson,  Ms,  to  wash:  ^«lXaJ»-w 
(shuyidan,)  a  verb  of  the  same  signification,  is  used  not 
unfrequently.  Some  form  of  the  Syriac  word  .,V^,\ 
is  occasionally  employed,  or  rather  untranslated;  one  of 
the  two  preceding  words  being  generally  appended  by  way 
of  explanation,  as  Matt.  xxi.  25.     John  i.  33.    &c.     In 

Matt,  xxviii.  19-  ***"  r?.  (tarsa,)  a    Christian,  is  given 

as  the  explanation  of  joL*£.  (amadeh;)  and  in  Mark 
xvi.  16.  the  same  word  is  employed  to  designate  one  bap- 
tized. The  meaning  of  the  two  words  »Juw*Cw  and 
..♦tX'Ofc.w  i3  clear,  from  the  use  of  them  both  in  the 
account  of  Jesus  washing  the  disciples'    feet,   John   xiii. 

*  Oostelli  Lexicon  HoptaglottoD. 


APPENDIX.  139 

5 — 12-,  The  former  is  used  to  translate  (3anTi^u,  Mark 
vii.  4.  Luke  xi.  38.  where  Jewish  ablutions  are  intend- 
ed, and  where  the  word    AJ^£  is  used  in  the  Arabic  as 

has  been  already  stated.  This  word  (J^ww-C-  is  not  used 
at  all  in  the  Polyglott  Persic  :  it  is  however  employed  in 
the  modern  Persian  of  Martyn. 

ETHIOFIC, 

The  Ethiopic  Version  of  the  whole  Bible  is  generally 
attributed  to  Frumentius,  who,  about  the  year  330,  intro- 
duced Christianity  into  Abyssinia,  and  became  Bishop  of 
Axum.  In  the  New  Testament,  the  root  £f\.(P*fe  \ 
(tamaka)  is  uniformly  employed  as  the  translation  of 
0aTTTi$a>  and  its  derivatives  ;  except  in  one  instance, 
Luke  xi.  33,  where  ablution  before  dinner  is  rendered  by 
the  phrase  washing  the  hands  ;  the  word  employed  on 
this  occasion  being  the  same  as  is  used  in  the  account  of 
Jesus  washing  the  disciples'  feet,  John  xiii.  5 — 12.  and  in 
other  places.  In  respect  to  this  version,  as  well  as  the 
Coptic  (which  will  next  come  under  our  consideration,) 
Dr.  Henderson  disputes  the  authority  of  the  Lexicons. 
"  The  definitions,"  he  says,  "produced  from  the  Lexicons 
of  Ludolf  and  Woide  are  altogether  insufficient  to  prove 
that  in  the  Ethiopic  and  Coptic  Versions  the  words  em- 
ployed for  (SazTTi^u  signify  to  'immerse.'  It  does  not  ap- 
pear that,  in  application  to  Christian  baptism,  they  ever 
have  this  signification"  (p.  12.)  Now,  with  regard  to  the 
Ethiopic,  not  only  does  Ludolf  distinctly  state  that  the 
word  employed  is  equivalent  with  (3<nrTi$siv,  and  that  its 
meaning  is  to  wash,  to  immerse,  but  supports  his  state- 
ments by  a  very  important  reference  to  the  Old  Testa- 


140  APPENDIX. 

merit,  which  completely  decides  the  question  of  the  m 
ing  immerse  belonging  to  the  word,  whatever  may  be  its* 
meaning,  in  reference  to  Christian  baptism.  The  passage 
JsJos.iii.15:  "When  the  feet  of  the  priests  'l\fllcP<I>  " 
were  dipped  in  the  brim  of  the  water."  Though  Dr. 
Henderson  professes  to  quote  Ludolf's  definition  of  the 
word,  he  omits  any  reference  to  that  form  of  the  word 
which  occurs  in  this  passage.  This  is  the  more  surpris- 
ing, as  Greenfield  had  already  given  a  passage  including 
this  form,  and  even  the  passage  cited,  though  without  the 
verse  being  named,  from  Ludolf's  first  edition.  The  fol- 
lowing is  Ludolf's  statement  in  the  second  edition,  a  few 
lin?s  below  the  part  which  Dr.  H.  quotes:—* 

"  'FiM^  '.  Mark  xvi.  16.  In  genere,  tinctus,  in- 
tinctus,  immersus  fuit,  et  sic  convenit  cum  rt,iIlCPU  ' 
ut,  Dum  pedes  sacerdotum  *£($),<$?$>  \  tingerentur  in 
parte  aqua,  Jos.  iii.  15.  (2.)  In  specie  baptizatus  sive 
immersus  fuit  in  aquarn,  Luc.  iii.  21.  &c." 

Dr.  Henderson  also  omits  all  reference  to  the  noun 
^PI^cJ*  ,"  (metemake,)  which  is  used  in  John  v.  2, 
4.  and  ix.  7.  in  the  sense  of  a  pool  or  bathing-place* 
The  meaning  is  thus  given  by  Ludolf : — 

"  TT  i  "T*P  ■  Bapti^terium  sive  stagnum  aut  pis- 
cina, ubi  homines  baptizari  vtl  scsr,  immergere  solent. 
Vit  .Barb. — P/Mr.^P^^tp^  '  Baptisteria,  qv.v  olim 
foris  extra  templa  in  vestibulis  constiluta  erant,  quia  non- 
baplizatis  templa  ingredi  non  liccbat.  Forma  hac  plu- 
ralis  singulariter  accipitur  pro  Piscina  Joh.  v.  2.  et 
ix.  7." 

It  may  further  be  observed,  that  the  word  is  used  Mark 
vii.  4.  in  reference  to  Jewish  purifications,  which  undoubt- 
edly were  ablution*. 


APPENDIX.  141 

Surely  here  is  sufficient  to  justify  Ludolf's  definition  of 
the  word,  and  to  prove  that  it  has  the  meaning  immerse. 
Besides  being  used  to  express  ablution,  the  verb,  as  we 
have  seen,  is  employed  to  express  the  dipping  of  the  feet 
of  the  priests  in  the  Jordan,  and  the  noun  for  a  bathing- 
place.  The  general  meaning  of  the  word  being  thus  shown, 
it  is  for  Dr.  H.  to  prove  that  "it  does  not  appear  that  in 
application  to  Christian  baptism  it  ever  has  this  significa- 
tion." To  affirm  this  without  proof  is  simply  begging  the 
question,  by  precluding  the  production  of  the  most  availa- 
ble evidence.  What  other  method  is  there  of  determin- 
ing the  signification  in  disputed  passages,  than  by  refer- 
ence to  passages  not  in  dispute  ?  If  the  meaning  in  the 
latter  is  '  immerse,'  some  reason  surely  must  be  given  why 
that  meaning  should  be  denied  in  the  former  ?  None, 
however-  is  offered  by  Dr.  Henderson ;  nor  is  there,  either 
by  Dr.  Henderson  or  any  one  else,  as  far  as  I  am  aware, 
any  evidence  adduced  to  show  that  in  instances  not  rela- 
ting to  Christian  baptism  any  other  meaning  than  '  im- 
merse' or  '  wash'  is  attached  to  the  word.  There  is, 
therefore,  no  balancing  of  conflicting  evidence  ;  the  whole 
force  of  what  has  been  broughi  forward  is  applicable  to  the 
determination  of  the  question.  The  word  clearly  had 
some  meaning  before  it  was  used  as  the  designation  of  the 
Christian  rite ;  the  only  meanings,  of  which  there  is  evi- 
dence, are,  immersion  and  ablution :  what  further  proof 
can  be  required  that  such  is  its  meaning  in  reference  to 
Christian  baptism  ?  We  might,  then,  fairly  consider  the 
matter  to  be  determined  already.  It  will  be  satisfactory, 
however,  to  add  to  what  has  been  said,  the  evidence  of  the 
Abyssinian  Ritual,  which  was  published  in  Latin  at  Rome 
in  1549,  from  a  translation  by  Peter  Abbot  of  that  Church. 
The  directions  for  baptism,  as  far  as  they  are  applicable 


142  APPENDIX. 

to  our  present  purpose,  are  as  follows ;  the  formula  ad- 
dressed to  those  who  are  baptized  being  given  in  the  ori- 
ginal Ethiopic  as  well  as  the  Latin ; — "  Sacerdos  autem 
eos  suscipit  et  ter  mergit,  dicens ;  ^Xll^P^1!!  I 
Ego  baptizo  te  &c.  ;*"  plainly  showing  that  the  term 
used  to  express  the  rite  performed  (which  is  the  same  as 
that  employed  in  the  Ethiopic  Version)  was  esteemed  to 
be  equivalent  with  mergo,  '  immerse.  The  modern  Am- 
karic  Version,  executed  under  the  superintendence  of  M. 
Asselin,  French  Consul  at  Cairo,  by  Abu-Rumi,  a  native 
of  Abyssinia,  employs  the  same  term  as  the  Ethiopic.  This 
version  into  the  vernacular  language  of  Abyssinia,  as  well 
as  the  ancient  Ethiopic,  has  been  beautifully  printed  in 
London,  under  the  editorial  care  of  T.  P.  Piatt,  Esq.,  at 
the  expense  of  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society. 

EGYPTIAN. 

There  are  three  different  dialects  of  the  Egyptian  lan- 
guage, in  all  of  which  versions  of  the  New  Testament  have 
been  made.  They  are,  the  dialect  of  Lower  Egypt,  called 
the  Coptic  or  Memphitic;  that  of  Upper  Egypt,  the  Sa- 
hidic  or  Thebaic ;  and  the  Basmuric,  the  seat  of  which  is 
generally  placed  in  the  Delta,  though  Hug  conjectures  that 
it  is  a  dialect  of  Middle  Egypt ;  it  differs  little  from  the 
Sahidic.  The  first  of  these  is  most  generally  known, 
and  the  term  Coptic  has  therefore  been  sometimes  applied 
to  them  all  indiscriminately.  The  whole  of  the  New  Testa- 

*  Modus  Baptizandi,  &c.  quibus  Ecclesia  Ethiopum  utitur. 
Rom.  1549.  p.  xix.— Peter,  the  translator  of  this  Ritual,  is  ho  doubt 
the  same  person  as  edited  the  first  printed  Ethiopic  New  Testa- 
ment, published  at  Rome  in  1543  ;  which  is  reprinted  in  Walton's 
Polyglott. 


APPENDIX.  143 

ment  in  this  dialect  was  published  at  Oxford,  with  atrans- 
latian  by  Wilkins,  in  1716.  Of  the  other  two  dialects, 
fragments  only  have  been  printed.  The  Sahidic  is  gene- 
rally esteemed  the  most  ancient. of  the  three,  and  is  refer- 
red to  the  second  century ;  the  Coptic,  and  the  fragments 
of  the  Basmuric,  are  supposed  to  belong  to  the  third. 

The  word  generally  employed  in  the  Coptic  is  (JDJULC. 
Two  other  forms,  which  are  plainly  referable  to  the  same 
root,  Oj?JLC    and   £JLfLC9  are  occasionally  used       The 

word  seems  to  be  the  same  as  the  Arabic  iy*jQ£-  "  demersit 
rem,  submersit  in  aquam  rem,  intinxit."*  Tattam,t  after 
LaCroze  and  Woide,  defines  the  word  thus  '•  (JJ&j^C?  Y15> 
KaTa-KovTiafids,  Vulg.  pnecipitatio,  Ps.  li.  4.  fiaTTTHTjids,  bap- 
tismus,  Matt.  iii.  7.  kcltciwovti^eiv,  submergere,  Ps.  liv.  9. 
KaraSijvciv,  descendere  in  profundum.  Exod.  xv.  5.  Kara- 
■KLveaQai,  devorari,  Ps.  cvi.  27.  fiaxTityaQai,*  submergi, 
Lev.  xi.  32.  Panri^siv,  baptizare,  Matt  iii.  11.  KaraXveiv, 
dissolvere,  2  Pet.  iii.  6.  Sah.§  cum  £(^}0*<flti  comP°" 
situm  hSvveiv,  irrepere,  penetrare  in  locum,  2  Tim.  iii.  6. 
nOJ&.Xe  JUUXOJJUIC,  nuga  scurrilia,  MS.  Borg. 
cc.      "^"COJULCj     ftairrtfyiv,    baptizare,    Joh.    i.    25. — 


*  Freytag  Lex.  Aral). 

t  Lexicon  iEgyptiaco-Latinum  ab  Henrico  Tattam,  A.  [M.  Oxon 
1835. 

J  This  is  an  error  for  fi&TTTeaOai  copied  apparently  from  Woide. 

§  There  is  an  error  here,  whieh  I  have  no  means  of  correcting 
with  certainty,  the  reference  being  to  the  Sahidic,  The  word 
Karakvuv     does   not  occur   at   all     in    the   Epistles   of  Feter  ; 


144  APPENDIX, 

CTllOJULC,    (lanTifaQai,  baptizari,  Matt.  iii.  6.     Arab. 
5? 

These  definitions  are  almost  identical  with  those  given 
by  Greenfield  from  Woide's  Lexicon;  which  Dr.  Hender- 
son has  not  thought  it  worth  while  to  examine  at  all,  but 
has  dismissed  with  the  remark  already  quoted,  that  the  de- 
finitions adduced  from  the  Lexicon  of  Woide  are  altogether 
insufficient  to  prove  that  the  word  employed  for  /?a:n-t£cd 
signifies  'to  immerse.'  Yet  it  is  difficult  to  conceive  what 
use  of  the  word  could  suffice  to  pr^ve  this,  if  its  use  as  the 
translation  of  the  Greek  words  fiairrw,  Ka-ativw,  Karairov- 
ri^w,  Karairivco,  will  not.  What  can  it  mean,  but  dip, 
sink,  overwhelm,  swallow  up?*  All  the  examples,  how- 
ever, adduced  by  the  Lexicons  are  from  the  Old  Testa- 
ment; let  us  see  how  it  is  used  in  the  New,  in  passages 
not  relating  to  baptism.  It  occurs  as  the  translation  of 
Ka-airovTi^o)  in  the  only  two  passages  in  which  that  word  is 
found,  Matt.  xiv.  30.  and  xviii.  6.  It  is  also  used  as  the 
translation  of  fivQi^w  in  the  two  instances  in  which  it  oc- 
curs, Luke   v.  7.     1  Tim.  vi.  9. ;  and   it  is  once  used  to 

probably  KdraKXi^etv,  which  occurs  in  the  verse  quoted,  is  the 
word  iutendcd  ;  but  then  the  Latin  should  be  inundare,  not  dissol- 
ve™. (JOJULC  is  not  usod  in  tae  Coptic  as  the  translation  either 
of  KaraXvetv  or  of  naraKXi^Eiv,  a  word  which  occurs  only  in  this 
passage. 

*  The  use  of  the  phrase  CQ5JLC  Cj^CHf  it ,  as  the  trans- 
lation of  evSivoi,  "  t0  creep  into,"  is  very  easily  explained,  when 
we  remember  the  composition  of  the  Greek  term—iVf  in,  within, 
and  iiv<t>,  to  go  under,  sink,  dive:  hence  svSvpo),  to  enter  into. 
The  Coptic  is  a  literal  translation  of  this. 


APPENDIX.  145 

translate  Karavivw,  Heb.  xi.  29. — This  last  is  a  remark- 
able instance  :  it  relates  to  the  Egyptians  being  drowned 
in  the  Red  Sea.*  The  word  is  never  used  as  the  trans- 
lation of  any  term  signifying  wash,  nor  even  of  P&ttto)  or 
c/j/Jdrrcd.  Could  any  evidence  more  conclusively  prove 
that  the  word  means  to  '  immerse,'  '  plunge/  and  even 
'  sink  V 

Fragments  of  the  Sahidic  Version  have  been  published 
by  several  critics.  The  largest  collection  is  that  under- 
taken by  Woide,  and  published  after  his  death,  at  Oxford, 
in  1799.  The  only  fragments  which  have  been  discovered  of 
the  Basmuric  Version  were  published,  together  with  some 
additional  ones  of  the  Sahidic  and  the  corresponding  pas- 
sages of  the  Coptic,  by  Engelbreth,  in  1811. t  As  the  two 
versions  are  nearly  identical,  they  may  be  treated  of  to- 


*  In  two  other  of  the  instances  quoted,  Matt,  xviii.  6.  and  1  Tim. 
vi.9.  our  translation  has  drown  ;  but  the  sense  does  not  necessarily 
require  a  stronger  meaning  thau  sink;  though  drowning  is  implied 
in  the  first  case,  since  there  could  be  no  emersion.  This  use  of  the 
Coptic  word  may  suggest  an  answer  to  a  remark  of  Dr.  Henderson's 
(which,  however,  does  not  fall  within  the  design  of  the  present 
pamphlet,)  that  fta-nnfa,  when  it  signifies  the  submersion  of  the 
whole  body,  conveys  the  idea  "  tbat  the  body  thus  submerged  sunk 
to  rise  no  more."  Ba^r^w  when  applied  to  ships  sinking,  un- 
doubtedly gives  this  idea  :  so  does  COJULC  when  applied  to  the 
sinking  of  a  person  in  the  sea  with  a  millstone  about  his  neck  ;  or  t° 
Pharaoh  and  his  host  being  submerged  in  the  Red  Sea ;  but  neither 
of  the  words  mean  more  than  sink  ;  the  rising  again  not  being  part 
of  the  idea,  in  either  case.  Whether  it  is  drowning,  or  dipping 
merely,  must  depend  upon  the  context. 

t  Fragmenta  Basmurico-Coptica  Vetcris  et  Novi  Testamenti, 
quae  in  MusscoBorgiano  Velitris  asservantur,  cum  reliquis  versioni- 
.bus  jEgyptiis  contulit,  latine  vertit,  necnon  criticis  et  philologicis 
adnotationibus  illu^travit  W.  F.  Engelbreth.    Haunia,  1811. 

13 


146  APPENDIX. 

gether.  In  the  Sahidic  fragments  edited  by  Woide,  there* 
are  about  thirty  passages  containing  the  verb  /?anr<£a>. 
In  the  fragments  edited  by  Engelbreth,  the  only  instances 
in  which  baptism  is  mentioned,  are  1  Cor.  xv.  29.  where 
the  verb  twice  occurs  ;  and  Heb.  vi.  2.  (not  in  the  Sahidic.) 
ix.  10;  in  both  of  which  the  noun  fiajmcrnds  is  found  in 
the  Greek.  The  words  employed  in  all  these  passages, 
in  both   dialects,   are  from  the    Greek ;    the  verb  being 

fidJVf^e,    and  the  noun  .SAITfCJUA.    Itwill 

not  appear  surprising  that  the  Greek  words  are  used  in 
these  versions,  when  we  remember  that  the  Greek  influence 
in  Egypt,  under  the  rule  of  the  Ptolemies,  had  introduced 
multitudes  of  Greek  words  into  the  language  ;  so  that  in 
the  Coptic  Version  one  cannot  open  a  page  without  meet- 
ing with  several.  In  rive  pages  of  Wilkins's  edition,  taken 
at  random,  in  the  Gospels,  Acts,  and  Epistles,  containing 
altogether  fifty-nine  verses,  I  have  counted  forty-eight 
Greek  words,  thirty-three  of  them  different  (exclusive  of 

particles,  such  as      XIGH,    V^Jp,      &*^J     &C, 

which  are  found  continually ;)  thus  giving,  on  an  average, 
four  Greek  words  to  every  five  vfcrses.  These  words  do 
not  seem  to  have  been  retained,  as  was  done  in  the  Latin, 
from  any  supposed  sacredness  in  the  terms,  but  merely 
because  they  expressed  to  the  Egyptian  reader  the  idea  to 
be  conveyed.  The  following  is  the  list  of  words  in  the  last 
page  of  the  five  which  were  examined :  1  Thess.  v.  1 — 13: 

yer.  1.  XP°«OC,      KGpOC,        XP*&-      v.  2. 

ijqpiflujc.  v.  9.  aipHitn.  e£<uuru..v.c. 
ax&tik,    nepiKe^Xe^    &eXmc. 

v.  13.   4.TMUTH,     ^SpnUK,     In  the  Sahidic  dialect 


APPENDIX.  147 

Greek  words  are  far  more  numerous  than  they  are  in  the 
Coptic.  In  twenty-five  verses  which  I  have  examined  in 
Woide's  Sahidic  fragments  (Acts  viii.  1 — 25)  there  are 
thirty-eight  Greek  words  (exclusive  of  particles,)  twenty- 
five  of  them  different ;  giving,  on  an  average,  three  Greek 
words  to  every  two  verses. 

ARMENIAN. 

The  Armenian  Version  of  the  whole  Bihle  was  made 
ahout  the  beginning  or  middle  of  the  fifth  century,  by  Mies- 
rob,  the  inventor  of  the  Armenian  Alphabet,  assisted  by 
other  learned  men  ;  and  amongst  them,  Moses  Chorenen- 
sis,  who  wrote  a  History  of  Armenia  which  has  come 
down  to  us,  in  which  he  gives  an  account  of  the  translation. 

The  word  which  it  employs  for  the  translation  of  fianrifa 
is  d!jptnh-t  (inogredil;)  except  in  one  instance,  1  Cor.  i. 

16.  where  the  phrase  (dal  gnik,)  '  to  give  a  seal,'  occurs. 
The  meaning  of  the  word  is  thus  given  in  the  Armenian 
Lexicon  of  Brand  and  Aucher,  the  most  recent  Lexicon 
that  has  been  published  :  "  (mogredil ;)  v.  a.  to  baptize, 
to  wash  by  plunging  into  water."  No  examples  are  given 
to  this  or  any  other  word  throughout  the  Dictionary.  Jn 
a  language  so  little  known  to  English  scholars,  it  might,  be 
deemed  sufficient  to  rest  on  the  authority  of  the  learned 
Father  Paschal  Aucher,  of  the  Armenian  Academy  of  St. 
Lazarus  at  Venice,  who  is  acquainted  with  the  English 
language  ;  but  it  will  be  more  satisfactory  to  find  other  in- 
stances of  the  use  of  the  word. 

The  word  is  used  in  the  New  Testament  to  translate 
Pann^o),  where  the  reference  is  to  Jewish  ablutions,  Mark 
vii.  4.  Luke  xi.  38.  It  is  also  used  in  the  Old  Testament 
(where  Gann^oi  is  used  in  the  Lxx.)  2  Kings  v.  14:  Naa- 


148  APPENDIX. 

man  "  dipped  himself  in  the  Jordan  seven  times:  and  in 
the  Apocrypha,  Judith  xii.  7.*  and  Ecclus.  xxxiv.  30.  in 
both  of  which  passages  (lair-rifa  occurs.  Thus  we  see 
that  it  is  a  word  applicable  to  all  the  meanings  of  (ia-xri^oi  ; 
and  undoubtedly  signifies,  in  one  instance,  dip  ;  in  others, 
at  least,  bathe,  perform  ablution. 

The  modern  Armenian  Version  employs  the  same  term  ; 
and  it  is  still  the  current  word  in  the  language  to  designate 
baptism. 

SLAVONIC. 

The  Slavonic  Version  of  the  New  Testament,  and  of 
parts  at  least  of  the  Old,  was  made  by  Cyril,  the  inventor 
of  the  Slavonic  Alphabet,  and  Methodius,  his  brother,  who, 
about  the  middle  of  the  ninth  century,  introduced  Chris- 
tianity amongst  several  of  the  Slavic  tribes.  It  is  not  cer- 
tain for  what  particular  district  the  translation  was  made  ; 
but  the  language  "  has  long  since  become  the  common  pro- 
perty of  all  the  Slavic  nations."! 

The  term  by  which  it  uniformly  renders  (ia-imfy,  when 
that  word  is  applied  to  the  Christian  rite,  is  krestili; 
the  meaning  of  which  is  "  to  cross,"  a  term  which  has 
manifestly  been  derived  from  the  use  of  the  sign  of  the 
cross  in  baptism.  The  word  is  thus,  in  strictness,  inap- 
plicable to  any  other  than  the  technical  meaning  of 
Pa-jri^co :  yet  it  is  curious  to  notice,  both  as  showing  how 
little  dependence  can  be  placed  on  etymology  alone  in  de- 
ciding the  actual  meaning  of  a  word,    and  as  indicating 

*  It  is  used  also  in  the  following  verse,  where  the  Greek  has 

I  See  an  elaborate  article  on  the  Slavic  Languages  and  Litera- 
ture, by  Dr.  E.  Robinson,  in  the  Bibical  Repository,  Vol.  IV.  Nos. 
14  and  15. 


APPENDIX.  149 

the  manner  in  which  they  practised  baptism,  that  so  com- 
pletely had  the  word,  at  the  time  when  the  translation  was 
made,  lost  its  etymological  meaning  when  applied  to  bap- 
tism, and  obtained  the  signification  of  ablution,  as  to  be 
employed  for  Jewish  purifications.  Thus  in  Luke  xi.  38. 
we  meet  with  the  following  translation :  "  The  Pharisee 
wondered  that  he  had  not,  krestisia,  crossed  himself  be- 
fore dinner ;"  where  the  margin  reads,  ymusia,  washed  : 
and  in  like  manner  the  noun,  krestshenia,  is  used  Mark 
vii.  8.  "  the  crossing  of  pots  and  cups  :" — omovenia  is 
found  in  the  margin,  the  same  word  as  is  used  to  translate 
fiaxTiafios,  Heb.  xi.  10. 

Many  modern  versions  in  languages  belonging  to  the 
Slavic  family  adopt  the  same  term  as  the  Slavonic  employs. 
Amongst  these,  are  the  Russian,  Polish,  Bohemian,  Lithu- 
anian, and  Lettish  or  Livonian. 


GOTHIC. 

The  whole  of  the  Scriptures  was  translated  into  that 
dialect  of  the  Gothic  which  was  spoken  by  the  inhabitants 
of  Mcesia,  by  Ulphilas,  Bishop  of  the  Mcesians,  in  the 
fourth  century.  The  greater  part  of  this  version  has  been 
lost ;  and  the  only  remaining  portion  of  any  considerable 
extent  is  preserved  in  the  Cordex  Argenteus,  now  deposit- 
ed in  the  University  of  Upsal.  From  this  manuscript  the 
Gospels  (as  far  as  they  are  extant)  have  been  several  times 
printed.  The  edition  most  accessible  in  this  country  is 
that  published  at  Oxford,  in  1750,  by  Lye,  with  a  Latin 
translation  and  notes  by  Benzel. 

The  word  usually  employed  in  this  version  to  translate 

PaxTifa  is  ci/\X1IIQJ\]Sr  (dauj>jan,)  which,  it  is 

13* 


150  APPENDIX. 

on   all  hands  agreed,   signifies  immerse.     If  proof  were 
■wanting,  the  meaning  would  seem  to  be  determined  by  the 
preposition  with  which  the  word  is  used,  where  a  preposition 
is  employed  ;  e.  g.  Mark  i.  S.     IK     &  fcTWlQ /V 
1XV1-     "l'M    VATIN",    'I  baptize  you  f»wa- 
ter.'     Dr.  Henderson  admits  that  the  word  means  to  im- 
merse, but  seems  to  concede  this  meaning  somewhat  un- 
willingly.    "That  the  Gothic  daupjan"   he  says,  "  may 
signify  to  immerse,  is  not  denied ;   though  this  action  is 
more  properly  expressed  in  that  language  by  uj 'daupjan ." 
It  will  be  immediately  seen  that  this  latter  word  is  a  com- 
pound of  the  former,  with  the  preposition  T\\Z  vf>  wm°k 
signifies  under;  and  it  seems  quite  clear,  that  if  vf daup- 
jan means  to   dip  under,  daupjan  must  mean  dip  :  it  is 
just  the  difference  between  mcrgo  and  submergo.    There 
need,    however,    be    no    hesitation    as    to   the    meaning 
Ulphilas  attached  to  daupjan,  or  at  least  none  as  to  the 
mode  in  which  he  translated  (SairTL^o  :  for  in  two  instances 
he  employs   the  very   word   by   which  immersion  is,   ac- 
cording to  Dr.  Henderson,   "more  properly  expressed," 
Tl'tcX.nilG  AlT   as  tlic  translation  of  ^?ot7rrt^oj,  Luke 

iH.2i:  lAisn  n^&Anni&AMMA, 

"  Jesus  being  immersed;1'  and  vii.  29  : 

n£a.Anni&.Ai     aMineiN^i 

'LClliVNl'TtS)  "  being  immersed  with  the  baptism 
of  John."  In  this  last  instance  it  will  be  seen  that  both 
words  occur  together;  and  no  doubt  can  remain  that  Ul- 
philas understood  by  John's  baptism,  immersion. 


A  P  P  F.  V  D  I  X  .  151 

We  qi  i  i  nut  thou  inquire  further  respecting  the  Gothic 
Version;  hut  it  is  of  great  importance  to  ascertain  the  con 
nexionofthis  word  with  the  terms  of  similar  application  in 
other  Teutonic  dialects.     On  this  subject,  Dr.  Hendi 

•lie  dialects,  which  have  ro- 
ily been  appealed  to  with  great  confidence  <>n  this 
ttled  point,    with  all  those  who   are  ac- 
quainted  with  them,  that  the  reference  ia  totally  irrelevant. 
That  the  M  laupian,  the  Anglo-Saxon  iyppen, 

the  Dutch  doopen,  the  Swedish  dopa,  the  Danish  dobc, 
and  the  German  taufen,  all  correspond  in  sound  toour En- 
glish word  dip,  does  not  admit  of  dispute,  any  more  than 
the  fact,  that  daft, <Zatt&,  and  tfcfthavethe  same  correspond* 
but  nothing  would  he  mure  erroneous  than  to  con- 
clude,that,  with  the  exception  of  the  Anglo-Saxon,  they  must 
aification."     In  these  remarks,  Dr.  Hen- 
ems  toconfound  two  very  distinct  questions 
— the  etymology  of  the  words,  and  their  signification.  Their 
correspondence  in  sound  will  certainly  prove  nothing  of  it- 
self, as  to  sameness  <>f  meaning  ;  nor  am  I  awan:  that,  with 
:   to  tli-  se  particular  words,  such  an  assertion  has 
'•:i  made;  but  this  correspondence  affords  evidence 
of  etymological  identity,  whatever  diversity  of  meaning  the 
words  may  at  present  bave.     Now,   that  all  these  word.? 
tymologically  connected,  and  are,  in  (act,  hut  varied 
forms  of  the  same  original  word,  admits  of  as  little  dispute 
as  th  lir  0  trrespondence  in  sound;  and  it  cannot  be  neces- 
sary to  inform  Dr.  Henderson  that  this  is  "  a  settled  point 
with  all  who  are  acquainted  with  these  dialects."     Every 
philologist  knows  that  tin-  rootdavpjan  (taking  th£  Gothic 
as  the  most  ancient  form)  is  to  he  traced  in  almost  all  the 
Teutonic  dialects.     It  would  be  tedious  to  produce  numer- 
ous authorities  in  proof  of  this  assertion.      It  will  he  sutli- 


152  APPENDIX. 

cient  to  quote  the  etymological  dictionary  of  Mcidinger  : 
and  the  reader  who  wishes  lor  further  confirmation  of  the 
fact  may  consult  the  works  mentioned  in  the  note,  where  he 
will  find  similar  lists,  more  or  less  extensive  : — 

"  Dippen,   cintauchen,    enj  .      Aug.   S. 

dippan.  dyppan,  :  dyfan,  dufian,  gedu 

fian,   plonger.      Eng.   to  dip,  to  dive,  plonger.      Holl. 
::.     Swed.  doepa.     Dan.  dyppe.     It.  tufiare. 
••  Tauten.   bapHser.     Ang.  S.  dyppan,  dippan,  depan, 
dyfan.     Swed.  doepa.     Dan.  doebe.     Holl.  doopen.  Alt. 
D.  doufau.     Alt.  G.  daupian,  plonger,  se  laver. 

"  Taufe.  I  Alt.   D.    tauii.  toufe,    toufa,    daufi, 

doufa,  touft.  Alt.  G.  daupein(s).  Holl.  doop,  dooping, 
doopsel.  Swed.  dop.  doepelse.  Dan.  daab.  It.  tuflfo 
V action  de  plonger."* 

It  cannot  then  for  a  moment  be  supposed,  that  when 
Dr.  Henderson  asserted  that  it  was  a  settled  point  that  the 
reference  to  the  Teutonic  dialects  was  altogether  irrele- 
vant, he  meant  to  deny  the  etymological  identity  of  the 
words  ;  though  his  remark,  '  that  they  correspond  in 
sound,'  naturally  suggests  to  the  mind  of  the  reader   the 


'  Mcidinger  Dictionuaire  Etymologique  et  comparatif  des  Lea- 
gues Teutogothiques.  Framkfart,  ls33,  p.  -100.  It  will  be  seen, 
that  the  first  list  of  verbs  contains  those  whose  ordinary  significa- 
tion is  dip  :  whilst  the  second  gives  such  as  are  more  immediately 
connected  with  Urn/en  in  the  sense  baptize.  A  comparison  of  the 
two  lists,  however,  will  show  that  the  same  words  of  the  Anglo- 
Sazon,  Dutch,  and  Swedish,  are  included  in  both.  It  therefore 
seemed  proper  to  insert  the  whole  :  though  the  second  sufficiently 
establishes  the  etymological  connexion  of  all  the  words  mentioned 
by  Dr.  Henderson  as  the  translation  of  penm^a.  See  also  Junius 
Gothicum  Glossarium  and  his  Etymologicum  Anglicanum,  Spell- 
man,  Wachter  Glossarium  Germanicum,  Hire  Glossarium  Suio- 
Gethicuiu  (quoted  below,)  and  Adelung's  Worterbucb. 


APPENDIX'. 

Heathat  th-'-ir  etymology  was  the  point  he  had  in  • 
It  must  surely  have  been,  rather,  that  he  might  not  puzzle 
the  u:  .ler  with  questions  of  philology,  that  be 

i.parison  of  them   with   the  remark  that 
>tb,  and  daub  have  the  sanv  I  -nee.    Had 

•   at,   though  similar,  not  in  sound 
•nology,  n<>-  .  be  more  errone- 

ous than  to  cone!  I  dl  must  have  the 

same  signification,  every  one  at  all  acquainted  with  t:. 

-  must  immediately  hare  admitted  the 
truth  of  the  remark.  Their  etymology  proves  nothing  as 
yet  it  must  be  allowed,  on  the  other 
hand,  that  whilst  it  does  not  by  any  means  determine  the 
matter,  it  is  to  be  regarded  as  prima-facie  evidence  of 
their  meaning.  It  will,  however,  be  needful  in  tbis  case 
to  enter  on  a  more  extended  examination  of  the  separate 
versions  than  we  have  hitherto  bestowed  on  modern  trans- 
lations. 

German. — The  Germans  trans!  .  by   taufen. 

It  is  certain,  that  not  this  word,  but  tauchen,  eintauchen, 
are  now  in  use  to  express  dip  or  immerse  ;  and  that  tau- 
fen  is,  in   its  ordinary  use,  confined  to  the  ecclesiastical 
meaning,  baptize.   But  it  is  plain,  that  it  must  have  had,  if 
it  does  not  now  retain,  some  meaning  besides  the  morere- 
1  one  which  it  at  present  generally  bears;  unless. 
indeed,  it  had  been  a  word  coined  f<>r  the  so'e  purpose  of 
expressing  the  Christian  rite.     Now,  we  have  shown  that 
y   connected  with   the  Gothic  daupjan. 
which  means  to  immerse  ;  and   which  is  employed  in  the 
-^>n,  as  taufen  is  in  the  German,  to  designate 
Christian  baptism.     Moreover,  the  word    is  found  in  the 
German   language,  with  but  slight  variation   of  form,   as 
early  as  the  ninth  century.     In  the  metrical  Version  of  the 


154  APPENDIX. 

Gospels  by  Ottfried,  about  the  year  870,  the  word  is  dou- 
fan  ;*  and  in  the  Version  of  Tatian's  Harmony,  also  in  the 
German  of  the  ninth  century,  toufan.\  In  the  fifteenth 
century,  thirty-four  years  before  Luther's  Version  appeared, 
the  word  taufen,  precisely  in  the  same  form  in  which  he 
employed  it,  is  used  in  a  German  Version  of  the  Gospels 
and  Epistles  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Serviced  Thus  the 
word  is  clearly  traced  from  the  Gothic  of  the  fourth  century 
to  the  time  of  Luther.  The  question  then  seems  to  re- 
solve itself  into  this ;  Was  the  meaning  immerse,  which 
belonged  to  the  Gothic,  retained  in  the  later  German  ;  or 
had  it  wholly  lost  that  meaning  when  it  became  a  German 
word  ?  To  answer  this  question,  we  need  go  no  further 
back  than  the  age  of  Luther.  We  find  indisputable  evi- 
dence that  at  that  time  it  had  another  meaning  than  the 
technical  one,  and  that  that  meaning  was  its  etymological 
one,  immerse  or  dip.  Luther  translates  the  Hebrew 
jitD  (immergo)  by  this  word,  2  Kings  v.  14:  "  Naa- 
man  went  down  and  (taufie)  dipped  himself  seven  times 
in  the  Jordan."  Besides  this,  Luther,  in  his  sermon  on 
the  sacrament  of  Baptism,  expressly  declares,  that  though 
it  is  no  longer  the  general  practice  to  immerse  children 
in  baptism,  it  is  nevertheless  right  that  the  child,  or  other 
person  to  be  baptized,  should  according  to  the  meaning 
of  the  word  (Tmife,)  be  sunk  and  dipped  (taufte)  all 
over  in  the  water,  and  again  raised  up.§     In  this  passage, 

*  Adelung's  Worterbuch. 

|  Das  Evangelium  des  h.  Matlhseus  im  Hocbfleutsch  des  neunten 
Jahrhunderts  aus  dem  St.  Galler  Codex  der  Tatianischen  Evan-- 
gelienharnionie  von  J.  A.  Schmeller.     Stuttg.  1827. 

%  Ewangelia  und  cpistel  init  der  gloss  auch  anfang  der  iness  Sec. 
durch  Thoma  Annshelm  von  Bade  Getruckt.  und  vollendet  zu 
Strassburg,  14S8. 

§  "  So  sollt'  es  doch  so  seyn  und  ware  recht,  dass  man  nach 


APPENDIX.  155 

Luther  not  only  assorts  that  the  meaning  of  the  word  is 
properly  dip,  bat  himself  iimi  it  in  this  sense;  for  what 
othei  meaning  can  be  affixed  to  it  herel  Knapp,  speaking 
of  the  meanin  r  of  the  word  (?«rrf£<Mr  says  it"  properly  sig- 
to  <li|)  (like  the    '  ,)  to  immerse,  to 

wash  by  immersion.""  '  the  German  name 

unquestionably  derived  from  Tiefe  (depth;") 
and  refers  to  Lather's  sermon,  i[M<it". 1  shore.  It  will  be 
imm<  lhat  this  derivation  is  the  same  as  that 

whir:, 

well  •  depth'  ami  'deep,1  being  all 

tip'  davpjan.     August!  adds,  ''  It 
is  altogether   an   extraordinary   thing  {Bios  einc  iOflder- 
t$)  that  many  would  derive  it  from  the  Hebrew 
letter  Tau,  or  from  Tav  or  Taf  "]£)  signum,  and  so  com- 
pare it  with  the  Greek  term  a<ppayi<.       See  Henr.  Alsted 
.  Theol.  c.  12    p.  315.     According  to  others,  it  must 
he  derived  from  n^lZtD   finmilus  obsignatorius  :     Ger- 
T.  i\.  p.  69." — Lastly,  Adelung,  the  highest  philo- 
'.  authority  thus  gives  the  meaning  of  the  word,  and 
plea  of  it-»  use,  in  his    Dictionary  : — "  Taufen,  verb, 
regul.  act.     1.  Properly  to  dip  (tnuchen)  in  water,  where 
it  has  the  same  meaning  as  tauchen,  and  differs  from  it 
only  in  the  sutlix.     '  A  wooden  lire-ball  dipped  (getauft) 
in  pitch  and  rosin,'  Fronsh.     '  A  caldron  in  which  to  dip 
-work,'  Id.     '  Nsaman  dipped  (tavftc) 
himself intrj  >ven  times,'  2  Kin^s  v.  11.  where 

Lant  ilus  Wortleim  (Taufe)  das  Kind,  oder  jcglichen,  der  getauft 
wir.l,  L'an/.  Iiiii.iii  in  lite  and  taufte,  und  wieder  he- 

J8." — l.uihtr's  If'crkc  von  If'aleh,  T.  x.  p.  2j93;  quoted  from 
AofOSti'a  -lrrhao!ogie,T.  ii.  p.  399. 

■  Usungrn  uher  die  rhristliehe  Glavhenshhre, 
T.  ii.  p.  1 17. 

'  llandbuck  der  ckriltlichen  Archaolo^  it,  T.  i;.  p.  312. 


156  APPENDIX. 

it  is  used  for  bathe.  '  The  Strymon,  in  which  the  host  of 
cranes  dip  (tauft)  their  crumpled  feathers  :'  Opitz.  In 
German,  this  meaning  is  antiquated ;  and  it  is,  2.  only 
used  in  a  special  sense,  to  dip  (tauchen)  in  water,  in  a 
religious  manner,  &c."* 

The  evidence  now  adduced,  amply  shows  that  Dr.  Hen- 
derson's bold  assertion  is  not  warranted  in  respect  to  the 
meaning  of  the  German  word,  any  more  than  it  is  in  re- 
spect to  its  etymology. 

dutch. — The    word    employed    for    (Sa-n^oi    in    the 
Dutch  Version  is  doopen :  the  word  generally  used  for  dip 
is  indoopen.     No  one  can  doubt  that  the  radical  meaning 
of  both  words  is  the  same,  the  difference  being  merely  the 
addition  to  the  latter  of  the  preposition  in.     This  prepo- 
sition, however,  is  not  always  prefixed  when  the  meaning 
is  to  dip;  and  it  is  most  surprising  thai  Dr.  Henderson 
should  venture  the  assertion,   that  '  no   Dutchman,   &c. 
would  for  a  moment  suppose  the  word  meant  any  thing  else 
than  baptism,  by  the  application  of  water  to  the  body  of 
the  person  baptized' ;  when,  if  we  turn  to  Luke  xvi.  24, 
we  find  that  Lazarus'  dipping  his  finger  in  water  is  ex- 
pressed by  this  very  word,  "  That  he  may  dip  the  tip  of 
his  finger  in  water  (in  het  water  doope." )     If  it  be  said, 

*  "  Taufen,  verb,  regul.  act.  1.  Eigentlich,  in  das  Wasser  tauchen, 
wo  es  mit  tauchen  gleich  bedeutend  und  von  demselben  nur  im 
Suffixo  verschbden  ist.  Eine  holzerne  Feuerkugel  in  Bech  und 
Harz  gctauj "t,  Fronsb,  Kestel,  das  Feuerwerk  dareinzu  taufen, 
eben  ders.  Naeman  taufte  sich  im  Jordan  sieben  Maid,  2  Kon.  v. 
14.  wo  es  fur  hadcn  stehet. 

Der  Strymon, 

In  den  der  Kranchc  Hecr  die  krummen  Federn  tauft.  Opitz. 
I  in  Hochdeutschen  ist  es  in  dieser  Bedeutung  veraltet ;  wo  man  es, 
2.  nur  im  cngern  Verstande  braucht,  auf  eine  gottesdienstliche  Art 
in  das  Wasser  tauchen,  &.c."    Adelung's  "  orterbuch,  T.  iv.  p.  924. 


APPENDIX.  157 

the  prcpositson  being-  expressed  before  the  noun,  there 
was  no  nerd  to  repeat  it  with  the  verb,  but  that  neverthe- 
less it  is  to  be  understood  with  it,  reference  may  be  made 
to  other  passages  in  which  the  compound  verb  is  used 
notwithstanding  the  preposition  in  before  the  noun  ;  e.  g- 
Matt.  xwi.  23:  '■  He  that  dippeth  his  hand  in  the  dish 
with  me  (in  de  schotel  nuloopt:")  and  the  argument 
would  prove  too  much,  since  it  would  include  such  a  pas- 
aa  the  following,  Matt.  iii.  6:  "  And  were  baptized 
by  him  in  the  Jordan  (gedoopt  mdc  Jordaen.") 

In  addition  to  this,  the  following  examples  of  the  use  of 
the  word  doopen  for  dip  may  be  quoted  from  Sewel's 
Dutch  and  English  Dictionary  enlarged  by  Buys,  Amst. 
1766  :  "  Brood  in  wijn  doopen,  to  dip  bread  into  wine. 
Zyn  brood  in  de  sans  doopen,  to  dip  one's  bread  into  the 
sauce."  The  meanings  which  he  gives  to  the  word  are, 
"  To  dip,  plunge,  baptize,  christen." 

In  the  Old  Testament,  neither  doopen  nor  indoopen  is 
used  for  dip,  but  the  form  is  varied  to  doppen  and  indop- 
pcn.  The  latter  word,  however,  is  used,  as  far  as  I  have 
been  ahle  to  ascertain,  in  only  thi'ee  instances;  viz.  Lev. 
iv.  17.  xiv.  16.  Josh.  iii.  15:  whilst  the  simple  word 
doppen,  without  the  preposition,  is  used  in  four  times  as 
many;  c.  g.  Lev.  iv.  G.  xiv.  G,  51.  2  Kings  v.  14.  Sec. 
It  is  thus  clearly  shown  that  the  radical  meaning  of  the 
word  doopen  or  doppen  is  not  to  apply  water  in  any  way, 
and  the  preposition  in  therefore  necessary  to  restrict  the 
signification  to  dipping ;  but  the  primary  meaning  is  dip, 
and  the  preposition  is  merely  intensive. 

SWEDISH   and  Danish. — After  this  extended  examina- 
tion of  the  German  and  Dutch,  it  will  not  be  necessary  to 
in   the  rcadi  jthened  account  of  the  other 


158  APPENDIX. 

Danish  are  almost  identical ;  the  former  being  dopa,  the 
latter  dobc.  Of  the  Swedish,  Ihre  gives  the  following 
account:  '•'  Dopa,  mergere,  Ulph.  daupjan.  A.  S.  dufian, 
depart,  dyppan,  dopettan.  Al.  toufen.  Belg.  dippen, 
doppen.  Est  vere  propria  vocis  dopa  significatio,  uti  dixi, 
aquis  submergere.  Inde  Uplandi,  ubi  puteis  parum  aqua? 
inest,  dicunt,  '  Ther  war  ej  sa  mycket  wattn  at  man  kunde 
dopa  rembaret.'  (There  was  not  so  much  water  that  one 
could  dip  a  bucket.)  II.  Aquae  lustrali  immergere,  bap- 
tizare.  Veteres  tamen  hujus  loco  ssepe  christna  aut  shir  a 
usurparunt ;  unde  skim  baptismus,   skirdur  baptizatus, 

skimarbrun  baptisterium,  fons  sacer 

Doppa :  frequentivum  ejusdem  radicis.  A.  S.  dyppan. 
Germ,   doppen,   duppen.      Ital.    tuffare.      Angl.    dipp. 

Gr.  CV1TTSIV."* 

The  word  skira,  noticed  by  Hire  in  the  preceding  quo- 
tation, is  that  which  Dr.  Henderson  mentions  as  employed 
in  the  Icelandic  Version ;  and  is  synonymous  with  the 
fullian  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  Version,  which  will  next  come 
under  our  notice.  It  will  be  seen  that  Ihre  distinctly  re- 
fers doppa,  the  ordinary  Swedish  word  for  dip,  to  the 
same  root  as  dopa  (baptize,)  and  calls  it  a  frequentative  ; 
whilst  he  not  only  gives  the  meaning  immerse  to  do  pa, 
but  cites  an  example  of  its  use  in  this  sense.  A  refer- 
ence to  the  quotation  from  Meidinger  already  given  will 
show  that  he  also  affirms  the  same  thing,  by  mentioning 
this  form  of  the  word  in  both  his  lists.  I  have  not  ascer- 
tained how  far  the  meaning  dip  belonged  to  the  Danish 
word  dole  ;  the  ordinary  term  in  that  language  to  express 
this  idea  being  dyppe.  The  close  approximation  of  the 
Danish  word  to  that  employed  by  the  Swedes  sufficiently 

*  Ihre  Glossarium  Suio  Gothicum.     Ups.  1769. 


APPENDIX.  159 

shows  that  its  radical  meaning  is  the  same  ;  and  it  seem- 
ed unnecessary  to  trouble  the  reader  with  any  further  in- 
vestigation. 

One  general  observation  with  regard  to  all  these  ver- 
sions must  be  made.  Dr.  Henderson  lays  great  stress  on 
the  (act,  thai  the  prepositions  employed  with  all  these 
words  correspond  with  the  English  with,  not  in;  as  the 
German  mit  wasser  taufen,  &c. :  and  he  hence  concludes 
that  "  neither  Luther,  nor  the  authors  of  the  Dutch,  Da- 
nish,  and  Swedish  Versions,  had  any  intention  of  convey- 
ing tha  idea  of  immersion  as  applied  in  ffairTifa."  It 
might  be  deemed  a  sufficient  answer,  to  adduce  instances 
of  these  same  versions  using  the  verb  in  connexion  with 
the  preposition  in,  as  Matt.  iii.  6.  Germ.  Und  liessen 
sich  taufen  von  ihm  im  Jordan.  Dutch,  Ende  wierden 
van  hem  gedoopt  in  de  Jordaen.  So  also  Mark  i.  9. 
The  people  could  scarcely  be  getavft  or  gedoopt  in  the 
Jordan  without  immersion :  and  if  the  authors  did  not  in- 
tend immersion,  why  did  they  not  say  zum  Jordan,  or  tot 
de  Jordaen,  at  the  Jordan,  instead  of  in  it  ?  Still,  this 
does  not  explain  the  use  of  the  preposition  mit  or  met, 
where  it  is  employed.  The  passage  already  quoted  from 
Luther  seems  directly  applicable  to  the  point.  The  gene- 
ral practice  at  the  time  when  these  versions  were  made 
was  not  immersion,  but  the  application  of  water  to  the 
body  of  the  person.  In  accordance  with  this  practice 
the  translators  join  the  verb  with  a  preposition  not  appli- 
cable to  immersion;  still,  however,  in  the  case  of  Luther 
protesting  that  taufen  is  properly  to  dip,  and  in  the  other 
-  not  in  the  least  interfering  with  the  original  mean- 
ing of  the  word.  All  that  can  be  said,  is,  that  the  word 
being  retained,  though  the  form  of  administering  the  or- 
dinance was  changed,  was  in  some  measure  accommodated 


160  APPENDIX. 

to  this  change  by  means  of  the  preposition  with  which  it 
was  connected. 

In  concluding  these  remarks  on  the  Gothic  dialects,  the 
author  begs  to  observe,  that  he  has  not  the  presumption  to 
place  his  knowledge  of  them  on  an  equality  with  that  of 
Dr.  Henderson  ;  who  informs  us,  in  a  note,  that  what  he 
has  stated  is  "  founded  nn  a  familiar  acquaintance  with 
these  languages,  which  he  has  been  in  the  habit  of  speak- 
ing or  reading  for  upwards  of  thirty  years."  But  surely 
Dr.  Henderson's  authority,  high  as  it  may  be  in  these 
matters,  is  not  to  be  placed  above  that  of  the  most  emi- 
nent German  scholars  and  philologists,  in  respect  to  their 
own  language,  and  the  others  closely  connected  with  it. 
Their  testimony  has  been  cited  ;  and,  did  it  not  seem  un- 
necessary to  accumulate  evidence,  much  more  might  have 
been  adduced  to  the  same  effect.  Examples,  moreover, 
as  far  as  my  acquaintance  with  the  languages  would  per- 
mit, have  been  produced,  of  the  actual  use  of  the  words 
in  the  sense  which  Dr.  Henderson  disputes  ;  and  these 
plainly  cannot  be  overset  by  the  negative  evidence  even  of 
thirty  years'  acquaintance  with  the  languages.  The  fact 
seems  to  be,  that  Dr.  Henderson  has  treated  the  question 
as  though  it  were  asserted  that  the  words  for  baptize  were 
used  in  the  language  of  ordinary  life  for  immerse  or  dip  ; 
whereas  it  is  acknowledged  by  all  who  have  any  acquaint- 
ance with  the  subject,  that  this  is  not  the  case :  and  he 
has  overlooked  the  gist  of  the  argument,  which  is,  that 
the  words  not  only  are  etymologically  connected  with  dip, 
but  in  the  languages  themselves  were  originally  used  with 
this  meaning, — a  meaning  which  they  still  retain,  though 
this  use  of  them  has  become  antiquated,  in  consequence 
of  their  special  application  to  a  religious  ordinance,  and 
their  being  thereby  taken  from  the  language  of  familiar 


AND    THE    BAPTISTS.  1G1 

Intercourse.  That  this  iathe  case,  especially  with  regard 
to  the  ( rerman  and  Dutch,  the  author  cannot  but  think  has 
been  abundantly  proved  l»y  the  evidence  adduced. 

A  N  Q  L  O  -  3  A  X  O  N  . 

The  '•!  Version  of  the  Now  Testament  i-  t" 

:  rred  to  about  the  eighth  century.     It  is  not  of  much 

authority  in  general  rritiei-m,  having  hern  made  from  the 

Latin.     The  Gospels  only  have  been  printed.     The  edi- 

hich  I  have  examined  is  that  of  Marshall;  printed, 

ler  with  the  Gothic  Gospels  by  Junius,  Dord.  i 

and  Amst.  1684.     The  verb  usually  employed  to  translate 

{    is  pulliail  <>i')!ulll5nn.aiisweringtoourEngIish 

word  "  full,"  in  the  sense  of  '  cleanse  :'     pulltthc  is  used 

for  "  baptism,"  except  in  one  instance,  Lukeiii.  12,  where 

a  }>pe5  ene,  "  washing"  is  employed ;  and  Fulluliuei*  e 

Lceptin  Lukeix.  ID,  where  the  Latin  word 
Baptittam  is  retained.  In  Mark  vii.  4,  and  Lukeix.  38, 
tin-  \  .    •  used  in  reference  to  Jewish  ablutions, 

is  translated  by  <x\\  ean>  "  to  wash,"  the  same  root  as  the 
noun  already  quoted,  a]?pe3ene.     With  regard  to  this 
in,  Dr.  Henderson  says:    "In  giving  dyppan  as  the 
i  word  for  dip,  Junius,  as  quoted  by  Mr.  Green- 
field. U  perfectly  correct;  but  the  reader  must  not  suffer 
himself  to  be  misled  into  the  belief  that  it  is  used  in  refer- 
ence to  baptism.     It  is  never  thus  used  in  the  New  Testa- 
ment."    Dr.  Henderson's  desire  to  make  a  strong  asser- 
tion seems  to  have  led  him  into  an  error  in  this  instance, 
which  a  reference  to  Lye's  Anglo-Saxon  Dictionary  might 
have  prevented.      The  statement  is  certainly  true  in  respect 
to  Marshall's  edition;  and  may  probably  be  correct  as  re- 
14* 


]  G2  APPENDIX. 

gards  those  of  Parker  and  Lisle,  the  only  other  editors  of 
ihe  Anglo-Saxon  Gospels.  But  it  is  not  to  be  received  in 
the  unqualified  manner  in  which  Dr.  Henderson  makes  it. 
The  verb  dyppan,  as  well  as  depan,  a  varied  form  of  the 
same  word,  is  used  in  reference  to  baptism  in  Anglo-Saxon 
MSS  of  the  Gospels ;  as  the  following  extracts  from 
Lye's  Dictionary*  will  show  : — 

"  Depan,  To  dip,  Baptizare ;  R.  Matt.  iii.  11.  C.  Luc. 
xvi.  24.      Vid.  Dyppan." 

"  Dyppan,  To  dip.  Immergere,  baptizare  ;  R.  Matt, 
iii.  11.  xxviii.  19.     Tingere;  Lev.  iv.  19." 

The  letters  R.  and  C.  refer  to  the  MSS  from  which  the 
quotations  are  made  :  the  first  being  a  manuscript  copy  of 
the  Gospels  preserved  in  the  Bodleian  Library,  "  exemplar 
Rushworthianum ;"  the  other,  one  in  the  Public  Library 
at  Cambridge,  "  exemplar  Cantab ligiense." 

We  find,  then,  that  the  word  dyppan  was  used  in  the 
Anglo-Saxon  translation  of  the  New  Testament :  and  we 
need  not  inquire  further  respecting  the  meaning  of  the 
word,  since  it  is  on  all  hands  admitted  that  it  is  the  same 
word  as  our  modern  English  dip,  and  bore  the  same  mean- 
ing. Even  Dr.  Henderson  agrees  that  to  give  dyppan, 
as  the  Anglo-Saxon  word  for  dip,  is  "  perfectly  correct.'' 


We  have  evidence  of  the  existence  of  Latin  translations 
of  the  New  Testament  as  early  as  the  close  of  the  second 
century,  from  the  fact  that  Tertullian  speaks  of  such  ver- 
sions in  a  manner  which  shows  that  they  were  in  common 

*  Dictionarium  Saxonico  et  Gothico-Latinum  ;  auctorc  Ed.  Lye, 
A.  M.  Edidit  Owen  Manning,  2  torn.  fol.    Loud.  1772. 


A  P  P  F.   N   D  I   X  . 

Vfarcion  (A.  D.  207 ). '      Tt  ha  ! 
moreover  been  proved  by  Semlert,  thai  Tertullian  q 
not  from  the  Greek,  l>ui  from  :i  Latin  translation.     No  La- 
tin V'  t,  however,  can  be  traced  to  so  early  o 
!;  and  with  regard  t<>  the  point  in  question,  there  is 
a  remarkable  difference  between  the  versions  employed  by 
early  Fathers  and  nil  which  are  ;it  present  known, 
inly  the  authorised  Vulgate,  but  nil  the  Lain  MSS 
which  have  been  published,  unit. irmly,  as  rar  as  I  have 
been  able  to  ascertain,  employ  the  latinised  Greek  word 
li  all  the  passages,  however,  quoted  by  Tertul- 
ihevorb  tin  go  i-  used  as  the  translation 
xception  is  1   Cor.  xv.  29;  which  i-; 
occasion,}  nn-1  distinctly  quoted  on  ano- 
ther$,  with  the  word  baptizo.     Tertullian  wrol 

iptism  wait  the  title  De  Baplismof  but  it  is  remark- 
able that  the  verb  baptizo  does  not  once  occur  in  it :  tin  go 
is    the  verb  constantly  employed;    and  not  only  in  this 
it   throughout  his   writings,  tingo,  occnsionnlly 
tnera  verbs   generally   used:    the 

common  designations  of  baptism,   on  the  other  hand,  ore 
ind  bapdsma,  occasionally  intinctio;\\  and  the 
Izator.     The  treatises  in  which  the 
mtaining  the  word  baptizo  occurs  are  probably 
.  iter  date  than  that   Dc  Baptismo.     These  farm 

Adv. Mar  sioo.  Iil».  iL  c.9.  ".quidam  de  Gresco  imterprt  t antes.'' 
Lib.  v.  c.  4.  "  -i' nt  invenimus  interpretation."  Munog 

c  1 1,  and  Adi .  P 

-fcmenu,  quoted  by  Marsh;  and 
the  Dissertation  in  hit  nln.nr  Terwlian,  Hal  1773      I".  5.  p.  230, 
■eqq. 
.  D    r  Bsrais,  C.  43. 

§  Adv.  Man  ion.  lib.  v.c.  10. 
II  Dejxi  aitentia,  c  . 


164  APPENDIX. 

show  that  the  nouns  were  in  use,  as  Latin  words,  through- 
out the  period  of  Tertullian's  writings,  whilst  it  was  only 
during  the  course  of  that  time  that  the  verb  was  latinized. 
It  is  to  a  later  period  still  that  we  must  refer  the  general 
acceptance  of  this  verb  as  the  recognised  equivalent  for 
the  Greek  word.  Cyprian  wrote  about  forty  years  after 
Tertullian :  in  his  quotations,  the  word  generally  employed 
is  baptizo :  tingo  is  used  four  or  five  times  in  quoting  two 
passages,  Matt,  xxviii.  19,*  and  Gal.  iii.  27. t  Inhisown 
writing,  the  verb  baptizo  is  of  very  frequent  occurrence. 
From  this  period  (about  A.  D.  250)  down  to  the  present, 
the  latinized  word,  which  thus  gradually  supplanted  the 
native  term,  has  continued  to  be  the  recognised  ecclesias- 
tical verb  to  express  the  Christian  rite;  and  has  not  only 
been  employed  in  all  Church  translations  into  the  Latin, 
but  is  the  word  most  frequently  found  in  the  writings  of 
the  Latin  Fathers.  Still,  such  words  as  tingo,  mergo, 
mcrgito,  demergo  occur  as  synonyms  of  baptizo,  as  late, 
at  least,  as  the  fifth  century. f. 

We  see,  then,  that  the  nouns  became  Latin  words  at  a 
considerably  earlier  period  than  the  verb  did  ;  but  that, 
still,  no  very  long  time  elapsed  before  the  verb  also  was 
transplanted  in  the  Latin  language,  as  the  peculiar  desig- 
nation of  the  Christian  rite,  in  conformity  with  the  con- 
stant tendency  of  the  Roman  Church  to  regard  as  sacred 

*  Ep.  xxvii.  3.  and  xxviii.  2.  Adv.  Jud.  lib.  ii.  c.  27:  baptizo  ia 
used  in  quoting  the  same  passage.  Ep.  lxxiii.  5  (var.  led.  tingo  ,) 
lxxiii.  15.  lxxiv.  2. 

t  Ep.  lxxv.  11  ;  baptizo  lxii.  2. 

I  Suiceri  Thesaurus  Eccles.  sub  voce,  dvacvw  et  pa-n^co-  He 
gives  quotations  from  Tertullian  (adv.  Prax.  c.  20.  tingo  ;)  Ambrose 
(De  Sacramcntis,  lib.  ii.  c.  7.  mergo  ;)  Jerome  (adv.  Lucif.  mcrgito  p 
Augustine  (as  cited  by  Gratianus  in  the  12th  century,  demergo.) 


A  PPENDIZ.  165 

arms  i>>  wh  lesignated. 

ng  of  tin-  ■•  ■     -      "    •  "■ :i  '  '  well 

lin.  1.  r  ti  ymoua  with  the 

words  inei  re,  which  unquestionably  mean 

bow  inquiring,  let  if  be  remembered, 
whether  thi  word 

to  the  Christian  ordinance,  but  merely 
lin  p  hat  ia  the  meaning 
firom  the  Greek;  and  we  find,  if  the  Latin 
Fathers  are  to  be  1  that  tins  meaning 

was  •  1  ;"-    Latin   Version 

•i  all  fairness,  be  added  to  the  number  of  those 
ri£  >  by  a  word  signifying  imm«r»e 
It  will  be  quite  apparent,  firom  what  has  been  already 
that  tin-  employment  of  tin-  word  baptizo, 
translation,  is  ;i  very  different  thing  from  what  has 
<>f  late  been  culled  transference. — Transference,  accord- 
use  of  the  term,  as  distinguished  from 
:i.ni,  is  giving  tin'  sound  of  the  original  word,  iu- 
coaveyed  by  It.     Instead  of  giving  a 
rs,  in  the  one  language,  cor- 
<:a  with  a.  certain  combination  ii 
ether,  the  identical  combination,   with  Borne  terminal  or 
other  modification  to  -suit  th  •  genius  of  the  new  lang 
i  <  d  into  it,  hut  without  conveying  amy  ■ 
■ .  he  who  t:  the  w  ord.     If  tin-  woi  i 

in  both  languages,  and  convey  tu 
the  mind  of  the  reader  the  same  idea,  tin-  use  of  the 
word  is  to  i  as  translation,  not  transference. 

■  ir> I  i-  common  to  both  languages;  ami  it  is  plainly 
of  no  importance  to  inquire  how  it  rune  t.>  be  so,  if  only 
such  i>  tii''  fact  when  the  translation  is  made.  Thus  wu 
should  mslation   uf  the     invk   words    J-. 


16G  APPENDIX. 

iiyyeXog,  eiri(TTo\fif  by  the  corresponding  Latin  words 
apostolus,  angelus,  epistola;  and  so  of  innumerable 
others.  If,  however,  we  were  to  render  JfLvpiaKov  Stixvov} 
the  phrase  by  which  Paul  designates  "  the  Lord's  Sup- 
per," by  Cyriacum  deipnum,  we  should  transfer,  not 
translate.  In  this  way,  baptizo  was  a  translation  of  the 
Greek  word  when  used  in  the  Latin  translation,  having  at 
that  time  acquired  a  definite  meaning,  and  conveying  an 
idea  to  the  mind  of  the  Latin  reader.  Whether  it  were 
the  correct  idea  or  not,  is  a  point  with  which  we  have  at 
present  no  concern.  It  is  true,  this  may  still  be  termed 
transference,  the  word  having  been  originally  Greek  ;  but 
it  is  not  transference  in  the  sense  in  which  that  word  has 
of  late  been  employed,  where  the  very  object  proposed  is 
to  convey  no  idea. 

We  should  fully  expect  to  find  the  Latin  word  baptizo 
in  the  languages  which  were  derived  from  the  Latin  ;  and, 
accordingly,  the  French,  Italian,  Spanish,  Portuguese,  and 
other  modern  versions  in  the  languages  of  Europe,  employ 
this  term. 

There  is  not  precisely  the  same  reason  to  expect  the 
employment  of  the  word  in  English,  because  the  language 
is  but  in  part  derived  from  this  source.  And  in  point  of 
fact,  we  find,  that  though  the  word  baptize  has  now  be- 
come as  completely  the  English  word  for  the  Christian 
rite  as  baptizo  is  the  Latin  term,  yet  in  the  earliest  trans- 
lations it  was  not  so.  In  the  Anglo-Saxon  period  we  have 
seen  that  the  words  fullian  and  dyppan  were  used. 
Wicklif,  three  or  four  centuries  later,  translates  /?ajrn£w, 
in  several  instances,  by  wash*,  once  by  christen].  The 
following  example  will  moreover  show,  that  he  uses  the 

*  Matt.  iii.  6, 11 ;  Mark  vii.  4.  x.  38, 39 ;  Luke  xi.  33. 
I  Actsxviii.."3. 


A  P  P  E  N  IUX.  167 

two  words,  wash  and  baptize,  in  such  n  way  as  to  show 
that  he  considered  then  t<>  be  synonymous ; — Mark  x.  38, 
i  ye  drinke  the  cuppe  whiche  I  scnal  dryinke 
hen  with  the   baptym  in  which  I  am  ha] 

and  •  to  him  we  moon:  and  Jhesus  seide  to 

•  o  schslea   drinke    the   cuppe    that  I  drinke  and  yc 
ben  with  the  baptym  in  which  I  am  bap- 
tisid.n 
This  us.-  of  the  word  by   Wicklif  is  valuable  for  our 
inasmuch  as  it  furnishes,  with  respect  to 
word,  the  same  kind  ut'  evidence  which  has 
already  a. hi  ird  to  the  Latin,  of  its  being, 

when  it  was  used  in  a  translation,  a  recognised  English 
word    with  a   known  definite  meaning.      It  cannot   then 
fairly  bo  accounted  a  transferred  term  when  it  was  thus 
Though   derived   in    English  from   the  Latin  and 
primarily  from  the  Greek,  it  clearly  was  an  English  word 
equivalent   to  tcash.     Since   the   time  of   Wicklif  it  has 
as    fat   as   I    am  aware,  the  only  term  employed  for 
<   iiristian  rite    in  authorised  translations  of  the  New 
;ent. 
The  versions  in  other  languages  of  the  British  Isles  de- 
.i  few    words;   though  no  satisfactory  result  can  per- 
haps  be   attained    from    an    examination   of  them.       The 
bedyddio,  the  Irish  by  bait- 
dim,  and    t  i    branch  of  the   Gaelic  by  a  word 
similar  to  the  Iri.-h.     The  words  are  now  used  Bolely  for 
baptism.      We  might  imagine  that  all  the  words  had  been 
formed  from  the  Greek;  though  the  resemblance  certainly 
i-  not  such  as  to  lead  to  more  than  a  very  uncertain  con- 
e,  should  anj   one  be  disposed  to  adopt  it.     The 
Webb  seems,  however,  to  be  connected  with  the  word 


168  APPENDIX. 

Bad,  "  a  bath."     Bullet  gives   the  following  account  off 
the  word,  which  I  translate  from  the  French  :* — 

"  Bedydd,  Baptism.  We  see  from  the  following  article 
that  it  signifies  '  bath'  in  general.     See  Bad. 

"  Bedyddfa,  Bath,  place  where  persons  wash  them- 
selves. 

"  Bedyddio,  to  Baptize. 

"  Bad,  Bath,  pi.  ha  don.  itad  Teuton.  Iceland.  Ru- 
nic, Flemish.  Bath.  Eng.  Baeth  A.  S.  Baden  Germ. 
Bata  Chald.  bath.  Baa,  bath  in  Iceland  and  Swed.  ac- 
cording to  Rudbeck.  See  Bad  water.  It  is  the  same 
word  as  Bodd ;   a  and  o  being  interchangeable." 

In  Irish  there  seems  to  be  the  same  connexion  as  in  the 
Welsh  between  the  word  for  '  baptism'  and  the  noun  sig- 
nifying '  water :' — 

"  Bais,  River-water. 

'*  Baisde,  Baptism,  to  baptize. "t 
Shaw,  in  his  Gaelic  Dictionary,  gives, 

"  Baisdadh,  Baptism,  rain. 

"  Baisdeam,  to  baptize,  to  dip." 

We  have  now  gone  through  all  the  ancient  versions 
which  have  been  published  ;  and  noticed  many  modern 
ones  in  the  course  of  our  examination. 

The  conclusions  to  which  the  investigation  leads  us, 
are, 

1.  With  regard  to  the  ancient  version?,  in  all  of  them, 
with  three  exceptions  (viz.  the  Latin  from  the  third  cen- 

*  Bullet  Memoires  sur  la  Langue  Celtique,  3  toiu.  fol.  1759.  Die  - 
tionnaire  Celtique,  sub  voce. 


APT  B  N  D  I  X  .  169 

ind  Basrauric,)  the  word  fiamifa  is 
tied  bywords  purely  native  j  and  the  three  excepted 

as  adopted  the  Greek  word,  not  l>y  way  of  transfer- 
but  in  consequence  of  the  term  having  become  cur- 
rent in  the  I 
Of  native  words  employed,   the  Syriac,   Arabic,  Ethi- 
Gothic,  and  earliest  Latin,  all  sig- 
nify to  immertt  ;  the  Anglo-Saxon,  both  to  immerse  and 
P    rsic,    to    wash;    and   the    Slavonic  to 
cross.     The  meaning  of  the  word  adopted  from  the  (ireek, 
;ric,  and  Latin,  being  also  to  immerse. 
I  to  the  modern  versiona  examined,  the 
.11  generally  adhere  to  the  ancient  Eastern  Versions, 
and  translate  by  words  signifying  to  immerse.     Most  of 
the   Gothic  dialects,  viz.  the  German,  Swedish,  Dutch, 
.  Sue.,  employ  altered  forms  of  the  Gothic  word  sig- 
nifying  to  dip.  The  Icelandic  uses  a  word  meaning  cleanse 
Slavic  dialects  follow  the  ancient  .Slavonic ;  and  the 
irmed  from   the   Latin,  including  the  English, 
adopt  the  word  baptizo;  though,  with  respect  to  the  En- 
glish, the  words  wash  and  christen  were  formerly  used,  as 

will  as  baptize. 

It   may  perhaps  be   acceptable  to  place  these  results  to- 
r  in  a  tabular  form,  as  follows  : — 


170 


VERSION. 

DATE. 

WORD  EMPLOYED.     MEANING. 

syriac: 
Peshito 
Philoxenian 

2d  cent. 
6th  ceut. 

7. 

immerse. 

ARABIC: 

Polyglott: 

Propaganda 

Sabat" 

7th  cent.(?) 
1671 
1816 

S+£)  i*-** 

immerse. 

PERSIC  : 

Modern  (Martyn) 

8thcent.(?) 
185 

tcash. 
ablution. 

ethiopic  ; 

4th  cent. 

hi<p$: 

immerse. 

Amharic 

1822 

•I      it 

EGYPTIAN  : 

Coptic 

3d  cent. 

COJLJLC.        | 

immerse, 
plunge. 

Sahidic 
Basmuric 

2d  cent. 
3d  cent. 

}   fi^irfi^e 

ARMENIAN               , 

5th  cent. 

ulfpuitft 

immerse. 

SLAVONIC ; 

9th  cent. 

KpeCTHTIT 

cross. 

Russian 

1519 

1 

Polish 

1585 

Bohemian 
Lithuanian 

1593 
1660 

( the  same  root. 

" 

Livonian,or  Lettish 

1685 

J 

Dorpat  Esthouian, 

1727 

&c.  &c. 

GOTHIC : 

4th  cent. 

daupjan 

dip. 

German 

1522 

taufen 

" 

Danish 

1524 

dobe 

" 

Swedish 

1534 

dopa 

" 

Dutch 

1560 

doupen 

" 

&c.  &c. 

Icelandic 

1584 

skira 

cleanse. 

ANGLO-SAXON 

8th  cent. 

dypp  an,fullian 

dip, cleanse. 

LATIN  : 

The  Early  Fathers 

2d  cent. 

lingo 

immerse. 

Ante-Hieronymian 

3d  cent. 

baptizo 

Vulgate 

4th  cent. 

" 

French 

1535 

baptiser 

Spanish 

1556 

bautizar 

Italian 

1562 

battezzare 

&c.  &c. 

English  :WicMif 

1380 

C  wash,  christen, 
I     baptize 

Tindal 

1526 

baptize 

IWelsh 

1567 

bedyddio 

bathe. 

[Irish 

1602 

baisdim. 

IGaelic 

1767 

baisdeam. 

APPENDIX 


171 


Our  investigation,  then,  shows,  that  it  1ms  not  been  the 
practice  of  translators,  until  quite  recent  times,  to  adopt 
the  plan  of  "  transference"  in  respect  to  the  word  fia-rifa. 
The  word  has  been  translated,  in  most  instances,  by  a 
terra  strictly  native  ;  or  where  the  term  has  been  derived 
from  the  Greek,  it  appears  to  have  become  naturalized  in 
the  respective  languages  before  the  translation  was  made. 
There  is  no  instance,  until  of  late  years,  in  which  it  can  be 
shown  that  the  translators  m<nie  the  word ;  and  it  well 
deration  of  all  who  are  engaged  in  trans- 
lating,  or  disseminating  translations  of  the  word  of  God, 
how  far  such  a  plan  is  justifiable.  It  may  indeed  be  said, 
that  though  the  word  /?<»rr<£a)  has  not  been  thus  transfer- 
red, other  words  have ;  and  that  thereby  the  principle  of 
transference  is  countenanced  by  former  translator-.  It  is 
certain  that  such  words,  as  proper  names,  and  designa- 
tions of  things  which  are  not  known,  and  therefore  have 
no  word  by  which  they  can  be  expressed,  must  be  so  ren- 
;  but  what  proof  is  there  of  translators,  in  general, 
carrying  transference  further  than  this?  Let  it  beremem- 
.,  that  the  Greek  language  was  closely  united  to  the 
Latin,  to  which  the  appeal  has  been  frequently  made  ;  and 
that  on  this  account  Greek  words  were  continually  natu- 
ralize.1  in  it.  Such  words  we  may  expect  to  meet  with; 
but  to  prove  that  translators  transferred  words  in  the 
mod.  ■  the   term,  it  must  be  shown  that  words, 

the  meaning  of  which  might  have  been  expressed  in  the 
language,  were  given,  not  only  by  terms  derived  from  the 
Greek,  but  without  meaning; — being  made  for  the  occa- 
sion, and  purposely  left  without  definition.  It  will  not 
BUrely  be  said  that  the  word  Sa-ri^u  has  no  meaning, — 
that  a  command,  involving,  as  most  Christians  believe,  a 
thing  to  be  done  by   or  for  every  disciple,  yet  conveys  no 


172  APPENDIX. 

definite  idea  of  what  is  to  be  done.  We  are  not  now  in- 
quiring what  that  meaning  is :  every  one  who  attempts  to 
translate  the  word  of  God  is  bound  to  judge  for  himself  on 
that  point.  Let  him  so  judge,  and  give  the  result  of  his 
judgment. 

The  author  may  be  allowed,  in  parting  with  those  who 
have  thought  worth  while  to  give  him  a  hearing,  to  repeat 
what  he  said  at  the  commencement, — that  his  object  has, 
been  to  ascertain  the  truth,  not  to  further  the  views  of  any 
party.  If  his  statements  (which  he  has  with  great  care 
endeavoured  to  make  correct)  should  in  any  particulars  be 
found  to  be  erroneous,  he  will  thankfully  receive  better 
information.  Until,  however,  such  errors  are  shown,  he 
feels  warranted  in  requesting  those  readers,  who  have  not 
the  means  or  information  to  attempt  an  examination  of  the 
versions,  to  receive  as  correct  the  statement  of  facts  which 
he  makes,  and  to  judge  fairly  of  the  inferences  deduced 
from  them. 

Finally,  he  must  protest  against  its  being  supposed, 
that  in  adducing  the  authority  of  the  different  versions,  his 
object  is  to  make  them  the  ultimate  standard  of  appeal, 
either  on  this  or  on  any  other  subject.  His  intention,  in  pre- 
senting their  evidence  in  what  he  conceives  to  be  a  correct 
light,  is  rather,  to  bring  these  human  authorities  to  bear 
testimony  to  the  supreme  regard  which  should  be  paid  to 
the  truth  of  God  irrespective  of  the  opinions  and  practices 
of  men.  And  if  the  result  of  his  labours  should  be  to 
create  in  any  instance  a  more  profound  reverence  for  God's 
word,  and  less  reliance  on  human  authority  and  opinion, 
he  will  feel  that  many  toilsome  hours  of  research  have 
been  amply  repaid. 


ox 

Aj<7 


THE  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Santa  Barbara 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  I 
STAMPED  BELOW.